Home

VSD Series Drives User Manual - Johnson Controls

1. PUT p Drive Motor DC 2 T J e i F Ground Ground PAANAN i en H Bypass Space Heater i Contactor Starter zur CC C i KAG RPM MN RM CORN L1 3 NG In 1TA il ax HB oo L3 NG T TTC Pa g i i 7 H Optional Line Contactor p Pi OL1 Lto 1L1 i LT1TT1 i3L1 u uri ELE Overload Incoming i i Inverter Relay Power L2o 1L2 al LE L2 T2 H2 T V2 1T2 L2 yy Manual L3e 1L3 n L3 T3 3L3 13 WT3 1T3 i L3 Reset jd OPTA9 SIGNAL Slot A acc 4 L1 L2 le 1 10V Reference Output o ERR 24V DC PS 2 Wins Analog Input Voltage EH utput Contactor Customer AA nr 3 GND 1 0 Ground 5 Ground 8 4 Lin Analog Input Current E34 D1 y 5 Lin Range 4 20 mA EH 2 1 7 46 24Vout Control Voltage Output x o 347 GND I O Ground TE 18 DIN1 Start Stop Paa Aa E baa hana ka pahaba 9 DIN2 External Fault i Reversing H 110 DIN3 Run Permisive Damper Interlock xu Starter F cMA DIN1 DIN3 Common OPTB5 Relay H i 71 1 72 24vout Control Voltage Output ot i 2 3 6 13 GND 1 O Ground 3 14 DIN4 Speed Select 1 4 R Q 14 15 DIN5
2. Terminal Signal Description OPTA9 _ 1 10V DCrer Reference output Voltage for potentiometer etc 2 Al 1 Analog input voltage range Voltage input for PI setpoint or Oto 10V DC SSS 0 10V DC feedback Programmable Factory Default ___ 3 Al 1 I O Ground Ground for reference and controls dae tick eens Wid Al 2 Analog input current range Current input for PI setpoint or Factory Default 5 Al 2 0 20mA feedback Programmable ab 6 24V DC Control voltage output Voltage for switches etc max 0 1A V ie GND I O ground Ground for reference and controls External NET ME 8 DI 1 Start Stop Control Contact closed start Ense L 9 DI 2 External fault input Contact closed fault fee Ine DIES programmable Contact open no fault p 10 DI 3 External Interlock Contact closed OK seo yndgreccer programmable Open Interlocked 11 CMA Common for DI 1 DI 3 Connect to GND or 24V DC Leg L 12 24V DC Control voltage output Voltage for switches see terminal 6 113 GND I O ground Ground for reference and controls P 14 DI 4 Speed Select 1 Contact closed Speed Select 1 External ar programmable Interlock Wiring p 15 DI 5 Fire Mode Contact closed Fire Mode active a c Ue programmable Lc 16 DI 6 Overload relay Intelli Pass Contact open no fault dili Ea programmable Contact closed fault _ 17 CMB Common for DI 4 DI 6 Conne
3. Controls Powered by Eaton Technology VSD Series Drives User Manual November 2009 200 00 180 00 160 00 140 00 120 00 PIW 100 00 80 00 60 00 40 00 F15FR4 400V 003FR4 500V 20 00 F15FR4500V 007FR4 400V 003FR4 400V 007FR4 500V 0 00 0 00 2 00 4 00 6 00 8 00 10 00 12 00 14 00 16 00 Switching Frequency kHz Figure A 1 Power Loss as Function of Switching Frequency 1 3 hp 230V 1 1 2 7 1 2 hp 480V 900 00 800 00 700 00 600 00 500 00 P W 400 00 300 00 200 00 010FR5 400V 015FR5 500V 100 00 010FR5 500V 020FR5 400V 015FR5 400V 020FR5 500V 0 00 z 0 00 2 00 4 00 6 00 8 00 10 00 12 00 14 00 16 00 Switching Frequency kHz Figure A 2 Power Loss as Function of Switching Frequency 5 10 hp 230V 10 20 hp 480V LIT 1201828 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com A 5 Johnson JJ VSD Series Drives User Manual Controls Powered by Eaton Technology November 2009 1400 00 1200 00 1000 00 800 00 P W 600 00 400 00 200 00 025FR6 400V 030FR6 500V 025FR6 500V O40FR6 400V 030FR6 400V 040FR6 500V 0 00 l z i 0 00 2 00 4 00 6 00 8 00 10 00 12 00 14 00 16 00 Switching Frequency kHz Figure A 3 Power Loss as Function of Switching Frequency
4. VSD Series Drives User Manual Controls Powered by Eaton Technology November 2009 Table 3 8 Control Wiring Instructions NEMA Type 1 12 Open Drives Continued Control Wiring Incoming Power Taasan maana 9 Wire control to the OPTA9 Control Board and OPTA2 Line sait Note Drive default is programmed for Damper Interlock tesis L1 Inverter ITA L2 25 T2412 E2105 1TB Note Option Boards OPTC2 N2 XT SA Bus and OPTC4 L3 14T3 1L3 1TC LonWorks are optional L36 8 Mandatory Ground Wiring Optional as E RON ne CB 41DV Reference Output X1 Be sure to pull low impendance ground wiring from Vin Analog Input Voltage ead customer power to drive and ground wire from drive GND 0 Ground 3 to motor tine eon Bh Note SN t Control Voltage Output Sa See Figure 3 r ou H Saang L GND 1 0 Ground for Dip X1 X2 E bel pnr sensis X3 X6 Switch Motor Ground Inside Motor Conduit Box Utility 1 0 Connection e Run 110 Vac and 24 Vdc Control wiring in separate conduit e Communication wire to be shielded e RS 232 Keypad cable less than 20 feet External Fault Run Permisive Damper Interlock DIN1 DIN3 Common Control Voltage Output 1 0 Ground Speed Select 1 Fire Mode DIN2 DIN3 CMA 24Vout GND DIN4 DIN5 Note Must pull dedicated DING Bypass Overload Fault ground wire CMB DIN4
5. Figure A 12 VSD Series Open Drive Dimensions OPEN 1 and OPEN 12 FR9 Table A 12 Dimensions for VSD Series Open Drive FR9 Brake resistor terminal box H6 included when brake chopper ordered Frame Approximate Dimensions in Inches mm Size Voltage hp VT w1 W2 W3 W4 W5 H1 H2 H3 H4 FR9 230V 100 18 9 15 7 6 5 4 2 1 45 3 44 2 28 3 8 0 180V 200 250 480 400 165 9 54 1152 1122 721 205 575V 125 200 Table A 12 Dimensions for VSD Series Open Drive FR9 continued Approximate Dimensions in Inches mm Knockouts Inches mm Frame Size Voltage hp VT H5 H6 D1 D2 D3 Dia N1 O D FR9 230V 100 6 7 4 14 3 12 9 11 2 8 4 2 32 180V 200 250 16 188 362 327 285 21 59 575V 125 200 LIT 1201828 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com A 13 Johnson JJ VSD Series Drives User Manual Controls Powered by Eaton Technology November 2009 gt lt H7 L amp F F W5 e W1 pH e le edo Dia A 6 0 d D1 o o O o p d D2 D3 Y Y ke H4 gt H2 REA H5 gt H3 e H3 ak Ha lt H5 o bj w4 Flange Opening W3 o FR9 w2 WA e a
6. Power Wiring Notice Do not discard the plastic bag containing the wiring plate 2 Remove the bottom cover by rotating the cover toward you on the base hinges then lifting the cover away from the base Power Wiring 3 Locate the plastic bag shipped with the drive containing the wiring plate and remove the wiring plate LIT 1201828 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com 3 5 Johnson JM VSD Series Drives User Manual Controls Powered by Eaton Technology November 2009 Standard Wiring Diagrams and Terminal Locations Power and Motor Wiring Terminal Schematics for VSD Series Drives The following wiring diagrams show the line and motor connections of the drive Power Board VT 230V 1 20hp 480V 1 1 2 40 hp 575V 3 30hp Control Board Note Integrated Brake Chopper Circuit Not Included on 575V units L1 L2 L3 See Note Line Load Separate Conduit Separate Conduit Figure 3 3 Principle Wiring Diagram of VSD Series Power Unit FR4 FR5 and FR6 Note When using a 1 phase supply for units rated for such connect the input power to terminals L1 and L2 Refer to Tables A 2 and A 3 in Appendix A 3 6 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com LIT 1201828 Controls Powered by Eaton Technology VSD Series Drives User Manual November 2009 Table 3 8 Control Wiring Instru
7. VSD Series Drives User Manual Controls Powered by Eaton Technology November 2009 UL Compatible Cable Selection and Installation Use only copper wire with temperature rating of at least 167 F 75 C Table 3 2 Cable and Fuse Sizes 208 240V Ratings Wire Size Terminal Size Frame hp Size NEC I A h A Fuse A 69 Power Ground Power Ground 1 FRA 4 2 4 8 10 14 14 16 12 16 14 1 1 2 FRA 6 6 6 10 14 14 16 12 16 14 2 FRA 6 8 7 8 10 14 14 16 12 16 14 3 FRA 9 6 11 15 14 14 16 12 16 14 5 FR5 15 2 17 5 20 12 12 16 8 16 8 7 1 2 FR5 22 25 30 10 10 16 8 16 8 10 FR5 28 31 40 8 8 16 8 16 8 15 FR6 42 48 60 4 8 14 0 10 2 20 FR6 54 61 80 2 6 14 0 10 2 25 FR7 68 75 100 2 6 14 0 10 00 30 FR7 80 88 110 1 6 14 0 10 00 40 FR7 104 114 125 1 0 4 14 0 10 00 50 FR8 130 140 175 3 0 2 4 3 0 4 000 60 FR8 154 170 200 4 0 0 000 350 MCM 4 000 75 FR8 192 205 250 300 2 0 000 350 MCM 4 000 100 FR9 248 261 300 2x4 0 3 0 2 000 350 MCM 4 000 f power cubes are used a UL recognized RK fuse is recommended Based on maximum environment of 104 F 40 C f bypass is used a UL recognized RK5 fuse is recommended Table 3 3 Cable and Fuse Sizes 380 500V Ratings 9 Frame NECI Wire Size Terminal Size hp Size A A Fuse A Power Ground Power Ground 1 1 2 FR4 3 3 3 10 14 14 16 12 16 14 2 FR4 3 4 4 3 10 14 14 16 12 16 14 3 FRA 4 8 5 6 10 14 14 16 12 16 14 5 FR4 7 6 7 6 10 14 14 16 12 16 14
8. c cc 69 99 99 92 Sc 6c 8c E Figure 5 9 Option Board B5 Terminal Location Note Once selected bypass operation will be controlled through keypad I O terminal or fieldbus Bypass option is automatically available when B5 option board is installed in Slot C Enabling Bypass in Hand Mode Ds Ove la888 a c coc To enable the bypass 1 Press HOA to select Hand Mode 2 Press the BYPASS button Bis GO LD Cum The display will ask Activate Bypass 3 Press the ENTER key to accept the change 4 Press START to operate driver in bypass Figure 5 10 Enable Bypass LIT 1201828 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com 5 17 Johnson JM VSD Series Drives User Manual Controls Powered by Eaton Technology November 2009 Additional Instructions for Keypad Operation Procedure to run in bypass operation from keypad 1 Press the BYPASS button Activate Bypass Press ENTER will appear on keypad display 2 Press the HOA button to select desired control location e g HAND Bypass mode LED will start flashing 3 Press the START button Motor Running in BYPASS will appear on the keypad display e Motor is running in bypass e Run LED is
9. ELM ag ZDA og _48M0d Ln 1818AU 4g Butwodu sun LIT 1201828 isconnect IntelliPass D les VSD Seri For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com Figure D 2 D 2 Johnson Jc Controls Powered by Eaton Technology 2009 Johnson Controls Controls Group All Rights Reserved 507 E Michigan Street Printed in USA PO Box 423 Publication No LIT 1201828 8520 peas www johnsoncontrols com Milwaukee WI 53201 November 2009
10. UA Reference Hz Figure 15 12 Example of Prohibit Frequency Area Setting Prohibit frequency area 2 Low limit Prohibit frequency area 2 High limit Prohibit frequency area 3 Low limit Prohibit frequency area 3 High limit Prohibit frequency area 4 Low limit Prohibit frequency area 4 High limit Prohibit frequency area 5 Low limit Prohibit frequency area 5 High limit Prohibit frequency area 6 Low limit Prohibit frequency area 6 High limit 15 14 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com LIT 1201828 Johmsan JJ Controls Powered by Eaton Technology VSD Series Drives User Manual November 2009 513 Acceleration deceleration ramp speed scaling ratio between prohibit frequency limits Defines the acceleration deceleration time when the output frequency is between the selected prohibit frequency range limits ID501 and ID502 The ramping speed selected acceleration deceleration time 1 or 2 is multiplied with this factor E g value 0 1 makes the acceleration time 10 times shorter than outside the prohibit frequency range limits fout Hz Par ID513 0 2 Par ID501 Par ID502 Par ID513 1 2 Time s Figure 15 13 Ramp Speed Scaling between Prohibit Frequencies 601 Motor control mode 0 Frequency control The I O terminal and keypad references are frequency references and the drive controls the output frequency output frequency re
11. ID Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Number Description P1 5 1 SkipF1 Low Lim 0 0 100 0 0 0 501 Prohibit speed range 1 low limit P1 5 2 SkipF1 High Lim Range 1 100 0 96 0 0 502 Prohibit speed range 1 high limit Low Lim 0 No prohibit frequency range P1 5 3 SkipF2 Low Lim 0 0 100 0 96 0 0 503 Prohibit speed range 2 low limit P1 5 4 SkipF2 High Lim Range 2 100 0 0 0 504 Prohibit speed range 2 high limit Low_Lim 0 No prohibit frequency range P155 SkipF3 Low Lim 0 0 100 0 96 0 0 505 Prohibit speed range 3 low limit P1 5 6 SkipF3 High Lim Range 3 100 0 96 0 0 506 Prohibit speed range 3 high limit Low Lim 0 No prohibit frequency range P1 5 7 SkipF4 Low Lim 0 0 100 0 96 0 0 507 Prohibit speed range 4 low limit P1 5 8 SkipF4 High Lim Range 4 100 0 96 0 0 508 Prohibit speed range 4 high limit Low Lim 0 No prohibit frequency range P1 5 9 SkipF5 Low Lim 0 0 100 0 96 0 0 509 Prohibit speed range 5 low limit P1 5 10 SkipF5 High Lim Range 5 100 0 96 0 0 510 Prohibit speed range 5 high limit Low Lim 0 No prohibit frequency range P1 5 11 SkipF6 Low Lim 0 0 100 0 0 0 511 Prohibit speed range 6 low limit P1 5 12 SkipF6 High Lim Range_6_ 100 0 0 0 512 Prohibit speed range 6 high limit Low_Lim 0 No prohibit frequency range P1 5 13 PH Acc Dec 0 1 10 0 x 1 0 513 Acceleration Deceleration time Ramp factor to pass prohibit speed window LIT 1201828 For more information visit www johnsoncontrol
12. eee 12 14 Table 12 10 Pl Control Parameters M1 gt G1 9 leere 12 16 Table 12 11 Preset Speeds M13 G1 10 eens 12 16 Table 12 12 Keypad Control Parameters M2 lees 12 17 Table 12 13 Monitoring Menu hr 12 18 Table 13 1 Pressure Control Application Default I O Configuration 13 2 Table 13 2 Quick Setup Parameters M12 G1 1 leeren 13 3 Table 13 3 Input Signals M13 G1 2 2 en 13 5 Table 13 4 Output Signals M13 G1 3 lessen 13 8 Table 13 5 Drive Control Parameters M13 G1 4 leeren 13 10 Table 13 6 Prohibit Frequencies M1 3 G1 5 eee 13 11 Table 13 7 Motor Control Parameters M12 G1 6 0c cece eee eens 13 12 viii For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com LIT 1201828 Johmsan JJ Controls Powered by Eaton Technology VSD Series Drives User Manual November 2009 List of Tables continued Table 13 8 Protections M1 gt G1 7 1 0 ccc rs 13 13 Table 13 9 Fieldbus Parameters M12 G1 8 lees 13 14 Table 13 10 Pl Control Parameters M13 G1 9 eee 13 16 Table 13 11 Preset Speeds M1 gt G1 10 leeeeee eee 13 16 Table 13 12 Keypad Control Parameters M2 eee 13 17 Table 13 13 Monitoring Menu senum e eee mune Ee ek die m idem Rn Rerum a 13 18 Table 14 1 Temperature Con
13. P1 4 1 Start Function P1 4 2 Stop Function P1 4 3 Brake Choppper G1 5 Prohibit Frequency P1 5 1 Range 1 Low Limit P1 5 13 PH Acc Dec Ramp G1 6 Motor Control P1 6 1 Motor Control Mode P1 6 2 V Hz Optimization P1 6 12 Identification z G1 7 Protections P1 7 1 Input Phase Supv P1 7 2 4 mA Fault Response P1 7 19 Automatic Restart G1 8 Fieldbus P1 8 1 FB Data Out 1 P1 8 2 FB Data Out 2 P1 8 8 FB Data Out 8 161 PI Control P1 9 1 Setpoint Min P1 9 2 Setpoint Max P1 9 14 Auto S Curve Time 4161 10 Preset Speed P1 10 1 Preset Speed 1 P1 10 2 Preset Speed 2 P1 10 7 Preset Speed 7 Figure 6 4 Parameter Menu Structure Example Not available in Remote Input Application 6 6 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com LIT 1201828 Johmsan JJ Controls Powered by Eaton Technology VSD Series Drives User Manual November 2009 Keypad Control Menu M2 In the Keypad Control Menu you can set the frequency reference choose the motor direction for keypad operation and determine if the STOP button will be active at all times See Figure 6 5 HO M2 Keypad Control R2 1 Speed Setpoint P2 2 Keypad Direction P2 5 PI StPt Default Figure 6 5 Keypad Control Menu R2 1 Range 0 Max Frequency Speed Units
14. P1 3 6 A DO 1 Funct 0 26 1 306 Default Drive Ready 0 Not used 1 Drive Ready 2 Drive Running 3 General Fault 4 General Fault inverted 5 Drive overheat warning 6 External fault or warning 7 Reference 4mA fault or warning 8 General Warning 9 Drive Reversing 10 Preset Speed Active 11 Speed setpoint Actual Speed At speed 12 Motor regulator activated 13 Actual Speed limit supervision 14 Speed Setpoint limit supervision 15 Torque limit supervision 16 Timer On Timer Off output control Trigger is run request 17 Selections 16 inverted 18 Frequency converter temperature limit supervision 19 Unrequested rotation direction 20 Thermistor fault warning 21 Hand Control Active 22 Auto Control Active 23 DI Fire Mode Active 24 Relay to energize an external element before starting the drive 25 FB Control 26 Bypass Run P1 3 7 B RO 1 Funct 25 307 Same as parameter 1 3 6 P1 3 8 B RO 2 Funct 25 308 Same as parameter 1 3 6 P1 3 9 D RO 1 Funct 25 309 Same as parameter 1 3 6 P1 3 10 D RO 2 Funct 25 310 Same as parameter 1 3 6 P1 3 11 D RO 3 Funct 25 311 Same as parameter 1 3 6 P1 3 12 Sp StPt Supv Fct oO O O O CO O oO o o O W N 312 Speed Setpoint Supervision Function 0 Not used 1 Low limit 2 High limit
15. A 10 Figure A 10 VSD Series Open Drive Dimensions TYPE 1 and TYPE 12 FR8 A 11 Figure A 11 VSD Series Open Drive Dimensions TYPE 1 and TYPE 12 with Flange Kit FR7 and FR8 rre A 12 Figure A 12 VSD Series Open Drive Dimensions OPEN 1 and OPEN 12 FR9 A 13 Figure A 13 VSD Series Open Drive Dimensions TYPE 1 and TYPE 12 FR9 with Flange Kit pan esos il wide s AG PLA Regan DAONG a stes A 14 Figure C 1 RS 232 Cable for Parameter Setting or Software Downloading by Using PC 0 0 C 1 Figure C 2 Connection of Cable Used with Keypad llle een C 1 Figure C 3 RS 232 Cable eh hh C 2 Figure D 1 VSD Series IntelliPass with Three Contactors eee D 1 Figure D 2 VSD Series IntelliPass Disconnect eese D 2 vi For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com LIT 1201828 Johmsan JJ Controls Powered by Eaton Technology VSD Series Drives User Manual November 2009 List of Tables Table 1 1 VSD Series Open Drives Selection Chart 0 00000 a 1 2 Table 2 1 Space Requirements for Mounting a VSD Series Drive 2 1 Table 2 2 Cooling Airflow Requirements eee e eee eee eee eens 2 2 Table 3 1 Cable Spacings 2 02 24 naaa aise tee nadie dew ENNA NINE LANTARANG 3 1 Table 3 2 Cable and Fuse Sizes 208 240V Ratings aaa 3 2 Table 3 3 Cable and Fuse Sizes 380 500V Ratings
16. A Al 1 Filter 0 00 10 00 0 10 210 0 No filtering P1 2 12 A AI 2 Range 211 Default 1 4 20MA 0 10096 0 0 20 mA 1 4 20mA P1 2 13 A Al 2 Invert 212 0 Not inverted 1 Inverted P1 2 14 A Al 2 Filter 0 00 10 00 0 10 213 0 No filtering P1 2 15 StPt Scale Min 0 0 100 0 Yo 0 0 214 Speed that corresponds to the minimum setpoint signal LIT 1201828 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com 9 7 Johnson JM VSD Series Drives User Manual Controls Powered by Eaton Technology November 2009 Table 9 3 Input Signals M1 gt G1 2 continued ID Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Number Description P1 2 16 StPt Scale Max 0 0 100 0 96 0 0 215 Speed that corresponds to the maximum setpoint signal 0 0962 NOT IN USE P1 2 17 MotPotStPt 0 1 0 221 Parameter to select reset Memory function for motor potentiometer speed setpoint Default No reset Output Signals M1 gt G1 3 Table 9 4 Output Signals M1 G1 3 ID Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Number Description P1 3 1 A AO 1 Funct 0 8 1 301 Analog output function 0 Fieldbus controlled 1 O P frequency 0 f max 2 Reference frequency 0 f max 3 Motor speed 0 100 x Motor nom speed 4 O P current 0 1009
17. D RO 2 Funct 25 310 Same as parameter 1 3 6 P1 3 11 D RO 3 Funct 25 311 Same as parameter 1 3 6 P1 3 12 Sp StPt Supv Fct oO O O O CO O oO o o O W N 312 Speed Setpoint Supervision Function 0 Not used 1 Low limit 2 High limit P1 3 13 Sp StPt Supv Lim 0 0 100 0 0 0 313 Speed Setpoint Supervision Value LIT 1201828 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com 12 9 johnson JJ VSD Series Drives User Manual Controls Powered by Eaton Technology November 2009 Table 12 4 Output Signals M1 gt G1 3 continued ID Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Number Description P1 3 14 Act Sp Supv Fct 0 2 0 314 Actual Speed Supervision Function 0 Not used 1 Low limit 2 High limit P1 3 15 Act Sp Supv Lim 0 0 100 0 0 0 315 Actual Speed Supervision Value 1 0 hysteresis P1 3 16 Torque Supv Fct 0 2 0 316 Torque Limit Supervision Function 0 Not used 1 Low limit 2 High limit P1 3 17 Torque Supv Lim 0 0 300 0 96 0 0 317 Torque Limit Supervision Value P1 3 18 TempLim Supv 0 2 0 318 Temperature Limit Supervision Fct Function 0 Not used 1 Low limit 2 High limit P1 3 19 TempLim Supv 50 170 SF 104 319 Temperature Limit Supervision Lim value P1 3 20 StartRlyON Del 0 0 100 0 s 0 0 320 Relay Digit
18. 8 00 320 00 Hz 60 00 604 Field weakening point P1 6 5 Voltage at FWP 10 00 200 00 Yo 100 00 605 Motor voltage MotorNPVoltage at field weakening point P1 6 6 V Hz Mid Freq 0 00 Field Weakening Point Hz 60 00 606 Programmable V Hz curve middle point frequency P1 6 7 V Hz Mid Voltg 0 00 100 00 96 100 00 607 Motor voltage MotorNPVoltage at programmable V Hz curve middle point P1 6 8 Zero Freq Voltg 0 00 40 00 Yo 0 00 608 Motor voltage MotorNPVoltage at zero speed P1 6 9 Switching Freq Switching FreqMax kHz 3 6 609 Switching frequency in kHz See Appendix A Table A 1 P1 6 10 Overvolt Contr 2 610 0 Off 1 On with no ramping 2 On with ramping P1 6 11 P1 6 12 Undervolt Contr Identification 611 612 0 Off 1 On Identification run When this parameter is set greater than zero then start command must be given within 20 seconds 10 12 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com LIT 1201828 johnson JJ Controls November 2009 Powered by Eaton Technology Protections M1 G1 7 Table 10 8 Protections M1 G1 7 VSD Series Drives User Manual ID Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Number Description P1 7 1 In
19. ID Number Description P1 8 6 FB Data Out6 Sel 0 10000 200 1006 Fieldbus process data output 6 selection Default Application Status Word Variable ApplStatusWord b0 Drive Ready b1 Run Enable b2 Drive Running b3 Drive Reversing b4 General Fault b5 General Warning b6 Preset Speed Active b7 Motor Regulator active b8 Output speed supervision indication b9 Setpoint speed supervision indication b10 HAND Control indication b11 AUTO Control indication b12 D IN Firemode b13 Damper control signal b14 Bypass mode status indication b15 Bypass running P1 8 7 FB Data Out7 Sel 0 10000 180 1007 Fieldbus process data output 7 selection Default Active Fault Code P1 8 8 FB Data Out8 Sel 0 10000 190 1008 Fieldbus process data output 8 selection Default Active Warning Code ID number of parameter or variable to be sent over fieldbus ID 1 20 are Monitoring values Menu 7 M7 See Table 13 13 LIT 1201828 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com 13 15 johnson JJ VSD Series Drives User Manual Controls Powered by Eaton Technology November 2009 PI Control Parameters M1 gt G1 9 Table 13 10 PI Control Parameters M1 3 G1 9 ID Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Number Description P1 9 1
20. P1 3 13 Sp StPt Supv Lim 0 0 100 0 0 0 313 Speed Setpoint Supervision Value LIT 1201828 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com 10 9 johnson JJ VSD Series Drives User Manual Controls Powered by Eaton Technology November 2009 Table 10 4 Output Signals M1 gt G1 3 continued ID Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Number Description P1 3 14 Act Sp Supv Fct 0 2 0 314 Actual Speed Supervision Function 0 Not used 1 Low limit 2 High limit P1 3 15 Act Sp Supv Lim 0 0 100 0 0 0 315 Actual Speed Supervision Value 1 0 hysteresis P1 3 16 Torque Supv Fct 0 2 0 316 Torque Limit Supervision Function 0 Not used 1 Low limit 2 High limit P1 3 17 Torque Supv Lim 0 0 300 0 96 0 0 317 Torque Limit Supervision Value P1 3 18 TempLim Supv 0 2 0 318 Temperature Limit Supervision Fct Function 0 Not used 1 Low limit 2 High limit P1 3 19 TempLim Supv 50 170 SF 104 319 Temperature Limit Supervision Lim value P1 3 20 StartRlyON Del 0 0 100 0 s 0 0 320 Relay Digital output ON delay time after start command is given P1 3 21 StartRIyOFF Del 0 0 100 0 s 0 0 321 Relay Digital output OFF delay time after stop command is given Drive Control Parameters M1 gt G1 4 Table 10 5 Drive Control Parameters M1 gt G1 4 ID Code Parameter Min Max Unit
21. faulty operation Should the fault re occur Note exceptional fault data contact your Johnson Controls record see Active Fault Menu for distributor more information LIT 1201828 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com B 1 Johnson M VSD Series Drives User Manual Controls Powered by Eaton Technology November 2009 Table B 1 Fault Codes continued Fault Code Fault Possible Cause Solution 9 Undervoltage DC link voltage is less than the If there was a supply voltage minimum safe operating voltage loss or dip reset the fault and limit restart the VSD Series drive most probable cause too low Check the supply voltage If it a utility supply voltage was within specification at the VSD Series internal fault time of the fault an internal failure has occurred Contact your Johnson Controls distributor 10 Input line supervision Input line phase is low or Check the utility supply voltage missing cables and connections 11 Output phase Current sensing indicates that Check the motor cables supervision there is no current in one motor connections and motor phase 12 Brake chopper no brake resistor installed Check the brake resistor If the supervision brake resistor is broken resistor is ok the chopper is brake chopper failure faulty Contact your Johnson Controls distributor 13 VSD Series Heatsink temperature is under Provide supplemental heating or underte
22. 13834 170 GAY aug wee Ch OMEO Pj 2 Apeay ndino jeubia Loa oz 3 NI UY H 3 19 4H sz 9 andang Bojeuy noi ai SSvdA8 NO YALAZANI NO 1 esvaag zay o Aouanbas andang non 81 YO1ON YOLOW i YOWWOD ONIG PNIG SIND t i CI i aney peouano ssed g ania on apo eats sio St a 3t a ez i e Lisoios poods nia n G LL nn amu LAS punos9 on ano si 5 i z Arad andino obe ino a 3X 9 100S Saldo sBunes uowwo wofa A Tag Es E 1 sadweg anis enia foj UONMS 9X EX atang ema fe austin eX AX dig 10 B doses inia 8 F 3 NG 3 punosgon ano S e1nD14 eas e3oN inang bayon peo na sb T i z unt abun mns ta queuing induj Bojeuy un y 8 punoig punoig oh ANo e eS HE anng punos9 sn Md dog tun t SESS Jeneng YOLOVINO andang eouuojeu nat T Sd 90z Y inaino WNS fe Al mM a Ba 1 v 101s 6vido yeuondo i HAT ee mba EM ee ae l tt zi MALUIANI n x T 4 nue Need i WV Ea BANYO tH ue n 4 aie om OwO too tN Kana o LOT bosco no 82 Mari i IINOWNYVH_OFLNNOW X Hael i 3LOW3Y WNOlLdO e I SF ae dona WOO woIDviNoo al Minis SEVOAB ala i slojloede ase punog punog UH 9 Ud 4030W aaua ejBuis 10 Buiyeig EU13 X7 10 pass 8Je S EUIWJI SAlG pue 9s9u S EUIW19 y g g 0 JBUL09 JON Od usaMjeg uornooeuuo punoJr eouepeduul MO 9pI OJd SISSEYD BAlNG DIN Jed pazis aq 0 sS qe 0 U01 J3UU07 punoJr a2uepa
23. 15 20 hp 230V 25 40 hp 480V 2500 00 2000 00 1500 00 P W 1000 00 500 00 050FR7 400V 060FR7 500V 050FR7 500V 075FR7 400V 060FR7 400V 075FR7 500V 0 00 0 00 2 00 4 00 6 00 8 00 10 00 12 00 Switching Frequency kHz Figure A 4 Power Loss as Function of Switching Frequency 25 40 hp 230V 50 75 hp 480V A 6 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com LIT 1201828 johnson JJ Controls Powered by Eaton Technology VSD Series Drives User Manual November 2009 4000 00 3500 00 3000 00 2500 00 P W 2000 00 1500 00 1000 00 E966 0100FR8 400V 0125FR8 500V a 0100FR8 500V 0150FR8 400V 0125FR8 400V 0150FR8 500V 0 00 r r z 0 00 2 00 4 00 6 00 8 00 10 00 12 00 Switching Frequency kHz Figure A 5 Power Loss as Function of Switching Frequency 50 75 hp 230V 100 150 hp 480V 4000 00 3500 00 3000 00 2500 00 P W 2000 00 1500 00 1000 00 soddi 0200FR9 400V 0250FR9 500V f 0200FR9 500V 0250FR9 400V 0 00 r 0 00 2 00 3 60 6 00 10 00 Switching Frequency kHz Figure A 6 Power Loss as Function of Switching Frequency 200 250 hp 480V LIT 1201828 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com A 7 Johnson JJ VSD Series Drives User Manual Controls Powered by Eaton Technology
24. 26 Bypass Run Unit running in bypass 312 Speed Setpoint limit 313 314 supervision function 0 No supervision 1 Low limit supervision 2 High limit supervision If the reference value falls below or exceeds the set limit ID313 this function generates a warning message via the digital output DO 1 or via a relay output RO 1 or RO 2 depending on the settings of ID306 to ID311 Speed Setpoint supervision value The frequency value to be supervised by ID312 Actual Speed supervision function 0 No supervision 1 Low limit supervision 2 High limit supervision If the output frequency goes under over the set limit ID315 this function generates a warning message via the digital output DO 1 or via the relay outputs RO 1 or RO 2 depending on the settings of parameters ID306 to ID311 15 10 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com LIT 1201828 Johmsan JJ Controls Powered by Eaton Technology VSD Series Drives User Manual November 2009 315 Actual Speed supervision value Selects the frequency value supervised by parameter ID314 See Figure 15 10 A f Hz ID314 2 1 Hysteresis Example 21 RO 1 21 RO 1 4 21 RO 1 4 22RO 1 22 RO 1 mL 22 RO 1 ad 23RO 1 23IRO 1I 23 RO 1I Figure 15 10 Output Frequency Supervision 316 Torque limit supervision funct
25. Controls November 2009 Powered by Eaton Technology Protections M1 G1 7 Table 12 8 Protections M1 G1 7 VSD Series Drives User Manual ID Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Number Description P1 7 1 Input Phase 0 2 2 701 Response to input phase Supv supervision 0 No Action 1 Warning 2 Fault P1 7 2 4mA Fault Resp 0 2 0 702 Response to 4 mA signal supervision 0 No Action 1 Warning 2 Fault 1 7 3 Ext Fault Resp O 2 2 703 Response to external fault digital input signal supervision 0 No Action 1 Warning 2 Fault P1 7 4 FBComm 0 2 0 704 Response to fieldbus FaultResp communication supervision 0 No Action 1 Warning 2 Fault P1 7 5 SlotComFault 0 2 0 705 Response to slot communication Resp supervision 0 No Action 1 Warning 2 Fault P1 7 6 Motor Therm 0 3 0 707 0 No response Prot 1 Warning 2 Fault stop mode after fault according to ID402 3 Fault stop mode after fault always by coasting P1 7 7 MotAmbTemp 100 0 100 0 96 0 0 708 Percent of ambient temperature Factor P1 7 8 MTP fO Current 0 0 150 00 96 40 0 709 Percent of motor nameplate current P1 7 9 MTP Motor T 1 200 min 45 710 Time to reach 6396 of final value P1 7 10 Motor Duty 0 100 96 100 711 Percent of nominal motor load Cycle P1 7 11 Stall Protection 0 3 0 712 0 No response 1 Warning 2 Fault stop mode after fault according to ID402 3 Fa
26. Controls Powered by Eaton Technology Strip the motor and power cables as shown in Figure 3 1 and Table 3 7 Ground A Al Y Power Ground A A2 Y i Motor C2 Y TA Figure 3 1 Input Power and Motor Cable Stripping and Wire Lengths Table 3 7 Power and Motor Cable Stripping Lengths November 2009 Product Frame Power Wiring in Inches mm Motor Wiring in Inches mm Horsepower Voltage Size A1 B1 C1 D1 A2 B2 C2 D2 1 3 230 FR4 0 59 1 38 0 39 0 79 0 28 1 97 0 28 1 38 1 1 2 7 1 2 480 15 35 10 20 7 50 7 35 5 10 230 FR5 0 79 1 57 0 39 1 18 0 79 2 36 0 39 1 57 10 20 480 20 40 10 30 20 60 10 40 15 and 20 230 FR6 0 79 3 54 0 59 2 36 0 79 3 54 0 59 2 36 25 40 480 20 90 15 60 20 90 15 60 3 30 575 25 40 230 FR7 0 98 4 72 0 98 4 72 0 98 4 72 0 98 4 72 50 75 480 25 120 25 120 25 120 25 120 40 50 575 50 75 230 FR8 1 1 9 45 1 1 9 45 zl 9 45 1 1 9 45 100 150 480 28 240 28 240 28 240 28 240 60 100 575 100 230 FR9 1 1 11 61 1 1 11 61 1 1 11 61 1 1 11 61 200 250 480 28 295 28 295 28 295 28 295 125 200 575 3 4 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com LIT 1201828 Controls Powered by Eaton Technology VSD Series Drives User Manual November 2009 NEMA Type 1 12 Open Drives 1 250 HP Table 3 8 Co
27. Force ctrl place to Auto 7 Reverse 8 Speed Select 1 9 Fire Mode Closed Contact 10 Speed Select 2 11 Speed Select 3 12 Force Bypass 13 External interlock closed 14 External interlock open 15 Mot Pot UP 16 Mot Pot DOWN 17 Fire Mode Open Contact A CAUTION Unattended start will occur if power is supplied with Start Command activated LIT 1201828 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com 14 5 johnson JM VSD Series Drives User Manual Controls Powered by Eaton Technology November 2009 Table 14 3 Input Signals M1 gt G1 2 continued ID Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Number Description P1 2 6 A DI 3 Funct 0 17 13 205 Default 13 Interlock Run Enable 0 Not Used 1 Ext fault closing contact 2 External fault opening contact 3 Fault reset 4 Run enable Closed Contact 5 Force ctrl place to Hand 6 Force ctrl place to Auto 7 Reverse 8 Speed Select 1 9 Fire Mode Closed Contact 10 Speed Select 2 11 Speed Select 3 12 Force Bypass 13 External interlock closed 14 External interlock open 15 Mot Pot UP 16 Mot Pot DOWN 17 Fire Mode Open Contact P1 2 7 A DI 4 Funct 0 17 8 206 Default 8 Speed Select 1 0 Not Used 1 Ext fault closing contact 2 External fault opening contact 3 Fault reset 4 Run enable Closed Contact 5 Force ctrl
28. Forward 1 Reverse P2 3 StopButton 0 1 1 1010 Stop button Keypad always Active active Yes No R2 4 PI Setpoint 10000 10000 1500 Active PI reference if ID115 2 P2 5 PI Setpoint 10000 10000 1011 PI regulators default setpoint Default Keypad Control Parameter ID Numbers are listed separately on Page 15 28 Menus M3 to M6 Menus M3 to M6 provide information on the Active Faults Fault History System Menu settings and the Expander Board setup These menu items are explained in detail in Chapter 6 LIT 1201828 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com 11 17 VSD Series Drives User Manual Monitoring Menu M7 johnson JJ Controls Powered by Eaton Technology November 2009 The monitored items are the actual values of parameters and signals as well as the status and measurements of other elements Monitored items cannot be edited See Chapter 6 Menu information item M7 for more information Table 11 13 Monitoring Menu ID Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Number Description V7 1 Output 320 00 320 00 Hz 0 00 2 Output frequency to the motor Frequency V7 2 Actual Speed 320 0 320 0 96 0 0 1 Output speed to the motor V7 3 Speed Setpoint 320 0 320 0 96 0 0 3 Monitored speed setpoint This will show also the speed setpoint below the minimum frequency V7 4 Motor Speed 10000 10000 rpm O 4 Calculated motor s
29. Johnson o Controls Powered by Eaton Technology VSD Series Drives User Manual November 2009 Supersedes September 2006 LIT 1201828 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com Con November 2009 johnson 4 Powered by Eaton Technology VSD Series Drives User Manual IMPORTANT NOTICE PLEASE READ The product discussed in this literature is subject to terms and conditions outlined in Johnson Controls Inc selling policies The sole source governing the rights and remedies of any purchaser of this equipment is the relevant Johnson Controls Inc selling policy NO WARRANTIES EXPRESS OR IMPLIED INCLUDING WARRANTIES OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR MERCHANTABILITY OR WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE ARE MADE REGARDING THE INFORMATION RECOMMENDATIONS AND DESCRIPTIONS CONTAINED HEREIN In no event will Johnson Controls Inc or Eaton Electrical Inc be responsible to the purchaser or user in contract in tort including negligence strict liability or otherwise for any special indirect incidental or consequential damage or loss whatsoever including but not limited to damage or loss of use of equipment plant or power system cost of capital loss of power additional expenses in the use of existing power facilities or claims against the purchaser or user by its customers resulting from the use of the information recommendations and descriptions contained herein The info
30. November 2009 Dimensions Figure A 7 TYPE 1 and TYPE 12 VSD Series Open Drive Dimensions FR4 FR5 and FR6 Table A 5 VSD Series Open Drive Dimensions Knockouts 9 Inches Approximate Dimensions in Inches mm Weight mm Frame R1 R2 Lbs Size Voltage hp VT H1 H2 H3 D1 D2 D3 W1 W2 WS dia dia kg N1 O D FRA 230V 1 3 12 9 12 3 11 5 7 5 25 5 0 5 0 39 5 3 11 0 3 1 1 480V 1 1 2 327 313 292 190 64 126 128 100 13 7 5 28 7 1 2 FR5 230V 5 10 16 5 16 0 15 4 8 4 27 5 7 5 7 39 5 3 17 9 2 1 5 480V 10 720 419 406 391 214 68 148 144 100 13 7 8 kain 28 FR6 230V 15 20 22 0 21 3 20 4 9 3 27 6 7 7 6 5 8 JJ A 40 8 3 1 5 480V 25 40 558 541 519 237 68 171 195 148 18 9 19 37 575V 3 30 A 8 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com LIT 1201828 johnson JJ Controls Powered by Eaton Technology November 2009 VSD Series Drives User Manual H2 H1 t lol
31. P1 1 11 Current Limit Motor Motor A 7 00 107 Output current limit of the unit in CurrentMin CurrentMax Amps LIT 1201828 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com 9 3 VSD Series Drives User Manual Table 9 2 Quick Setup Parameters M1 gt G1 1 continued Johnson JM Controls Powered by Eaton Technology November 2009 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default ID Number Description P1 1 12 Start Srce Hand 1 112 Parameter for Local Start Stop Reverse control location Default Keypad 1 Keypad 2 DI 1 Start 3 I O Three Wire P1 1 13 StPt Source Hand 113 Local speed setpoint selection 0 analog input Al 1 1 analog input Al 2 2 Speed Setpoint from Keypad 3 Motor Potentiometer P1 1 14 Start Srce Auto 114 Parameter for Remote Start Stop Reverse control location Default DI 1 Start 1 Keypad 2 DI 1 Start 3 I O Three Wire 4 Fieldbus P1 1 15 StPt Source Auto 115 Remote speed setpoint selection 0 analog input Al 1 1 analog input Al 2 2 Speed Setpoint from Keypad 3 Motor Potentiometer 4 Speed Setpoint from Fieldbus 9 4 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com LIT 1201828 johnson JJ Controls Powered by Eaton Technology VSD Series Drives User Manual November 2009 Input Signals M1 G1 2 Table 9 3 Input Signals M1
32. Speed Select 1 9 Fire Mode Closed Contact 10 Speed Select 2 11 Speed Select 3 12 Force Bypass 13 External interlock closed 14 External interlock open 15 Mot Pot UP 16 Mot Pot DOWN 17 Fire Mode Open Contact P1 2 10 A Al 1 Minimum 0 00 Max 0 00 217 Default applies for OV or 0 mA P1 2 11 A Al 1 Maximum Min 100 0 96 100 00 218 Default applies for 10V or 20 mA P1 2 12 A Al 1 Invert 0 1 0 P1 2 13 A Al 1 Filter 0 00 10 00 s 0 10 P1 2 14 A Al 2 Minimum 0 00 Max 96 20 00 P1 2 15 A Al 2 Maximum Min 100 0 96 100 00 P1 2 16 A AI 2 Invert 0 1 0 209 210 219 220 212 0 Not inverted 1 Inverted 0 No filtering Default applies for 2V or 4 mA Default applies for 10V or 20 mA 0 Not inverted 1 Inverted P1 2 17 A Al 2 Filter 0 00 10 00 s 0 10 213 0 No filtering P1 2 18 StPt Scale Min 0 0 100 0 Yo 0 0 214 Speed that corresponds to the minimum setpoint signal LIT 1201828 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com 14 7 VSD Series Drives User Manual Table 14 3 Input Signals M1 gt G1 2 continued johnson JM Controls Powered by Eaton Technology November 2009 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default ID Number Description P1 2 19 StPt Scale Max 0 0 100 0 Vo 0 0 215 Speed that corresponds to the maximum setpoint signal 0 0 NOT IN
33. The default value is set assuming that there is no external fan cooling the motor If an external fan is used this parameter can be set to 9096 or even higher Note The value is set as a percentage of the motor nameplate data ID108 Nominal current of motor not the drive s nominal output current The motor s nominal current is the current that the motor can withstand in direct on line use without being overheated If nominal current of motor ID108 is changed this parameter is automatically restored to the default value Setting this parameter does not affect the maximum output current of the drive which is determined by ID107 alone Pcooling Overload Area 10096 IT Par ID709 40 Figure 15 16 Motor Thermal Current I7 Curve LIT 1201828 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com 15 21 johnson My VSD Series Drives User Manual Controls Powered by Eaton Technology 710 711 712 November 2009 Motor Thermal Protection Time Constant This time can be set between 1 and 200 minutes This is the thermal time constant of the motor The bigger the motor the bigger the time constant The time constant is the time within which the calculated thermal stage has reached 63 of its final value If the motor s t6 time t6 is the time in seconds the motor can safely operate at six times the rated current is known given by the motor manufacturer the time constant in minutes is equal
34. parameter number Name of parameter Minimum value of parameter Maximum value of parameter Unit of parameter value Given if available Value preset by factory D number of the parameter for reference to Chapter 15 Quick Setup Parameters M1 G1 1 Table 9 2 Quick Setup Parameters M1 G1 1 VSD Series Drives User Manual Location indication on the keypad Shows the operator the present ID Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Number Description P1 1 1 Min Frequency 0 00 Max Hz 12 00 101 Minimum output frequency Frequency f Hz P1 1 2 Max Frequency FreqMin 320 00 Hz 60 00 102 Maximum output frequency f Hz P1 1 3 Acceleration 0 1 3000 0 S 60 0 103 Time from minimum frequency Time to maximum frequency P1 1 4 Deceleration 0 1 3000 0 S 60 0 104 Time from maximum frequency Time to minimum frequency PTT 5 Motor NP Voltg 180 Motor V 400 105 Motor nameplate voltage in VoltageMax Volts P1 1 6 Motor NP Freq 8 00 320 00 Hz 60 00 106 Motor nameplate frequency in Hertz 1 17 Motor Nom 24 20000 rpm 1720 111 Motor nameplate speed in Rpm Speed P1 1 8 Motor Nom Motor Motor A 5 40 108 Motor nameplate current I A Currnt CurrentMin CurrentMax P1 1 9 Power Factor 0 30 1 00 0 85 109 Motor power factor Cos Phii P1 1 10 Service Factor 0 10 2 00 1 00 110 Motor service factor This will calculate the motor current limit MotorNomCurrent x Service Factor
35. w Transformer LIT 1201828 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com 5 3 VSD Series Drives User Manual Joheson Ml NEMA Type 1 IntelliPass IntelliDisconnect Drive Powered by Eaton Technology November 2009 ntelliPass only Circuit Breaker Endplate Circuit Breaker Extension Bar B S Circuit Breaker 24V DC Power Supply Ribbon Cable Hinge Optional 3rd Input Contactor Output amp Bypass Contactor Contactor Overload Manual Auto Reset 24V DC Motor Overload Terminal Block Ground Studs Drive Enclosure Endplate located at bottom Optional 3rd Contactor S1 Switch provided for drive isolation Figure 5 1 Identification of NEMA Type 1 Components Table 5 5 VSD Series NEMA Type 1 IntelliPass IntelliDisconnect Drive proper spacing between the drives for hinged door operation Figure 5 2 VSD Series IntelliPass IntelliDisconnect Drive Dimensions ai D se A gt Dimensions E EI WANA ka Drive Frame Approximate Approx Distance INTELLIPASS INTELLIPASS TTA Horsepower VT Size Dimensions in Weight Between Inches mm in Ibs kg Drives in CAA Inches mm CIUDAD A e fec D 208V 1 3 hp FR4 5 04 18 25 13 24 21 9 5 5 3
36. www johnsoncontrols com VSD Series Drives User Manual Johnson aM Controls Powered by Eaton Technology November 2009 Table 5 6 Bypass Power Wiring Instructions NEMA Type 1 IntelliPass IntelliDisconnect Drive Continued Motor Wiring 13 Use your first and second fingers and simultaneously push down to release the two orange retaining clips one on each side of the 24V DC motor overload terminal block 14 If necessary use a flat blade screwdriver to carefully remove the terminal block in a straight plane to avoid damaging it Motor Wiring 15 Connect the motor leads to the motor overload terminals labeled 1TA 1TB and 1TC 16 Using the appropriate metric Allen wrench 2 5 mm 3 mm or 4 mm tighten each overload terminal per the specifications in the contactor user s manual MOTOR WIRING An SAE allen wrench will damage the terminals and the motor overload will need to be replaced not covered by warranty 17 Using the torque wrench tighten each terminal to the torque value found in the appropriate user s manual supplied with the drive 18 Reinsert the motor overload terminal block Motor Leads Motor Overload Terminals Grounding 19 Use a flat blade screwdriver to connect the motor ground wire to the ground stud located at either the top or bottom of the drive s enclosure Mandatory Ground connection main power ground must be connected to other ground screws GR
37. 0 Not used 1 Drive Ready 2 Drive Running 3 General Fault 4 General Fault inverted 5 Drive overheat warning 6 External fault or warning 7 Reference 4mA fault or warning 8 General Warning 9 Drive Reversing 10 Preset Speed Active 11 Speed setpoint Actual Speed At speed 12 Motor regulator activated 13 Actual Speed limit supervision 14 Speed Setpoint limit supervision 15 Torque limit supervision 16 Timer On Timer Off output control Trigger is run request 17 Selections 16 inverted 18 Frequency converter temperature limit supervision 19 Unrequested rotation direction 20 Thermistor fault warning 21 Hand Control Active 22 Auto Control Active 23 DI Fire Mode Active 24 Relay to energize an external element before starting the drive 25 FB Control 26 Bypass Run P1 3 7 B RO 1 Funct 24 307 Same as parameter 1 3 6 P1 3 8 B RO 2 Funct 24 308 Same as parameter 1 3 6 P1 3 9 D RO 1 Funct 24 309 Same as parameter 1 3 6 P1 3 10 D RO 2 Funct 24 310 Same as parameter 1 3 6 P1 3 11 D RO 3 Funct 24 311 Same as parameter 1 3 6 P1 3 12 Sp StPt Supv Fct oO O O O CO O o o o O W N 312 Speed Setpoint Supervision Function 0 Not used 1 Low limit 2 High limit P1 3 13 Sp StPt Supv Lim 0 0 100 0 0 0 3
38. 0 00 320 00 s 30 00 1110 I Term Integral Time for the PI controller P1 9 10 PI Deadband 0 20000 0 1111 Deadband area in units Hysteresis to PI Setpoint P1 9 11 Pl Acting Mode 0 1 1 1112 PI controller acting mode 0 Reverse acting 1 Forward acting P1 9 12 Auto Accel Time 0 1 3000 0 s 60 0 1113 Auto Mode Accel Time P1 9 13 Auto Decel Time 0 1 3000 0 s 60 0 1114 Auto Mode Decel Time P1 9 14 Auto S curve 0 0 10 0 s 0 0 1115 Auto Mode and PI control is Time NOT active Preset Speeds M1 gt G1 10 Table 14 11 Preset Speeds M1 gt G1 10 ID Code Parameter Min Max Unit Step Default Number Description P1 10 1 Preset Speed 1 0 100 0 96 0 1 30 0 1701 Preset speeds when P1 10 2 PresetSpeed2 0 100 0 0 1 40 0 1702 Digital Inputs are P1 10 3 PresetSpeed3 0 100 0 0 1 50 0 1703 programmed P1 10 4 Preset Speed4 0 100 0 96 0 1 60 0 1704 P1 10 5 Preset Speed 5 0 100 0 96 0 1 70 0 1705 P1 10 6 Preset Speed6 0 100 0 0 1 80 0 1706 P1 10 7 Preset Speed7 0 100 0 0 1 90 0 1707 14 16 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com LIT 1201828 Johmsan JJ Controls Powered by Eaton Technology VSD Series Drives User Manual November 2009 Keypad Control Parameters M2 This menu provides the parameters for the setting of the keypad speed setpoint the selection of motor direction when in keypad operation and when the STOP button is active Table 14 12 Keypad Control
39. 07 Motor Power 96 Calculated Motor Power O8 Motor Voltage V Measured Motor Voltage O9 DC Bus Voltage V Measured DC Bus Voltage O10 Unit Temperature F Heatsink temperature 011 Motor Temperature Calculated motor temperature based on the motor nameplate information and actual motor load 0129 PI Setpoint 9o PI Setpoint 013 Pl Input 9 PI Input measured value 0142 PI Error Value 96 Calculated error between PI actual and reference values 015 Pl Output PI output speed reference when PI active O16 Multimonitor Displays three values simultaneously Units will vary depending on active application Not available in Remote Input application LIT 1201828 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com 6 21 Ha Johnson 4 p VSD Series Drives User Manual Controls Powered by Eaton Technology November 2009 6 22 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com LIT 1201828 Johmsan JJ Controls Powered by Eaton Technology VSD Series Drives User Manual November 2009 as Si Chapter 7 Start Up Safety Precautions Before start up observe the following warnings and safety instructions A WARNING 1 Internal components and circuit boards except the isolated I O terminals are at utility potential when the VSD Series drive is connected to the line This voltage is extremely dangerous and may cause death or severe injury if you come in contact with it 2 When the VSD Series drive
40. 10000 190 1008 Fieldbus process data output 8 selection Default Active Warning Code ID number of parameter or variable to be sent over fieldbus ID 1 20 are Monitoring values Menu 7 M7 See Table 14 13 LIT 1201828 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com 14 15 Johnson JJ VSD Series Drives User Manual Controls Powered by Eaton Technology November 2009 PI Control Parameters M1 gt G1 9 Table 14 10 PI Control Parameters M1 gt G1 9 ID Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Number Description P1 9 1 US Metric Units 0 1 0 1101 P1 9 2 Setpoint Min Sensor Min PI Setpoint 200 1102 Minimum limit for the Max PI Controller setpoint P1 9 3 Setpoint Max PI Setpoint Sensor Max 1200 1103 Maximum limit for the Min PI Controller setpoint P1 9 4 StPt Ramp Time 0 00 20 00 S 1 00 1104 PI Setpoint ramp time Ramp Up Time P1 9 5 Pl Input Source O 5 0 1106 PI Controller Input Source Selection Default 0 A AI 1 0 A AI 1 1 A AI 2 2 Fieldbus ProcessData1 3 Min Both 4 Max Both 5 Ave Both P1 9 6 Sensor Min 10000 Sensor_Max 200 1107 Actual Sensor minimum value at 0 4 mA P1 9 7 Sensor Max Sensor_Min 10000 1200 1108 Actual Sensor maximum value at 20 mA P1 9 8 Pl Contr P Gain 0 00 10 00 0 10 1109 P Term Gain for the PI controller P1 9 9 Pl Contr I Time
41. 10096 x T nMot 6 Motor power 0 10096 x P nMot 7 Motor voltage 0 10096 x U nMot 8 DC Bus Voltage 0 10096 x U nMot P1 3 2 A AO 1 Filter 0 00 10 00 S 1 00 302 P1 3 3 A AO 1 Invert O 303 0 Not inverted 1 Inverted P1 3 4 A AO 1 Min 0 304 0 0mA 124mA P1 3 5 A AO 1 Scale 10 1000 96 100 305 13 8 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com LIT 1201828 johnson JJ Controls November 2009 Table 13 4 Output Signals M1 gt G1 3 continued Powered by Eaton Technology VSD Series Drives User Manual Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default ID Number Description P1 3 6 A DO 1 Funct 0 26 1 306 Default Drive Ready 0 Not used 1 Drive Ready 2 Drive Running 3 General Fault 4 General Fault inverted 5 Drive overheat warning 6 External fault or warning 7 Reference 4mA fault or warning 8 General Warning 9 Drive Reversing 10 Preset Speed Active 11 Speed setpoint Actual Speed At speed 12 Motor regulator activated 13 Actual Speed limit supervision 14 Speed Setpoint limit supervision 15 Torque limit supervision 16 Timer On Timer Off output control Trigger is run request 17 Selections 16 inverted 18 Frequency converter temperature limit supervision 19 Unrequested rotation direction 20
42. Bus Comm N2 by default L LONWORKS Network Option 1 See Options List Option 2 See Options List All horsepower ratings are Variable Torque VT 1 30 hp 208 230V AC 1 75 hp 480V AC N2 XT Communications selectable on drive keypad SA Sensor Actuator Bus for FEC Interface Options List 00 None P6 3rd Contactor Drive Isolation IntelliPass only Note All VSD Series IntelliPass Drives incorporate two factory installed Auxiliary Contacts formerly the K9 option 5 2 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com LIT 1201828 johnson JJ Controls Powered by Eaton Technology VSD Series Drives User Manual November 2009 Table 5 2 VSD Series Enclosed Drives Selection Chart Base Product VS Variable Speed Drive Code Number Prefix Horsepower VT 001 1 0 hp to Voltage Enclosure Rating 12 TYPE 1 150 150 hp 1 208V 219230V 4 480V S W 2 TYPE 12 3 TYPE 3R Enclosure Style 2 Enclosed IntelliPass Revision Number A Rev 1 Americas Separator Communications 9 0 None 3 Enclosed Drive w Disconnect IntelliDisconnect N N2 XT SA Bus Comm N2 by default L LONWORKS Network Option 1 See Options List Option 2 See Options List All horsepower ratings are Variable Torque VT 1to 60 hp 208V 1 to 75 hp 230V 1 to 150 hp 480V 3 to 100 hp 575V N2 XT SA Communications se
43. FR8 Table A 9 VSD Series Open Drive Dimensions FR8 Approximate Dimensions in Inches mm Knockout Frame Size Voltage hp VT D1 H1 W1 Inches mm FR8 230V 50 75 13 5 344 30 1 764 11 4 289 3 1 1 28 480V 100 150 575V 60 100 2 2 32 59 LIT 1201828 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com lohasan JJ VSD Series Drives User Manual Controls Powered by Eaton Technology November 2009 gt H6 fe H4 gt lt H4 gt lt H5 gt Dia A T sam EHE Le o o i wa w2 E o e i Y F F F F I lt H2 gt ke H1 W3 gt key7 a WG mm Fan AMH o p il lo 9j 5 FOO Q x GAAN I D2 i li i pit VM Y Y je H3 H12 poe H9 gt lt H9 gt lt H10 LH Flange Opening W7 W5 W6 FR7 FR8 Dia B t H13 gt l lt 2 H8 Figure A 11 VSD Series Open Drive Dimensions TYPE 1 and TYPE 12 with Flange Kit FR7 and FR8 Table A 10 Dimensions for VSD Series Open Drive FR7 and FR8 with Flange Kit Approximate Dimensions in Inches mm Frame Di
44. For more information on jumper selections see Chapter 4 X3 Jumper Setting CMA and CMB Grounding CAUTION fe e CMB Connected to Ground AM CAUTION CMA Connected to Ground Unattended start will occur if power efe CMB Isolated from Ground 1 1 1 mel swe iste eee ceca is supplied with Start Command activated eie CMB and CMA Internally Connected ee and Isolated from Ground 11 2 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com LIT 1201828 johnson JJ Controls November 2009 Powered by Eaton Technology VSD Series Drives User Manual Parameter Lists On the next pages you will find the lists of parameters within the respective parameter groups The parameter descriptions are given by ID number in Chapter 15 Column explanations Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default ID Location indication on the keypad Shows the operator the present parameter number Name of parameter Minimum value of parameter Maximum value of parameter Unit of parameter value Given if available Value preset by factory D number of the parameter for reference to Chapter 15 Quick Setup Parameters M1 G1 1 Table 11 2 Quick Setup Parameters M1 G1 1 ID Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Number Description P1 1 1 Min Frequency 0 00 Max Hz 12 00 101 Minimum output fr
45. Hz 12 00 101 Minimum output frequency Frequency f Hz P1 1 2 Max Frequency FreqMin 320 00 Hz 60 00 102 Maximum output frequency f Hz P1 1 3 Acceleration 0 1 3000 0 S 60 0 103 Time from 0 Hz to maximum Hz Time P1 1 4 Deceleration 0 1 3000 0 S 60 0 104 Time from maximum Hz to 0 Hz Time P1 1 5 Motor NP Voltg 180 Motor V 400 105 Motor nameplate voltage in VoltageMax Volts P1 1 6 Motor NP Freq 8 00 320 00 Hz 60 00 106 Motor nameplate frequency in Hertz P1 1 7 Motor Nom 24 20000 rpm 1720 111 Motor nameplate speed in Rpm Speed P1 1 8 Motor Nom Motor Motor A 5 40 108 Motor nameplate current I A Currnt CurrentMin CurrentMax P1 1 9 Power Factor 0 30 1 00 0 85 109 Motor power factor Cos Phii P1 1 10 Service Factor 0 10 2 00 1 00 110 Motor service factor This will calculate the motor current limit MotorNomCurrent x Service Factor P1 1 11 Current Limit Motor Motor A 7 00 107 Output current limit of the unit in CurrentMin CurrentMax Amps P1 1 12 Start Srce Hand 1 3 1 112 Parameter for Local Start Stop Reverse control location Default Keypad 1 Keypad 2 DI 1 Start 3 I O Three Wire LIT 1201828 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com 14 3 VSD Series Drives User Manual Table 14 2 Quick Setup Parameters M1 gt G1 1 continued Johnson JM Controls Powered by Eaton Technology November 2009 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default ID Number Description P1 1 1
46. Lin ange 4 20 m Ss 2 D1 7 16 24Vout Control Voltage Output xs 7 GND I 0 Ground TE 8 DIN1 Start Stop mn 9 DIN2 External Fault Reversing i 10 DIN3 Run Permisive Damper Interlock ly Starter M CMA_ DIN1 DIN3 Common OPTB5 Relay i 711 112 24vout Control Voltage Output Slot C z 3 6 13GND VO Ground FCRI Drive Runi lg F d TADINA Speed Select 1 1 122 H 23 3 4 R m R 4 15 DINS Fire Mode 1 T H 16 DIN6 Bypass Overload Fault i i i P 1 i 17 CMB DIN4 DING Common i i E H T8 Lout Output Frequency RY2 Bypass A R A i 9 Lout Analog Output 4 125 26 i F JE F 1 20DO1 Digital Output Ready i H i NI 21 OPTA2 Slot B i i i i aa Relay Output 1 n OPTC2SlotDorE l mus OPTC4 Slot D an OL1 ki iB H z3 Run H SHD shield o Gd ere 1 M T Tr T H 1 i24 2 VP 5V Supply Voltage Lonworks bM d L Zt Relay Output 2 Is RxD TxD Minus la Data r i 1 Gali Fault IE RxD TxD Plus o dg2 a2 Data r t 5 com Bus Common 23 OSHIELD Shield S1 Contactor i Note Al EE Drive ETS Slot C L j l IN Drive Power i i B 1 i terminals 25 a i i Off On ae factory bd i Bypass Note Optional COMM cards can be supplied o i i oniyi aah with the drive or as a field option Located Inside El aot OL1 Reset Door Cover Figure 5 3 VSD Series IntelliPass with Three Contactors LIT 1201828 For more information visit www johnsonco
47. Off 1 On with no ramping 2 On with ramping P1 6 11 P1 6 12 Undervolt Contr Identification 611 612 0 Off 1 On Identification run When this parameter is set greater than zero then start command must be given within 20 seconds 9 12 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com LIT 1201828 johnson JJ Controls Powered by Eaton Technology November 2009 Protections M1 G1 7 Table 9 8 Protections M1 G1 7 VSD Series Drives User Manual ID Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Number Description P1 7 1 Input Phase 0 2 2 701 Response to input phase Supv supervision 0 No Action 1 Warning 2 Fault P1 7 2 4mA Fault Resp 0 2 0 702 Response to 4 mA signal supervision 0 No Action 1 Warning 2 Fault P1 7 3 Ext Fault Resp O 2 2 703 Response to external fault digital input signal supervision 0 No Action 1 Warning 2 Fault P1 7 4 FBComm 0 2 0 704 Response to fieldbus FaultResp communication supervision 0 No Action 1 Warning 2 Fault P1 7 5 SlotComFault 0 2 0 705 Response to slot communication Resp supervision 0 No Action 1 Warning 2 Fault P1 7 6 Motor Therm 0 3 0 707 0 No response Prot 1 Warning 2 Fault stop mode after fault according to ID402 3 Fault stop mode after fault always by coasting P1 7 7 MotAmbTemp 100 0 100 0 0 0 7
48. Reset drive only 3 Reset drive if fails transferred to Bypass P1 7 20 Fire Mode Speed 0 100 0 100 804 When fire mode input is triggered drive will run at fire mode speed Fieldbus Parameters M1 gt G1 8 Table 9 9 Fieldbus Parameters M1 gt G1 8 ID Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Number Description P1 8 1 FB Data Out1 Sel 0 10000 19 1001 Fieldbus process data output 1 selection Default Actual Speed P1 8 2 FB Data Out2 Sel 0 10000 50 1002 Fieldbus process data output 2 selection Default Motor Current P1 8 3 FB Data Out3 Sel 10000 1003 Fieldbus process data output 3 selection Default Motor Voltage P1 8 4 FB Data Out4 Sel 10000 70 1004 Fieldbus process data output 4 selection Default Motor Power P1 8 5 FB Data Out5 Sel 10000 90 1005 Fieldbus process data output 5 selection Default DC Link Voltage ID number of parameter or variable to be sent over fieldbus ID 1 20 are Monitoring values Menu 7 M7 See Table 9 12 9 14 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com LIT 1201828 johnson JJ Controls Powered by Eaton Technology November 2009 Table 9 9 Fieldbus Parameters M1 gt G1 8 continued VSD Series Drives User Manual Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default ID Number Description P1 8 6 FB Data Out6 Sel 0 10000 200 1006
49. Setpoint 5PEED SETPOINT This displays and allows the operator to edit the keypad speed setpoint A change takes place immediately This reference value will not influence the output frequency unless the keypad has been selected as the active control place P2 2 Range Forward Reverse Default Forward Keypad KEYPAD DIRECTION Direction This allows the operator to change the rotation direction of the motor This setting will not influence the rotation direction of the motor unless the keypad has been selected as the active control place P2 3 Range Yes No Default Yes Stop Button 570PBUTTONALTIVE Active By default pushing the STOP button will always stop the motor regardless of the selected control place If this parameter is set to No the STOP button will stop the motor only when the keypad has been selected as the active control place The Start Command must be toggled or re issued to restart the drive R2 4 Range Application Dependent Default Application PI Setpoint Dependent PI SETPOINT PI regulators setpoint Parameter not available in Remote Input Application P2 5 Range Application Dependent Default Application PI Setpoint Dependent Default pj STPT DEFAULT PI regulators default setpoint This parameter is set in Start Up Wizard Parameter not available in Remote Input Application LIT 1201828 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com 6 7 VSD Series Drives User Manual Active Faults Menu M3 johnson
50. This warranty does not apply in the judgment of Johnson Controls to damage caused during shipment handling storage or accidental misuse The original purchaser of the product must obtain a Johnson Controls Return Material Authorization RMA number prior to returning any defective product When purchased through an Authorized Distributor the Distributor should supply an RMA number to their customer The maximum liability of this warranty is limited to the purchase price of the product In no event regardless of cause shall Johnson Controls Inc or Eaton Electrical Inc be liable a for penalties or penalty clauses of any description or b for certification not otherwise specifically provided herein and or indemnification of purchaser or others for costs damages or expenses each arising out of or related to the product or services of any order or c for any damages resulting from loss of profits use of products or for any incidental indirect or consequential damages even if advised of the possibility of such damages For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com LIT 1201828 Johmsan JJ Controls Powered by Eaton Technology VSD Series Drives User Manual November 2009 Eres Appendix B Fault and Warning Codes Table B 1 Fault Codes Fault Code Fault Possible Cause Solution 1 Overcurrent VSD Series drive has detected a Check loading high current 24xl in its output Chec
51. always by coasting P1 7 7 MotAmbTemp 100 0 100 0 0 0 708 Percent of ambient temperature Factor P1 7 8 MTP fO Current 0 0 150 00 40 0 709 Percent of motor nameplate current P1 7 9 MTP Motor T 1 200 min 45 710 Time to reach 63 of final value P1 7 10 Motor Duty 0 100 100 711 Percent of nominal motor load Cycle P1 7 11 Stall Protection O 3 0 712 0 No response 1 Warning 2 Fault stop mode after fault according to ID402 3 Fault stop mode after fault always by coasting P1 7 12 Stall Current 0 00 Motor A 1 00 713 CurrentMax P1 7 13 Stall Time Lim 1 00 120 00 S 15 00 714 P1 7 14 Stall Freq Lim 1 00 Max Freq Hz 25 00 715 LIT 1201828 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com 13 13 Johnson Ji VSD Series Drives User Manual Controls Powered by Eaton Technology November 2009 Tables 13 8 Protections M1 G1 7 continued ID Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Number Description P1 7 15 Underload 0 3 0 716 0 No response Protection 1 Warning 2 Fault stop mode after fault according to ID402 3 Fault stop mode after fault always by coasting P1 7 16 UP fnom Torque 10 0 150 00 96 50 0 717 Minimum torque allowed when above FWP P1 7 17 UP f0 Torque 5 0 150 00 96 10 0 718 Minimum torque allowed with zero frequency P1 7 18 UP Time Limit 2 00 600 00 S 20 00 719 P1 7 19 Autom Restart 0 3 0 706 Resets faults See Page 15 20 0 Disabled 1 Automatically
52. class 3C2 Mechanical particles IEC 60721 3 3 unit in operation class 3S2 Altitude 100 load capacity no derating up to 3300 ft 1000m 1 derating for each 330 ft 100m above 3300 ft 1000m max 10000 ft 3000m LIT 1201828 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com A 1 VSD Series Drives User Manual Johnson A Controls Powered by Eaton Technology November 2009 Table A 1 VSD Series Drive Specifications Continued Description Specification Environment continued Vibration Shock EN 50178 EN 60068 2 6 5 to 50 Hz displacement amplitude 1 mm peak at 3 to 15 8 Hz Max acceleration amplitude 1 G at 15 8 to 150 Hz EN 50178 EN 60068 2 27 UPS Drop test for applicable UPS weights Storage and shipping max 15 G 11 ms in package Enclosure Class TYPE 1 IP21 standard 250 hp and below Open chassis standard 300 hp and above Standards EMC at default settings Immunity Fulfils all EMC immunity requirements Emissions EN 61800 3 Safety UL 508C Product IEC 61800 2 Control Connections Analog Input Voltage Oto 10V R 200w differential 10 to 10V joystick control Resolution 0 1 accuracy 1 Analog Input Current 0 4 to 20 mA R 250w differential Digital Inputs 6 Positive or negative logic 18 to 24V DC Auxiliary Voltage 24V DC 1596 max 250 mA Output Reference Voltage 10V 396 ma
53. clearance below the VSD Series drive Minimum clearance below the VSD Series drive needed to change the fan gt fc ka 610g HN EE lt B gt m EM EM AL SS Kua De Figure 2 1 Mounting Space Requirements If several units are mounted above each other the clearance between the drives should equal C D see Table 2 1 and Figure 2 1 above In addition the outlet air used for cooling the lower unit must be directed away from the inlet air used by the upper unit LIT 1201828 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com 2 1 johnson JM VSD Series Drives User Manual Controls Powered by Eaton Technology November 2009 Environmental Requirements Ensure that the environment meets the requirements listed in Table A 1 of Appendix A for any storage or operating situation The following table specifies the minimum airflow required in the area where the drive will be mounted Table 2 2 Cooling Airflow Requirements Drive Type Variable Torque Ratings Cooling Air Required 230V 1 3 hp 41 cfm 70 m3 h 480V 1 1 2 7 1 2 hp 230V 5 10 hp 112 cfm 190 m3 h 480V 10 20 hp 230V 15 20 hp 250 cfm 425 m3 h 480V 25 40 hp 575V 3 30 hp 230V 25 40 hp 250 cfm 425 m3 h 480V 50 75 hp 575V 40 50 hp 230V 50 75 hp 383 cfm 650 m3 h 480V 100 150 hp 575V 60 100 hp 230V 100 hp 765 cfm 13
54. parameter number Name of parameter Minimum value of parameter Maximum value of parameter Unit of parameter value Given if available Value preset by factory D number of the parameter for reference to Chapter 15 Quick Setup Parameters M1 G1 1 Table 12 2 Quick Setup Parameters M1 G1 1 ID Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Number Description P1 1 1 Min Frequency 0 00 Max Hz 12 00 101 Minimum output frequency Frequency f Hz P1 1 2 Max Frequency FreqMin 320 00 Hz 60 00 102 Maximum output frequency f Hz P1 1 3 Acceleration 0 1 3000 0 S 60 0 103 Time from 0 Hz to maximum Hz Time P1 1 4 Deceleration 0 1 3000 0 S 60 0 104 Time from maximum Hz to 0 Hz Time P1 1 5 Motor NP Voltg 180 Motor V 400 105 Motor nameplate voltage in VoltageMax Volts P1 1 6 Motor NP Freq 8 00 320 00 Hz 60 00 106 Motor nameplate frequency in Hertz P1 1 7 Motor Nom 24 20000 rpm 1720 111 Motor nameplate speed in Rpm Speed P1 1 8 Motor Nom Motor Motor A 5 40 108 Motor nameplate current I A Currnt CurrentMin CurrentMax P1 1 9 Power Factor 0 30 1 00 0 85 109 Motor power factor Cos Phii P1 1 10 Service Factor 0 10 2 00 1 00 110 Motor service factor This will calculate the motor current limit MotorNomCurrent x Service Factor P1 1 11 Current Limit Motor Motor A 7 00 107 Output current limit of the unit in CurrentMin CurrentMax Amps P1 1 12 Start S
55. pos clockwise neg counterclockwise V7 7 Motor Power 300 0 300 0 0 0 7 V7 8 Motor Voltage 0 0 1000 0 V 0 0 8 Measured motor voltage LIT 1201828 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com 10 17 johnson JM VSD Series Drives User Manual Controls Powered by Eaton Technology November 2009 Table 10 13 Monitoring Menu continued ID Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Number Description V7 9 DC Bus Voltage 0 1000 V 0 9 R DC voltage in Volts Tfilt 32ms V7 10 Unit 1000 1000 F 0 10 Temperature of the heat sink Temperature V7 11 Motor 0 0 1000 0 96 0 0 11 Temperature V7 12 A Al 1 10 00 20 00 V 0 00 12 Voltage Input value V V7 13 A AI 2 10 00 20 00 mA 0 00 13 Current Input value mA V7 14 DI 1 DI 2 DI 3 0 7 0 14 DIA 1 DIA 2 and DIA 3 status V7 15 DI 4 DI 5 DI 6 0 7 0 15 DIB 4 DIB 5 and DIB 6 status V7 16 DO 1 RO 1 RO 2 0 7 0 16 DO 1 RO 1 and RO 2 status V7 17 A AO 1 0 00 20 00 mA 0 00 17 V7 18 ActFaultCode 0 200 0 18 Active Fault code V7 19 ActWarnCode 0 200 0 19 Active Warning code V7 20 Status Word 32768 32767 0 20 b0 Drive Ready b1 Run Enable b2 Drive Running b3 Drive Reversing b4 General Fault b5 General Warning b6 Preset Speed Active b7 Motor Regulator Active b8 Output speed supervision indication b9 Setpoint speed supervision indication b10 HAND Control indication b11 AUTO Control indication b12 D
56. 0 Not used 1 Low limit 2 High limit P1 3 17 Torque Supv Lim 0 0 300 0 96 0 0 317 Torque Limit Supervision Value P1 3 18 TempLim Supv 0 2 0 318 Temperature Limit Supervision Fct Function 0 Not used 1 Low limit 2 High limit P1 3 19 TempLim Supv 50 170 SF 104 319 Temperature Limit Supervision Lim value P1 3 20 StartRlyON Del 0 0 100 0 s 0 0 320 Relay Digital output ON delay time after start command is given P1 3 21 StartRIyOFF Del 0 0 100 0 s 0 0 321 Relay Digital output OFF delay time after stop command is given Drive Control Parameters M1 gt G1 4 Table 9 5 Drive Control Parameters M1 3 G1 4 ID Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Number Description P1 4 1 Start Mode 0 1 0 401 0 Ramp 1 Flying start P1 4 2 Stop Mode 0 1 1 402 0 Coasting 1 Ramp P1 4 3 Brake Chopper 0 4 0 403 Brake Chopper Mode Selection 0 Brake NO Test NO 1 Brake YES Run Test YES Ready run 2 Brake chopper EXTERNAL Test NO 3 Brake YES Ready run Test YES Ready run 4 Brake YES Run Test NO P1 4 4 S curve Time 0 0 10 0 s 0 0 404 Smooth ratio for S curve 9 10 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com LIT 1201828 johnson JJ Controls November 2009 Prohibit Frequencies M1 G1 5 Powered by Eaton Technology Table 9 6 Prohibit Frequencies M1 G1 5 VSD Series Drives User Manual
57. 0 17 9 207 Default 49 Fire Mode 0 Not Used 1 Ext fault closing contact 2 External fault opening contact 3 Fault reset 4 Run enable Closed Contact 5 Force ctrl place to Hand 6 Force ctrl place to Auto 7 Reverse 8 Speed Select 1 9 Fire Mode Closed Contact 10 Speed Select 2 11 Speed Select 3 12 Force Bypass 13 External interlock closed 14 External interlock open 15 Mot Pot UP 16 Mot Pot DOWN 17 Fire Mode Open Contact P1 2 9 A DI 6 Funct 0 17 0 208 Default 0 Overload Fault Relay input 0 Overload fault relay Used in Intellipass 1 Ext fault closing contact 2 External fault opening contact 3 Fault reset 4 Run enable Closed Contact 5 Force ctrl place to Hand 6 Force ctrl place to Auto 7 Reverse 8 Speed Select 1 9 Fire Mode Closed Contact 10 Speed Select 2 11 Speed Select 3 12 Force Bypass 13 External interlock closed 14 External interlock open 15 Mot Pot UP 16 Mot Pot DOWN 17 Fire Mode Open Contact P1 2 10 A Al 1 Minimum 0 00 Max 0 00 217 Default applies for OV or 0 mA P1 2 11 A Al 1 Maximum Min 100 0 96 100 00 218 Default applies for 10V or 20 mA P1 2 12 A Al 1 Invert 0 1 0 P1 2 13 A Al 1 Filter 0 00 10 00 s 0 10 P1 2 14 A Al 2 Minimum 0 00 Max 96 20 00 P1 2 15 A Al 2 Maximum Min 100 0 96 100 00 P1 2 16 A AI 2 Invert 0 1 0 209 210 219 2
58. 1009 Reverse request active from the panel 0 Forward 1 Reverse P2 3 StopButton 0 1 1 1110 Stop button Keypad always Active active Yes No R2 4 PI Setpoint PI Setpoint PI Setpoint 0 0 Min Max P2 5 PI Setpoint PI Setpoint Pl_Setpoint_ 1011 PI regulators default setpoint Default Min Max Keypad Control Parameter ID Numbers are listed separately on Page 15 28 Menus M3 to M6 Menus M3 to M6 provide information on the Active Faults Fault History System Menu settings and the Expander Board setup These menu items are explained in detail in Chapter 6 Monitoring Menu M7 The monitored items are the actual values of parameters and signals as well as the status and measurements of other elements Monitored items cannot be edited See Chapter 6 Menu information item M7 for more information Table 10 13 Monitoring Menu ID Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Number Description V7 1 Output 320 00 320 00 Hz 0 00 2 Output frequency to the motor Frequency V7 2 Actual Speed 320 0 320 0 96 0 0 1 Output speed to the motor V7 3 Speed Setpoint 320 0 320 0 96 0 0 3 Monitored speed setpoint This will show also the speed setpoint below the minimum frequency V7 4 Motor Speed 10000 10000 rpm O 4 Calculated motor speed in rpm V7 5 Motor Current 0 0 Motor A 0 0 5 CurrentMax V7 6 Motor Torque 300 0 300 0 96 0 0 6 R Motor torque as 96 value 1000 equals 100 0 96
59. 12 Force Bypass 13 External interlock closed 14 External interlock open 15 Mot Pot UP 16 Mot Pot DOWN 17 Fire Mode Open Contact P1 2 9 A DI 6 Funct 0 17 0 208 Default 0 Overload Fault Relay input 0 Overload fault relay Used in Intellipass 1 Ext fault closing contact 2 External fault opening contact 3 Fault reset 4 Run enable Closed Contact 5 Force ctrl place to Hand 6 Force ctrl place to Auto 7 Reverse 8 Speed Select 1 9 Fire Mode Closed Contact 10 Speed Select 2 11 Speed Select 3 12 Force Bypass 13 External interlock closed 14 External interlock open 15 Mot Pot UP 16 Mot Pot DOWN 17 Fire Mode Open Contact P1 2 10 A Al 1 Minimum 0 00 Max 0 00 217 Default applies for OV or 0 mA P1 2 11 A AI 1 Maximum Min 100 0 96 100 00 218 Default applies for 10V or 20 mA P1 2 12 A AI 1 Invert 0 1 0 209 0 Not inverted 1 Inverted P1 2 13 A Al 1 Filter 0 00 10 00 s 0 10 210 0 No filtering P1 2 14 A AI 2 Minimum 0 00 Max 96 20 00 219 Default applies for 2V or 4 mA P1 2 15 A AI 2 Maximum Min 100 0 96 100 00 220 Default applies for 10V or 20 mA P1 2 16 A AI 2 Invert 0 1 0 212 0 Not inverted 1 Inverted P1 2 17 A AI 2 Filter 0 00 10 00 S 0 10 213 0 No filtering P1 2 18 StPt Scale Min 0 0 100 0 96 0 0 214 Speed that corresponds to the minimum setpoint signal LIT 1201828 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols co
60. 12 Table 9 8 Protections M13 G1 7 hn 9 13 LIT 1201828 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com vii VSD Series Drives User Manual List of Tables continued Controls Powered by Eaton Technology November 2009 Table 9 9 Fieldbus Parameters M1 gt G1 8 lesen 9 14 Table 9 10 Preset Speeds M12 G1 10 ees 9 15 Table 9 11 Keypad Control Parameters M2 leen 9 16 Table 9 12 Monitoring Menu hets ratumanta nre 9 16 Table 10 1 Generic PI Application Default I O Configuration 20005 10 2 Table 10 2 Quick Setup Parameters M12 G1 1 2 c eee ees 10 3 Table 10 3 Input Signals M1 3 G1 2 leseeeeeee e 10 5 Table 10 4 Output Signals M1 gt G1 3 2 10 8 Table 10 5 Drive Control Parameters M13 G1 4 leeren 10 10 Table 10 6 Prohibit Frequencies M1 gt G1 5 0 ccc eene 10 11 Table 10 7 Motor Control Parameters M12 G1 6 2 cece eens 10 12 Table 10 8 Protections M13 G1 7 eee een eens 10 13 Table 10 9 Fieldbus Parameters M1 gt G1 8 cece eee ene 10 14 Table 10 10 Pl Control Parameters M1 gt G1 9 lees 10 16 Table 10 11 Preset Speeds M13 G1 10 n 10 16 Table 10 12 Keypad Control Parameters M2 llle 10 17 Table 10 13 Monitoring Menu rr 10 17 Table 11 1 Duct Static Application Default
61. 14 Table 5 12 Static Checks of DC Bus 2 22 hn 5 15 Table 5 13 Option Board B5 Terminal Descriptions cece eee ees 5 16 Table 6 1 LCD Status Indicators hn 6 2 Table 6 2 LED Status Indicators n 6 2 Table 6 3 Navigation Buttons nn 6 3 Table 6 4 Fault Types n nn 6 9 Table 6 5 Fault Time Data ee 6 9 Table 6 6 Total Counters eee 6 16 Tabl 6 7 Trip Counters cus nn La dene PEAS ULA DAAN Far LENG atre tne ee dee 6 17 Table 6 8 Software Information ern 6 17 Table 6 9 Application Information ccc ccc eee n 6 17 Table 6 10 Hardware Information hn 6 18 Table 6 11 Expander Board Information es 6 18 Table 6 12 Drive Output Phase Current Measurement llle 6 18 Table 6 13 Monitoring Menu Items Generic PI Application Example 6 20 Table 6 14 Operate Menu Items Generic PI Application Example 6 21 Table 9 1 Remote Input Application Default I O Configuration 9 2 Table 9 2 Quick Setup Parameters M1 gt G1 1 eee 9 3 Table 9 3 Input Signals M12 G1 2 02 eene 9 5 Table 9 4 Output Signals M1 3 G1 3 eee 9 8 Table 9 5 Drive Control Parameters M13 G1 4 0 0 ce eee 9 10 Table 9 6 Prohibit Frequencies M13 G1 5 2 ee 9 11 Table 9 7 Motor Control Parameters M12 G1 6 een 9
62. 15 DIB 4 DIB 5 and DIB 6 status V7 16 DO 1 RO 1 RO 2 0 7 0 16 DO 1 RO 1 and RO 2 status V7 17 A AO 1 0 00 20 00 mA 0 00 17 V7 18 ActFaultCode 0 200 0 18 Active Fault code V7 19 ActWarnCode 0 200 0 19 Active Warning code V7 20 Status Word 32768 32767 0 20 b0 Drive Ready b1 Run Enable b2 Drive Running b3 Drive Reversing b4 General Fault b5 General Warning b6 Preset Speed Active b7 Motor Regulator active b8 Output speed supervision indication b9 Setpoint speed supervision indication b10 HAND Control indication b11 AUTO Control indication b12 D IN Firemode b13 Damper control signal b14 Bypass mode status indication b15 Bypass running G7 21 RO 1 RO 2 RO 3 0 7 0 21 Monitoring the OPTB5 relay outputs G7 22 Multimonitor Displays three monitor values simultaneously Operate Menu M8 The Operate Menu provides an easy to use method of viewing key numerical Monitoring Menu items It also allows the setting of the keypad frequency reference See Chapter 6 for more information LIT 1201828 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com 9 17 Ha Johnson 4 p VSD Series Drives User Manual Controls Powered by Eaton Technology November 2009 9 18 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com LIT 1201828 Johmsan JJ Controls Powered by Eaton Technology VSD Series Drives User Manual November 2009 aano Chapter 10 Generic PI Application SVCHS20
63. 17 Fire Mode Open Contact P1 2 7 A DI 4 Funct 0 17 8 206 Default 8 Speed Select 1 0 Not Used 1 Ext fault closing contact 2 External fault opening contact 3 Fault reset 4 Run enable Closed Contact 5 Force ctrl place to Hand 6 Force ctrl place to Auto 7 Reverse 8 Speed Select 1 9 Fire Mode Closed Contact 10 Speed Select 2 11 Speed Select 3 12 Force Bypass 13 External interlock closed 14 External interlock open 15 Mot Pot UP 16 Mot Pot DOWN 17 Fire Mode Open Contact 10 6 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com LIT 1201828 johnson JJ Controls November 2009 Table 10 3 Input Signals M1 gt G1 2 continued Powered by Eaton Technology VSD Series Drives User Manual ID Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Number Description P1 2 8 A DI 5 Funct 0 17 9 207 Default 49 Fire Mode 0 Not Used 1 Ext fault closing contact 2 External fault opening contact 3 Fault reset 4 Run enable Closed Contact 5 Force ctrl place to Hand 6 Force ctrl place to Auto 7 Reverse 8 Speed Select 1 9 Fire Mode Closed Contact 10 Speed Select 2 11 Speed Select 3 12 Force Bypass 13 External interlock closed 14 External interlock open 15 Mot Pot UP 16 Mot Pot DOWN 17 Fire Mode Open Contact P1 2 9 A DI 6 Funct 0 17 0 208 Default 40 Ove
64. 2009 8 2 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com LIT 1201828 Johmsan JJ Controls Powered by Eaton Technology VSD Series Drives User Manual November 2009 San Chapter 9 Remote Input Application SVCHS200 Introduction The Remote Input Application is typically used for direct frequency control without the PI In these applications the Remote Input Application provides a smooth control and an integrated measurement and control package where no additional components are needed The direct frequency reference is used for the control without the PI controller and is selected from the analog inputs fieldbus or keypad Digital inputs DI 2 DI 3 DI 4 DI 5 and DI 6 and all outputs are freely programmable Additional functions Analog input signal range selection Fire Mode Torque limit supervision Reference limit supervision Two sets of ramp times and S shape ramp programming Programmable start and stop functions DC Brake Chopper Six skip frequency areas Programmable V Hz curve and switching frequency Auto restart Motor thermal and stall protection Programmable action off warning fault Motor underload protection Input phase supervision Details of the parameters shown in this section are available in Chapter 15 of this Manual listed by parameter ID number LIT 1201828 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com 9 1 VSD Series Drives User Manual johnson JJ Con trois
65. 3 G1 2 ID Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Number Description P1 2 1 Start Mode 0 3 1 201 Start Function A DI 1 Funct 0 Normal start without interlockings 1 Interlocked start One of the digital inputs must be programmed to Intlk RunEna DI 3 is defaulted for this feature 2 Mode 1 timeout supervision If the interlock is not OK within the interlock timeout time start request is ignored and must be given again 3 Delayed start Start request is given after delay time has expired P1 2 2 Intlk Stop Mode 0 1 1 216 0 Coasting 1 Ramp P1 2 3 Intlk Timeout 0 00 300 00 s 5 00 202 Interlock timeout time for Start Function 2 Default 5s P1 2 4 Start Delay Time 0 00 300 00 S 5 00 203 Start delay time for Start Function 3 Default 5s P1 2 5 A DI 2 Funct 0 17 1 204 Default 1 External Fault Close 0 Stop pulse when 3 wire start stop logic is selected False Stop True Ready to Run 1 Ext fault closing contact 2 External fault opening contact 3 Fault reset 4 Run enable Closed Contact 5 Force ctrl place to Hand 6 Force ctrl place to Auto 7 Reverse 8 Speed Select 1 9 Fire Mode Closed Contact 10 Speed Select 2 11 Speed Select 3 12 Force Bypass 13 External interlock closed 14 External interlock open 15 Mot Pot UP 16 Mot Pot DOWN 17 Fire Mode Open Contact A CAUTION Unattended sta
66. 5 7 SkipF4 Low Lim 0 0 100 0 0 0 507 Prohibit speed range 4 low limit P1 5 8 SkipF4 High Lim Range_4_ 100 0 0 0 508 Prohibit speed range 4 high limit Low_Lim 0 No prohibit frequency range P1 5 9 SkipF5 Low Lim 0 0 100 0 0 0 509 Prohibit speed range 5 low limit P1 5 10 SkipF5 High Lim Range_5_ 100 0 0 0 510 Prohibit speed range 5 high limit Low_Lim 0 No prohibit frequency range P1 5 11 SkipF6 Low Lim 0 0 100 0 0 0 511 Prohibit speed range 6 low limit P1 5 12 SkipF6 High Lim Range_6_ 100 0 0 0 512 Prohibit speed range 6 high limit Low_Lim 0 No prohibit frequency range P1 5 13 PH Acc Dec 0 1 10 0 x 1 0 513 Acceleration Deceleration time Ramp factor to pass prohibit speed window LIT 1201828 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com 10 11 VSD Series Drives User Manual Motor Control Parameters M1 G1 6 Table 10 7 Motor Control Parameters M1 G1 6 johnson JM Controls Powered by Eaton Technology November 2009 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default ID Number Description P1 6 1 Motor Ctrl Mode 0 1 0 601 Motor control mode 0 frequency control 1 speed control P1 6 2 V Hz Optim 602 V F optimization selection 0 none 1 automatic torque boost P1 6 3 V Hz Ratio 603 V F ratio selection 0 linear 1 squared 2 programmable 3 Linear with flux optim P1 6 4 Field WeakngPnt
67. 7 1 2 FR4 11 12 15 12 14 16 12 16 14 10 FR5 14 16 20 10 12 16 8 16 8 15 FR5 21 23 30 10 10 16 8 16 8 20 FR5 27 31 35 8 8 16 8 16 8 25 FR6 34 38 50 6 8 14 0 10 2 30 FR6 40 46 60 4 8 14 0 10 2 40 FR6 52 61 80 2 6 14 0 10 2 50 FR7 65 72 100 2 6 14 0 10 00 60 FR7 AT 87 110 1 6 14 0 10 00 75 FR7 96 105 125 1 0 4 14 0 10 00 100 FR8 124 140 175 3 0 2 4 3 0 4 000 125 FR8 156 170 200 4 0 0 000 350 MCM 4 000 150 FR8 180 205 250 300 2 0 000 350 MCM 4 000 200 FR9 240 261 350 350 3 0 24000 350 MCM 4 000 250 FR9 302 300 400 2X250 300 24000 350 MCM 4 000 f power cubes are used a UL recognized RK fuse is recommended Based on maximum environment of 104 F 40 C f bypass is used a UL recognized RK5 fuse is recommended 3 2 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com LIT 1201828 johnson JJ Controls Powered by Eaton Technology VSD Series Drives User Manual November 2009 Table 3 4 Cable and Fuse Sizes 525 690V Ratings Wire Size Terminal Size Frame li hp Size A Fuse A Power Ground Power Ground 3 FR6 4 5 10 14 14 14 0 14 2 5 FR6 7 5 10 14 14 14 0 14 2 7 1 2 FR6 10 10 14 14 14 0 14 2 10 FR6 13 5 15 12 14 14 0 14 2 15 FR6 18 20 10 12 14 0 14 2 20 FR6 22 30 10 10 14 0 14 2 25 FR6 27 35 8 8 14 0 14 2 30 FR6 34 40 8 8 14 0 14 2 45 FR7 41 50 6 8 14 0 10 0 50 FR7 52 60 4 6 14 0 10 0 60 FR8 62 80 2 6 4 3 0 4 3 0 75 FR8 80 100 1 6 4 3 0 4 3
68. 8 System Information t M6 Expander Boards 6 Left Arrow The left G6 1 Slot A Board arrow will back up one m level in the menu G6 5 Slot E Board structure 5 For example pressing the M7 Monitor F 7 left arrow once will back TA IG Frequency up from R2 1 to M2 V7 2 Actual Speed G7 26 Multimonitor M8 Operate Mode 8 I O1 Output Frequency O02 Actual Speed Ox Figure 6 3 Main Menu Navigation Menu application dependent For navigation of Operate Menu MB see Figure 6 2 on Page 6 1 LIT 1201828 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com 6 5 VSD Series Drives User Manual Parameter Menu M1 Johnson JM Powered by Eaton Technology November 2009 The Parameter Menu is a single or multi level menu dependent upon the application in use arranged by the parameter group items Figure 6 4 illustrates this for the Generic PI application Parameters and parameter groups are explained in further detail in Chapters 9 15 OLD DO M1 Programming Menu G1 1 Quick Setup P1 1 1 Minimum Frequency P1 1 2 Maximum Frequency P1 1 26 PI Contr I Time T G12 Input Signals P1 2 1 Start Mode P1 2 2 Intlk Timeout P1 2 15 Setpoint Scale Max G1 3 Output Signals P1 3 1 A AO 1 Function P1 3 2 A AO 1 Filter P1 3 21 Start Relay OFF Delay 11 614 Drive Control
69. Cable and Motor Insulation cece ee eee eens 3 9 CHAPTER 4 CONTROL WIRING General Information ehh hh 4 1 CHAPTER 5 INTELLIPASS BYPASS OPTION Product Description o ce n oe ee AB EARL Seah ee UR ARR eC RP PEE 5 1 Catalog Number Selection cece eee eee eee eens 5 2 IntelliPass Control Wiring Instructions ssassn cece eee 5 16 CHAPTER 6 MENU INFORMATION Keypad Operation siti ne RR a cadens occas cath ED RO a Rea AR KLANG 6 1 Main Menu Navigation 00 00 ce hr nr 6 4 CHAPTER 7 START UP Safety Precautions o sla mha Rr e he RI Roden eee eee eel 7 1 Sequence of Operation eee eee teens 7 2 CHAPTER 8 N2 XT AND SA BUS COMMUNICATION CHAPTER 9 REMOTE INPUT APPLICATION SVCHS200 INtrOdUCHON ice auem eh a Hee ak a Wale Pade SE dte 9 1 Control Input Output llle 9 2 Parameter Lists det wk Rege Na kt Fg e Rte koe RU Ede s poem ex Aahh KN aNG 9 3 CHAPTER 10 GENERIC PI APPLICATION SVCHS201 INtrOdUCHON ETT Px CD 10 1 Control Inpu t Ou tp t er eese ue re heec ew mac oe woe caue 10 2 Parameter LiStS cereri nangenan a IPAG ex ERG RAO E qe PER eee eee eI IDEE 10 3 CHAPTER 11 DUCT STATIC APPLICATION SVCHS202 troduction Rt E P Pi DEDE 11 1 Control Input Outp Utes cic eere leere eR e erc dae c bacc Fea ord 11 2 Parameter LIStS dos vk mamali EEG CEE Ae ae RED Ee FES WO eR Rn KORG Rd 11 3 LIT 1201828 For
70. Contact closed fault 17 CMB Common for DI 4 DI 6 Connect to GND or 24V DC 0 to 20 mA 4 18 AO 1 Output frequency Programmable Factory Default 19 A0 1 Analog output Range 0 20 mA RL max 500w _ 20 DO 1 Digital output Programmable READY Open collector lt 50 mA V lt 48V DC Defaults OPTA2 21 22 Opens on RUN 21 RO 1 TM Relay output 1 Programmable 22 23 Closes on RUN 22 RO 1 Drive RUN is default 23 RON 24 25 Opens on FAULT 24 RO 2 TM Relay output 2 Programmable 25 26 Closes on FAULT 25 RO 2 Drive FAULT is default 26 RO2 Note For more information on jumper selections see Chapter 4 X3 Jumper Setting CMA and CMB Grounding CMB Connected to Ground CMA Connected to Ground fe CMB Isolated from Ground CMA Isolated from Ground CMB and CMA Internally Connected and Isolated from Ground A CAUTION Unattended start will occur if power is supplied with Start Command activated 9 2 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com LIT 1201828 johnson JJ Controls November 2009 Powered by Eaton Technology Parameter Lists On the next pages you will find the lists of parameters within the respective parameter groups The parameter descriptions are given by ID number in Chapter 15 Column explanations Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default ID
71. Fieldbus process data output 6 selection Default Application Status Word Variable ApplStatusWord b0 Drive Ready b1 Run Enable b2 Drive Running b3 Drive Reversing b4 General Fault b5 General Warning b6 Preset Speed Active b7 Motor Requlator active b8 Output speed supervision indication b9 Setpoint speed supervision indication b10 HAND Control indication b11 AUTO Control indication b12 D IN Firemode b13 Damper control signal b14 Bypass mode status indication b15 Bypass running P1 8 7 FB Data Out7 Sel 0 10000 180 1007 Fieldbus process data output 7 selection Default Active Fault Code P1 8 8 FB Data Out8 Sel 0 10000 190 1008 Fieldbus process data output 8 selection Default Active Warning Code ID number of parameter or variable to be sent over fieldbus ID 1 20 are Monitoring values Menu 7 M7 See Table 9 12 Preset Speeds M1 gt G1 10 Table 9 10 Preset Speeds M1 gt G1 10 ID Code Parameter Min Max Unit Step Default Number Description P1 10 1 Preset Speed 1 O 100 0 96 0 1 30 0 1701 Preset speeds when P1 10 2 PresetSpeed2 0 100 0 0 1 40 0 1702 Digital Inputs are P1 10 3 PresetSpeed3 0 100 0 10 1 50 0 1703 programmed P1 10 4 Preset Speed4 0 100 0 96 0 1 60 0 1704 P1 10 5 Preset Speed 5 0 100 0 96 0 1 70 0 1705 P1 10 6 P
72. G1 2 continued ID Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Number Description P1 2 6 A DI 3 Funct 0 17 13 205 Default 13 Interlock Run Enable 0 Not Used 1 Ext fault closing contact 2 External fault opening contact 3 Fault reset 4 Run enable Closed Contact 5 Force ctrl place to Hand 6 Force ctrl place to Auto 7 Reverse 8 Speed Select 1 9 Fire Mode Closed Contact 10 Speed Select 2 11 Speed Select 3 12 Force Bypass 13 External interlock closed 14 External interlock open 15 Mot Pot UP 16 Mot Pot DOWN 17 Fire Mode Open Contact P1 2 7 A DI 4 Funct 0 17 8 206 Default 8 Speed Select 1 0 Not Used 1 Ext fault closing contact 2 External fault opening contact 3 Fault reset 4 Run enable Closed Contact 5 Force ctrl place to Hand 6 Force ctrl place to Auto 7 Reverse 8 Speed Select 1 9 Fire Mode Closed Contact 10 Speed Select 2 11 Speed Select 3 12 Force Bypass 13 External interlock closed 14 External interlock open 15 Mot Pot UP 16 Mot Pot DOWN 17 Fire Mode Open Contact 13 6 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com LIT 1201828 johnson JJ Controls Powered by Eaton Technology November 2009 Table 13 3 Input Signals M1 3 G1 2 continued VSD Series Drives User Manual Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default ID Number Description P1 2 8 A DI 5 Funct
73. JM Controls Powered by Eaton Technology November 2009 When a fault occurs the drive stops The sequence indication F1 the fault code a short description of the fault and the fault type symbol will appear on the display In addition the indication FAULT or ALARM is displayed and in case of a FAULT the red LED on the keypad starts to blink If several faults occur simultaneously the sequence of active faults can be browsed with the Browser buttons See Figure 6 6 The active faults memory can store the maximum of 10 faults in the sequential order of appearance The fault remains active until it is cleared with the STOP RESET button or with a reset signal from the I O terminal Upon fault reset the display will be cleared and will return to the same state it was before the fault trip GG FAULT qm 1 Ext Fault z 5 F T1 1T13 Figure 6 6 Active Fault Display Example A CAUTION Remove any External Start signals or permissives before resetting the fault to prevent an unintentional restart of the drive which could result in personal injury or equipment damage 6 8 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com LIT 1201828 Johmsan JJ Controls Powered by Eaton Technology VSD Series Drives User Manual November 2009 Fault Type Fault Code Fault Time Data Record Range A F AR FT FRULT TYPE There are four different types of faults These
74. Leads not covered by warranty Koor 17 Using the torque wrench tighten each terminal to Stud the torque value found in the appropriate user s manual supplied with the drive 18 Reinsert the motor overload terminal block 19 Connect the motor ground wire to the ground stud Note e Run motor cables in separate conduit e Do not run control wires in same conduit e Size motor leads per NEC e Provide low impedance ground LIT 1201828 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com 5 11 r Johnson JM VSD Series Drives User Manual Controls Powered by Eaton Technology November 2009 Table 5 9 Bypass Power Wiring Instructions Enclosed NEMA Type 12 3R Continued Control Wiring 20 Use a flat blade screwdriver to carefully remove the low voltage I O terminal block 21 Reinsert the I O terminal block into the control board 22 Terminate control wiring to the OPTA9 and OPTA2 board Terminals 1 26 Note Use 1 8 flat blade A CAUTION e Run 110 Vac and 24 Vdc control wiring in separate conduit e Communication wire to be shielded e RS 232 keypad cable must be less then 25 feet to prevent nuisance trips Optional Spacer Heater
75. Name Plate Frequency Steps default 60 00 Hz ids 6000 HZ MOTOR NP RPA Motor Name Plate Speed 9 1720 rpm N20 RPA PIN FREQUENCY Drive Minimum Output Frequency default 12 00 Hz 12 00 HZ MAX FREQUENCY Drive Maximum Output Frequency a En default 60 00 Hz AUTO ACCEL TIRE Acceleration time from zero to Max Frequency 2 when running in auto mode and PI regulator is not active soos default 60 0 seconds AUTO DECEL TIRE Deceleration time from Max Frequency to zero 43 50 05 when in auto mode and drive is stopped i default 60 0 seconds l PI INPUT SOURCE PI Input Feedback Auto source when PI is active T Al 1 0 10V DC Al 2 0 20 mA Fieldbus RO default Al 1 PID Input Feedback device min value SENSOR MN SCALE This value corresponds to the min value of the sensor XXXX output and to P1 2 10 or P1 2 14 not available in Remote Input and Generic PI applications l BI 1 AIN Analog Input 1 min value 0 00 OV 8 0 not available in Remote Input and Generic PI applications PID Input Feedback device max value PD SENSOR MAX SCALE This value corresponds to the max value of the sensor XXX X output and to P1 2 11 or P1 2 15 not available in Remote Input and Generic PI applications Analog Input 1 max value 100 00 10V not available in Remote Input and Generic PI applications AIT f 8 3 FI Dm Continued Figure 7 2 Start Up Wizard Navigation 2 of 3 LIT 1201828 For more
76. OFF Space Heater Temperature Setting 5 10 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com LIT 1201828 Controls Powered by Eaton Technology November 2009 VSD Series Drives User Manual Table 5 9 Bypass Power Wiring Instructions Enclosed NEMA Type 12 3R Continued Motor Wiring 11 Use your first and second fingers and simultaneously push down to release the two orange retaining clips one on each side of the 24V DC motor overload terminal block If necessary use a flat blade screwdriver to carefully remove the terminal block in a straight plane to avoid damaging it 12 Bypass Orange Contactor Retaining Clips Assembly Setting Motor Overload 13 Lift to open the cover on the motor overload and use a 1 8 flat blade screwdriver to set the overload amperage to match the value on the motor nameplate 14 Turn the auto manual reset factory default is manual on the motor overload 90 to the auto position Motor Wiring 15 Connect the motor leads to the motor overload terminals labeled 1TA 1TB and 1TC Using the appropriate metric Allen wrench 2 5 mm 3 mm or 4 mm tighten each overload terminal per the specifications in the contactor user s manual 16 MOTOR WIRING An SAE allen wrench will damage the terminals and the motor overload will need to be replaced Auto Manual Reset Bypass Contactor Assembly Motor Overload Terminals Motor
77. PI controller gain This parameter defines the gain of the PI controller If the value of the parameter is set to 1 00 a change of 0 01 in the error value causes the controller output to change by 10 PI controller I time This parameter defines the integration time of the PI controller If this parameter is set to 1 00 second a change of 1096 in the error value causes the controller output to change by 10 00 s If the parameter value is set to 0 00 s the PI controller will operate as PD controller Deadband Parameter will set x deadband area for PI controllers error value Setpoint Feedback When inside the deadband area the PI regulation is stopped and the output is frozen to current value PI controller acting mode This parameter allows you to invert the error value of the PI controller and thus the operation of the PI controller 0 Forward Acting 1 Reverse Acting Acceleration time auto mode Output frequency acceleration time in auto mode Deceleration time auto mode Output frequency deceleration time in auto mode Used in Auto Mode and PI control is NOT active Auto Acceleration Deceleration ramp shape The start and end ofthe acceleration and deceleration ramps can be smoothed with these parameters Setting a value of 0 0 gives a linear ramp shape which causes acceleration and deceleration to react immediately to the changes in the reference signal Setting a value from 0 1 10 seconds for this parameter prod
78. Powered by Eaton Technology Control Input Output November 2009 Table 9 1 Remote Input Application Default I O Configuration Terminal Signal Description OPTA9 3d 10V DCrer Reference output Voltage for potentiometer etc 2 Al 1 Analog input voltage range Voltage input frequency setpoint 0 to 10V DC Li 0 10V DC Factory Default gl g Al 1 O Ground Ground for reference and controls 4t020mA en Al 2 Analog input current range Current input frequency setpoint Factory Default 5 Al 2 0 20 mA pa 6 24V DC Control voltage output Voltage for switches etc max 0 1A 7 GND I O ground Ground for reference and controls External ___ 8 DI 1 Start Stop Control Contact closed start pou pd 9 DI 2 External fault input Contact closed fault programmable Contact open no fault d 10 DI 3 External Interlock Contact closed OK ml A programmable Open Interlocked Po 11 CMA Common for DI 1 DI 3 Connect to GND or 24V DC P si zum lay 12 24V DC Control voltage output Voltage for switches see terminal 6 13 GND I O ground Ground for reference and controls P d 14 DI 4 Speed Select 1 Contact closed Speed Select 1 naal UN programmable Wiring Pa 15 DI 5 Fire Mode Contact closed Fire Mode active NE NS programmable E a 16 DI 6 Overload relay IntelliPass Contact open no fault programmable
79. Series Drives User Manual Parameter Lists On the next pages you will find the lists of parameters within the respective parameter groups The parameter descriptions are given by ID number in Chapter 15 Column explanations Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default ID Location indication on the keypad Shows the operator the present parameter number Name of parameter Minimum value of parameter Maximum value of parameter Unit of parameter value Given if available Value preset by factory D number of the parameter for reference to Chapter 15 Quick Setup Parameters M1 G1 1 Table 13 2 Quick Setup Parameters M1 G1 1 ID Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Number Description P1 1 1 Min Frequency 0 00 Max Hz 12 00 101 Minimum output frequency Frequency f Hz P1 1 2 Max Frequency FreqMin 320 00 Hz 60 00 102 Maximum output frequency f Hz P1 1 3 Acceleration 0 1 3000 0 S 60 0 103 Time from 0 Hz to maximum Hz Time P1 1 4 Deceleration 0 1 3000 0 S 60 0 104 Time from maximum Hz to 0 Hz Time P1 1 5 Motor NP Voltg 180 Motor V 400 105 Motor nameplate voltage in VoltageMax Volts P1 1 6 Motor NP Freq 8 00 320 00 Hz 60 00 106 Motor nameplate frequency in Hertz P1 1 7 Motor Nom 24 20000 rpm 1720 111 Motor nameplate speed in Rpm Speed P1 1 8 Motor Nom Motor Motor A 5 40 108 Motor nameplate current I A Currnt CurrentMin
80. Thermistor fault warning 21 Hand Control Active 22 Auto Control Active 23 DI Fire Mode Active 24 Relay to energize an external element before starting the drive 25 FB Control 26 Bypass Run P1 3 7 B RO 1 Funct 24 307 Same as parameter 1 3 6 P1 3 8 B RO 2 Funct 24 308 Same as parameter 1 3 6 P1 3 9 D RO 1 Funct 24 309 Same as parameter 1 3 6 P1 3 10 D RO 2 Funct 24 310 Same as parameter 1 3 6 P1 3 11 D RO 3 Funct 24 311 Same as parameter 1 3 6 P1 3 12 Sp StPt Supv Fct oO O O O CO O o o o O W N 312 Speed Setpoint Supervision Function 0 Not used 1 Low limit 2 High limit P1 3 13 Sp StPt Supv Lim 0 0 100 0 0 0 313 Speed Setpoint Supervision Value LIT 1201828 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com 13 9 johnson JJ VSD Series Drives User Manual Controls Powered by Eaton Technology November 2009 Table 13 4 Output Signals M1 gt G1 3 continued ID Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Number Description P1 3 14 Act Sp Supv Fct 0 2 0 314 Actual Speed Supervision Function 0 Not used 1 Low limit 2 High limit P1 3 15 Act Sp Supv Lim 0 0 100 0 0 0 315 Actual Speed Supervision Value 1 0 hysteresis P1 3 16 Torque S
81. USE P1 2 20 MotPotStPt 0 Memory 221 Parameter to select reset function for motor potentiometer speed setpoint Default No reset Output Signals M1 gt G1 3 Table 14 4 Output Signals M1 gt G1 3 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default ID Number Description P1 3 1 A AO 1 Funct O 8 1 301 Analog output function 0 FB Control Fieldbus Passthrough ProcessDatalN3 1 O P frequency 0 f max 2 Reference frequency 0 f max 3 Motor speed 0 10096 x Motor nom speed 4 O P current 0 10096 x I nMot 5 Motor torque 0 10096 x T nMot 6 Motor power 0 10096 x P nMot 7 Motor voltage 0 10096 x U nMot 8 DC Bus Voltage 0 10096 x U nMot P1 3 2 A AO 1 Filter 0 00 10 00 S 1 00 302 P1 3 3 A AO 1 Invert O 303 0 Not inverted 1 Inverted P1 3 4 A AO 1 Min 0 304 0 0mA 124mA P1 3 5 A AO 1 Scale 10 1000 96 100 305 14 8 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com LIT 1201828 johnson JJ Controls November 2009 Table 14 4 Output Signals M1 gt G1 3 continued Powered by Eaton Technology VSD Series Drives User Manual Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default ID Number Description P1 3 6 A DO 1 Funct 0 26 1 306 Default Drive Ready
82. Warning 2 Fault P1 7 2 4mA Fault Resp 0 2 0 702 Response to 4 mA signal supervision 0 No Action 1 Warning 2 Fault P1 7 3 Ext Fault Resp O 2 2 703 Response to external fault digital input signal supervision 0 No Action 1 Warning 2 Fault P1 7 4 FBComm 0 2 0 704 Response to fieldbus FaultResp communication supervision 0 No Action 1 Warning 2 Fault P1 7 5 SlotComFault 0 2 0 705 Response to slot communication Resp supervision 0 No Action 1 Warning 2 Fault P1 7 6 Motor Therm 0 3 0 707 0 No response Prot 1 Warning 2 Fault stop mode after fault according to ID402 3 Fault stop mode after fault always by coasting P1 7 7 MotAmbTemp 100 0 100 0 0 0 708 Percent of ambient temperature Factor P1 7 8 MTP fO Current 0 0 150 00 40 0 709 Percent of motor nameplate current P1 7 9 MTP Motor T 1 200 min 45 710 Time to reach 63 of final value P1 7 10 Motor Duty 0 100 100 711 Percent of nominal motor load Cycle P1 7 11 Stall Protection O 3 0 712 0 No response 1 Warning 2 Fault stop mode after fault according to ID402 3 Fault stop mode after fault always by coasting P1 7 12 Stall Current 0 00 Motor A 1 00 713 CurrentMax P1 7 13 Stall Time Lim 1 00 120 00 S 15 00 714 P1 7 14 Stall Freq Lim 1 00 Max Freq Hz 25 00 715 LIT 1201828 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com 14 13 Johnson Ji VSD Series Drives User Manual Controls Powered
83. Warning 2 Fault P1 7 4 FBComm 0 2 0 704 Response to fieldbus FaultResp communication supervision 0 No Action 1 Warning 2 Fault P1 7 5 SlotComFault 0 2 0 705 Response to slot communication Resp supervision 0 No Action 1 Warning 2 Fault P1 7 6 Motor Therm 0 3 0 707 0 No response Prot 1 Warning 2 Fault stop mode after fault according to ID402 3 Fault stop mode after fault always by coasting P1 7 7 MotAmbTemp 100 0 100 0 96 0 0 708 Percent of ambient temperature Factor P1 7 8 MTP fO Current 0 0 150 00 96 40 0 709 Percent of motor nameplate current P1 7 9 MTP Motor T 1 200 min 45 710 Time to reach 6396 of final value P1 7 10 Motor Duty 0 100 96 100 711 Percent of nominal motor load Cycle P1 7 11 Stall Protection O 3 0 712 0 No response 1 Warning 2 Fault stop mode after fault according to ID402 3 Fault stop mode after fault always by coasting P1 7 12 Stall Current 0 00 Motor A 1 00 713 CurrentMax P1 7 13 Stall Time Lim 1 00 120 00 S 15 00 714 P1 7 14 Stall Freq Lim 1 00 Max Freq Hz 25 00 715 LIT 1201828 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com 11 13 Johnson My VSD Series Drives User Manual Controls Powered by Eaton Technology November 2009 Tables 11 8 Protections M1 gt G1 7 continued ID Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Number Description P1 7 15 Underload 0 3 0 716 0 No response Pr
84. Y Y NX Y H6 gt te H1 20 5 Dia Figure A 13 VSD Series Open Drive Dimensions TYPE 1 and TYPE 12 FR9 with Flange Kit Table A 13 Dimensions for VSD Series Open Drive FR9 with Flange Kit Frame Approximate Dimensions in Inches mm Size Voltage hp VT W1 W2 W3 W4 W5 H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H6 H7 D1 D2 D3 Dia FR9 230V 100 20 9 20 0 19 1 7 9 2 51 7 45 3 16 5 39 1 4 4 1 24 9 13 4 4 3 8 480V 200 250 530 510 485 200 6 1312 1150 420 100 35 9 2 362 340 109 21 575V 125 200 A 14 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com LIT 1201828 Johmsan JJ Controls Powered by Eaton Technology VSD Series Drives User Manual November 2009 EMC Capability General For products used within the European Community EC the Electro Magnetic Compatibility EMC directive states that the electrical equipment must not disturb the environment and must be immune to other Electro Magnetic Disturbances in the environment The design intent was to develop a family of drives which is user friendly and cost effective while fulfilling the user s needs EMC compliance was a major consideration from the outset of the design The VSD Series drives are is targeted at the world market To ensure maximum flexibility yet meet the EMC needs of different regions all drives meet th
85. by Eaton Technology November 2009 Tables 14 8 Protections M1 gt G1 7 continued ID Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Number Description P1 7 15 Underload 0 3 0 716 0 No response Protection 1 Warning 2 Fault stop mode after fault according to ID402 3 Fault stop mode after fault always by coasting P1 7 16 UP fnom Torque 10 0 150 00 96 50 0 717 Minimum torque allowed when above FWP P1 7 17 UP f0 Torque 5 0 150 00 96 10 0 718 Minimum torque allowed with zero frequency P1 7 18 UP Time Limit 2 00 600 00 S 20 00 719 P1 7 19 Autom Restart 0 3 0 706 Resets faults See Page 15 20 0 Disabled 1 Automatically transferred to Bypass 2 Reset drive only 3 Reset drive if fails transferred to Bypass P1 7 20 Fire Mode Speed 0 100 0 100 804 When fire mode input is triggered drive will run at fire mode speed Fieldbus Parameters M1 gt G1 8 Table 14 9 Fieldbus Parameters M1 gt G1 8 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default ID Number Description P1 8 1 FB Data Out1 Sel 10000 10 1001 Fieldbus process data output 1 selection Default Actual Speed P1 8 2 FB Data Out2 Sel 10000 1002 Fieldbus process data output 2 selection Default Motor Current P1 8 3 FB Data Out3 Sel 10000 1003 Fieldbus process data output 3 selection Default Motor Voltage P1 8 4 P1 8 5 FB Data Out4
86. chapters before connecting power to the VSD Series drive Keep this operating manual handy and distribute to all users technicians and maintenance personnel for reference Chapter 1 Overview Chapter 2 Mounting Chapter 3 Power Wiring Chapter 4 Control Wiring Chapter 5 IntelliPass Bypass Option Chapter 6 Menu Information Chapter 7 Start Up Chapter 8 Johnson Controls Metasys N2 Protocol Chapter 9 to 14 Applications Chapter 15 Description of Parameters Appendix A Technical Data Appendix B Fault and Warning Codes Appendix C Accessories Receiving and Inspection The VSD Series AC drive has met a stringent series of factory quality requirements before shipment It is possible that packaging or equipment damage may have occurred during shipment After receiving your VSD Series drive please check for the following e Checkto make sure that the package s includes the VSD Series drive the User Manual rubber conduit covers screws conduit plate and ground straps e Inspect the unit to ensure it was not damaged during shipment e Make sure that the part number indicated on the nameplate corresponds with the Catalog Number on your order If shipping damage has occurred please contact and file a claim with the carrier involved immediately If the delivery does not correspond to your order please contact your Johnson Controls representative Note Do not destroy the packing The template printed on the protect
87. com LIT 1201828 johnson JJ Controls November 2009 Powered by Eaton Technology VSD Series Drives User Manual V1 15 DI 4 DI 5 DI 6 ON OFF OFF Figure 6 11 Digital Inputs DI 4 DI 5 DI 6 Status V1 16 DO 1 RO 1 RO 2 OFF OFF ON Figure 6 12 Digital and Relay Outputs DO 1 RO 1 RO 2 Status Multimonitor G7 25 This parameter allows the viewing and selection if allowed by System menu item P5 5 4 of three simultaneously monitored items from the Monitored Menu Items shown in Table 6 13 Use the right arrow key to select the item to be modified and then the up or down arrow keys to select the new item Press the ENTER key to accept the change Operate Menu M8 The Operate Menu provides a easy to use method of viewing key numerical Monitoring Menu items Some applications also support the setting of reference values in this menu The items displayed vary by application Table 6 14 is an example for the Generic PI application Table 6 14 Operate Menu Items Generic PI Application Example Index Signal Name Unit Description 01 Output Frequency Hz Actual motor frequency O2 Actual Speed 96 Actual motor speed between min and max frequency O3 Speed Setpoint 96 Speed Setpoint Can be Keypad on Al 1 Al 2 O4 Motor Speed rpm Actual motor speed O5 Motor Current A Measured Motor Current O6 Motor Torque 96 Calculated Motor Torque
88. cover A CAUTION 5 Calibrate the circuit breaker amperage so it is 1 25 times the value on the motor nameplate by turning the red set screw located below the circuit breaker extension bar See the circuit breaker user s manual supplied with the drive The circuit breaker extension bar is sharp and can cause injury Breaker Breaker Extension Bar Set Screw Power and Ground Wiring 6 Using a Greenlee conduit cutter recommended cut three holes in the drive s enclosure for the incoming power motor and low voltage control leads POWER WIRING Note Power motor and control leads must each be located in separate conduit e DO NOT RUN CONTROL WIRING in same conduit with power wiring e Provide low impedance ground connection to drive chassis e DO NOT CONNECT B B R terminal Reserved for Braking Resistor only 7 Connect the incoming power leads to circuit breaker terminals labeled L1 L2 and L3 8 Using the torque wrench tighten each terminal to the torque value found in the appropriate user s manual supplied with the drive 9 Connect the power ground wire to the ground stud Connect motor ground to ground stud Incoming Power Power Leads Ground Wire Setting Space Heater 10 If applicable set the space heater See the space heater user s manual supplied with the drive Note The space heater is used to prevent condensation from damaging the equipment when the drive is not operating
89. delay The corresponding setting is then entered in the Misc section of the file NCDrive ini Retries 5 AckTimeOut 1200 TimeOut 5000 It must also be considered that intervals shorter than the Keypad Acknowledge Timeout time cannot be used in drive monitoring Range 1 10 Default 5 KEYPAD RETRY With this parameter you can set the number of times the drive will try to receive an acknowledgement when it has not been received within the acknowledgement time Keypad Acknowledge Timeout or if the received acknowledgement is faulty System Information S5 8 This section contains hardware and software information as well as operation information S5 8 1 Total Counters TOTAL COUNTERS In the Total Counters page you will find information related to the drive operating times i e the total numbers of MWh operating days and operating hours See Table 6 6 Unlike the counters for the Trip Counters these counters cannot be reset Note The Power On time counters days and hours operate whenever power is applied to the drive Table 6 6 Total Counters Number Name Description C5 8 1 1 MWh counter Megawatt hours total operation time counter C5 8 1 2 Power On day Number of days the drive has been supplied with counter power C5 8 1 3 Power On hour Number of hours the drive has been supplied with counter power 6 16 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com LIT 12018
90. faults and their definitions are given in Table 6 4 Table 6 4 Fault Types Fault Type Fault Name Description A Alarm This type of fault is a sign of an unusual operating condition It does not cause the drive to stop nor does it require any special actions The A fault remains in the display for about 30 seconds F Fault An F fault is a kind of fault that makes the drive stop Actions need to be taken in order to restart the drive AR Auto Restart If an AR fault occurs the drive will also stop Fault immediately The fault is reset automatically and the drive tries to restart the motor If the restart is not successful a fault trip FT occurs FT Fault Trip If the drive is unable to restart the motor after an AR fault an FT fault occurs The effect of the FT fault is the same as that of the F fault the drive is stopped Range 1 81 Fault codes indicate the cause of the fault A list of fault codes their descriptions and possible solutions can be found in Appendix B Fault and Warning Codes Range T 1 T 13 In this menu important data recorded at the time the fault is available This feature is intended to help the user or the service person to determine the cause of fault Table 6 5 indicates the information that is recorded Table 6 5 Fault Time Data Data Units Description T19 D Counted operation days Fault 43 Additional code T2 hh mm ss Counted
91. frequency control 1 speed control P1 6 2 V Hz Optim 602 V F optimization selection 0 none 1 automatic torque boost P1 6 3 V Hz Ratio 603 V F ratio selection 0 linear 1 squared 2 programmable 3 Linear with flux optim P1 6 4 Field WeakngPnt 8 00 320 00 Hz 60 00 604 Field weakening point P1 6 5 Voltage at FWP 10 00 200 00 Yo 100 00 605 Motor voltage MotorNPVoltage at field weakening point P1 6 6 V Hz Mid Freq 0 00 Field Weakening Point Hz 60 00 606 Programmable V Hz curve middle point frequency P1 6 7 V Hz Mid Voltg 0 00 100 00 96 100 00 607 Motor voltage MotorNPVoltage at programmable V Hz curve middle point P1 6 8 Zero Freq Voltg 0 00 40 00 Yo 0 00 608 Motor voltage MotorNPVoltage at zero speed P1 6 9 Switching Freq Switching FreqMax kHz 3 6 609 Switching frequency in kHz See Appendix A Table A 1 P1 6 10 Overvolt Contr 2 610 0 Off 1 On with no ramping 2 On with ramping P1 6 11 P1 6 12 Undervolt Contr Identification 611 612 0 Off 1 On Identification run When this parameter is set greater than zero then start command must be given within 20 seconds 12 12 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com LIT 1201828 johnson JJ
92. information visit www johnsoncontrols com 7 5 johnson JM VSD Series Drives User Manual Controls Powered by Eaton Technology November 2009 PI CONTR P GAIN PI control gain value Steps 010 default will vary depending on application PTS PI CONTR TINE PI control integration time default 30 00 second 30 00 enter J PI GTPT PI Setpoint if source is fieldbus en not available in Remote Input application Jump to REPEAT SETUP Om EO t SETUP DONE G3 PRESS ENTER When keypad is used for copying parameters to or from another drive NEW KEYPAD PRESS ENTER COPY PARAMETERS nm E COPY FROM KEYPAD Om EO DOWNLOADING COPY TO KEYPAD NO YES UPLOADING WAIT OPERATE MENU ts DEFAULT PAGE Figure 7 3 Start Up Wizard Navigation 3 of 3 Note Start Up Wizard can be cancelled with the STOP RESET button If pressed the text EXIT is shown on the display along with No and Yes Note In Pressure Control application inverse selection is an option 7 6 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com LIT 1201828 Johmsan JJ f Controls Powered by Eaton Technology VSD Series Drives User Manual November 2009 Start Up Wizard Remote Input Application The Remote Input application uses a slightly different Start Up Wizard Steps to 2 and to are exactly the same New ACCELERATION TINE Steps
93. lit solid Procedure to return to drive operation from keypad 1 Press the STOP button 2 Press the BYPASS button Return to Drive Press Enter will appear on keypad display 3 Press the ENTER button to return to drive operation e Bypass is disabled e Ready LED is lit solid BYPASS will be disabled in all control sources only when B5 option board is removed from Slot C 5 18 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com LIT 1201828 Johmsan JJ Controls Powered by Eaton Technology VSD Series Drives User Manual November 2009 ESSAY Chapter 6 Menu Information Keypad Operation The menu is navigated by using the left and right arrow buttons If a reference level is available for setting the up and down arrow buttons adjust the value To exit the Operate Menu to access the other menus depress the ENTER button for 2 seconds While in the other menus if there is no keypad activity the display will return to the Operate Menu after one minute Figure 6 2 illustrates the Operate Menu button function D Prun TOIA ror READ ALARMI FAULT 88888 DOT DOO fault run ready Bypass Mod O CO O when flashing 9 eso e G cea Figure 6 1 Keypad and Display One Touch Operate Menu Navigation Note Freq Ref Up HOA OFF MODE OR HAND MODE M d Up and down arrows are used to o adjust speed setpoint EU Monitor Display GF M
94. more holes in the endplate located at the bottom of the drive s enclosure for the motor and power leads Note If bringing the power leads in through the top of the drive s enclosure go to step 8 If not proceed to step 10 Bottom Endplate Power Wiring 8 Using a flat blade screwdriver remove the screws securing the endplate for the circuit breaker enclosure and remove the endplate Using a Greenlee conduit cutter recommended cut one hole in the circuit breaker endplate for the power leads Circuit Breaker Endplate Power Wiring 10 Calibrate the circuit breaker amperage so it is 1 25 times the amperage on the motor nameplate by turning the red set screw located below the circuit breaker extension bar See the circuit breaker user s manual supplied with the drive 11 Connect the incoming power leads to circuit breaker terminals labeled L1 L2 and L3 Cables sized per NEC 12 Using the torque wrench tighten each terminal to the torque value found in the appropriate user s manual supplied with the drive POWER WIRING Run cabling in separate metal conduit or wiring tray DO NOT RUN CONTROL WIRING with incoming power wiring Provide low impedance ground connection to drive chassis DO NOT CONNECT to B B R terminals Incoming Power Leads Circuit Breaker Terminals Circuit Breaker Set Screw Circuit Breaker Extension Bar LIT 1201828 For more information visit 5 5
95. more information visit www johnsoncontrols com 11 15 johnson JJ VSD Series Drives User Manual Controls Powered by Eaton Technology November 2009 PI Control Parameters M1 gt G1 9 Table 11 10 PI Control Parameters M1 3 G1 9 ID Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Number Description P1 9 1 US Metric Units 0 1 0 1101 P1 9 2 Setpoint Min Sensor Min Pl_Setpoint_ 0 1102 Minimum limit for the Max PI Controller setpoint P1 9 3 Setpoint Max PI Setpoint Sensor Max 2500 1103 Maximum limit for the Min PI Controller setpoint P1 9 4 PI StPt Ramp 0 00 20 00 S 1 00 1104 Parameter for the PI Setpoint Time ramp time Default 1 00s P1 9 5 Pl Input Source 0 5 0 1106 PI Controller Input Source Selection Default 0 A AI 1 0 A AI 1 1 A Al 2 2 Fieldbus ProcessData1 3 Min Both 4 Max Both 5 Ave Both P1 9 6 Sensor Min 10000 Sensor_Max 0 1107 Actual Sensor minimum value at 0 4 mA P1 9 7 Sensor Max Sensor_Min 10000 2500 1108 Actual Sensor maximum value at 20 mA P1 9 8 PI Contr P Gain 0 00 10 00 0 10 1109 P Term Gain for the PI controller P1 9 9 Pl Contr I Time 0 00 320 00 s 30 00 1110 I Term Integral Time for the PI controller P1 9 10 Deadband 0 20000 0 1111 Deadband area in units Hysteresis to PI Setpoint P1 9 11 Pl Acting Mode 0 1 1 1112 Pl controller acting mode 0 Reverse acting 1 Forward acti
96. motor 2 Application parameters 6 12 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com LIT 1201828 Johmsan JJ 3 Controls Powered by Eaton Technology VSD Series Drives User Manual November 2009 S5 3 4 Range Yes No Default Yes Automatic HUTO BACKUP Backup This parameter activates and deactivates the parameter backup function When the Parameter backup function is activated the keypad makes a copy of the parameters and settings in the currently active application When applications are changed you will be asked if you wish the parameters of the new application to be uploaded to the keypad For this to happen push the ENTER button If you wish to keep the copy of the parameters of the previously used application saved in the keypad push any other button Note Parameters saved in the parameter settings of S5 3 1 will be deleted when applications are changed If you want to transfer the parameters from one application to another you have to upload them to the keypad first System Menu Parameter Comparison Options S5 4 S5 4 Parameter PARAMETER COMPARISON Comparison with the Parameter Comparison function you can compare the actual parameter values to the values of your customized parameter sets and those loaded to the control keypad The actual parameter values are first compared to those of the customized parameter Set1 If no differences are detected a O is displayed on the lowermost line of the keypad If a
97. operation hours d Fault 43 Counted operation days T3 Hz Output frequency hh mm ss Fault 43 Counted operation hours T4 A Motor current 15 V Motor voltage T 6 96 Motor power 1 7 96 Motor torque T 8 V DC bus voltage T9 G Unit temperature T 10 Run status T 11 Direction T 12 Warnings T 13 Zero speed Real time record If real time is set T 1 and T 2 will appear as follows TI T2 yyyy mm dd Counted operation days Fault 43 Additional code hh mm ss sss Counted operation hours Fault 43 Counted operation days LIT 1201828 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com 6 9 Johnson JM VSD Series Drives User Manua Controls Powered by Eaton Technology November 2009 Fault History Menu M4 All faults are stored in the Fault History Menu which can be viewed by using the Browser buttons Additionally the Fault time data record pages are accessible for each fault as in the Active Faults Menu described above See Figure 6 7 The drive s memory can store a maximum of 30 faults in the order of appearance If there are 30 uncleared faults in the memory the next occurring fault will erase the oldest fault from the memory GG Gu HH i c 11 Output Phase F TTeerps Figure 6 7 Sample Fault History Display Note Pressing the ENTER button for 3 seconds will clear the entire fault history 6 10 F
98. or Factory Default 5 Al 2 0 20mA feedback Programmable x 6 24V DC Control voltage output Voltage for switches etc max 0 1A _ 7 GND O ground Ground for reference and controls External ko nag a 8 DI 1 Start Stop Control Contact closed start Erud p 9 DI 2 External fault input Contact closed fault i TE T programmable Contact open no fault i pra 10 DI 3 External Interlock Contact closed OK pig ee programmable Open Interlocked 11 CMA Common for DI 1 DI 3 Connect to GND or 24V DC lcg L 12 24V DC Control voltage output Voltage for switches see terminal 6 113 GND I O ground Ground for reference and controls Ba 14 DI 4 Speed Select 1 Contact closed Speed Select 1 Baal as Sa programmable Interlock Wiring BP 15 DI 5 Fire Mode Contact closed Fire Mode active EE CE programmable p 16 DI 6 Overload relay Intelli Pass Contact open no fault Sap rs programmable Contact closed fault _ 17 CMB Common for DI 4 DI 6 Connect to GND or 24V DC DAUNA 18 AO 1 Output frequency Programmable Factory Default NE 19 A0 1 Analog output Range 0 20 mA RL max 500w 20 DO 1 Digital output Programmable B READY Open collector lt 50 mA V lt 48V DC Defaults OPTA2 21 22 Opens on RUN 21 RO 1 Relay output 1 Programmable ee D RO 1 J Drive RUN is default 283 RO 1 24 25 Opens on FAULT 24 RO 2 Relay output 2 Programmable Sia Coses on RATE 25 RO 2 J Drive FAULT is defaul
99. package where no additional components are needed Digital inputs DI 2 DI 3 and DI 5 and all outputs are freely programmable Additional functions Analog input signal range selection One frequency limit supervision Torque limit supervision Speed setpoint limit supervision Programmable start and stop functions DC Brake Chopper Six skip frequency areas Programmable V Hz curve and switching frequency Auto restart Motor thermal and stall protection Programmable action off warning fault Motor underload protection Input and output phase supervision Details of the parameters shown in this section are available in Chapter 15 of this Manual listed by parameter ID number LIT 1201828 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com 11 1 johnson JJ VSD Series Drives User Manual Controls Powered by Eaton Technology November 2009 Control Input Output Table 11 1 Duct Static Application Default I O Configuration Terminal Signal Description OPTA9 il 10V DCrer Reference output Voltage for potentiometer etc 2 Al 1 Analog input voltage range Voltage input for PI setpoint or oto1ovoc 0 10V DC feedback Programmable Factory Default ___ 3 Al 1 O Ground Ground for reference and controls PAPET c 4 Al 2 Analog input current range Current input for PI setpoint or Factory Default 5 Al 2 0 20mA
100. place to Hand 6 Force ctrl place to Auto 7 Reverse 8 Speed Select 1 9 Fire Mode Closed Contact 10 Speed Select 2 11 Speed Select 3 12 Force Bypass 13 External interlock closed 14 External interlock open 15 Mot Pot UP 16 Mot Pot DOWN 17 Fire Mode Open Contact 14 6 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com LIT 1201828 johnson JJ Controls Powered by Eaton Technology November 2009 Table 14 3 Input Signals M1 gt G1 2 continued VSD Series Drives User Manual Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default ID Number Description P1 2 8 A DI 5 Funct 0 17 9 207 Default 49 Fire Mode 0 Not Used 1 Ext fault closing contact 2 External fault opening contact 3 Fault reset 4 Run enable Closed Contact 5 Force ctrl place to Hand 6 Force ctrl place to Auto 7 Reverse 8 Speed Select 1 9 Fire Mode Closed Contact 10 Speed Select 2 11 Speed Select 3 12 Force Bypass 13 External interlock closed 14 External interlock open 15 Mot Pot UP 16 Mot Pot DOWN 17 Fire Mode Open Contact P1 2 9 A DI 6 Funct 0 17 0 208 Default 0 Overload Fault Relay input 0 Overload fault relay Used in Intellipass 1 Ext fault closing contact 2 External fault opening contact 3 Fault reset 4 Run enable Closed Contact 5 Force ctrl place to Hand 6 Force ctrl place to Auto 7 Reverse 8
101. run Test YES Ready run 4 Brake YES Run Test NO P1 4 4 S curve Time 0 0 10 0 s 0 0 404 Smooth ratio for S curve 11 10 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com LIT 1201828 johnson JJ Controls November 2009 Prohibit Frequencies M1 G1 5 Table 11 6 Prohibit Frequencies M1 G1 5 Powered by Eaton Technology VSD Series Drives User Manual ID Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Number Description P1 5 1 SkipF1 Low Lim 0 0 100 0 96 0 0 501 Prohibit speed range 1 low limit P1 5 2 SkipF1 High Lim Range 1 100 0 0 0 502 Prohibit speed range 1 high limit Low_Lim 0 No prohibit frequency range P1 5 3 SkipF2 Low Lim 0 0 100 0 0 0 503 Prohibit speed range 2 low limit P1 5 4 SkipF2 High Lim Range_2_ 100 0 0 0 504 Prohibit speed range 2 high limit Low_Lim 0 No prohibit frequency range P155 SkipF3 Low Lim 0 0 100 0 0 0 505 Prohibit speed range 3 low limit P1 5 6 SkipF3 High Lim Range_3_ 100 0 0 0 506 Prohibit speed range 3 high limit Low_Lim 0 No prohibit frequency range P1 5 7 SkipF4 Low Lim 0 0 100 0 0 0 507 Prohibit speed range 4 low limit P1 5 8 SkipF4 High Lim Range_4_ 100 0 0 0 508 Prohibit speed range 4 high limit Low_Lim 0 No prohibit frequency range P1 5 9 SkipF5 Low Lim 0 0 100 0 0 0 509 Prohibit speed range 5 low limit P1 5 10 SkipF5 High Lim Range_5_ 100 0 0 0 51
102. setpoint operate menu display 01 Press the STOP RESET button Test B Control from the I O Terminals Apply input supply power to the VSD Series drive Change control from the keypad to the I O terminals Press HOA button until AUTO LCD is flashing then press ENTER Start drive by closing DI 1 Change the speed setpoint from where Setpoint Source Auto P1 1 15 has been selected Check that the actual speed follows the setpoint operate menu display 01 Stop the drive by opening the start contact at DI 1 Disconnect all power to the VSD Series drive Wait until the cooling fan on the unit stops and the indicators on the panel are not lit If no keypad is present check the indicators in the cover Wait at least five more minutes for the DC bus to discharge Ensure bus voltage has discharged by measuring B and B with DC voltage Connect the motor to the VSD Series drive and check for correct motor rotation If possible perform a start up test with the motor connected to the VSD Series drive but not connected to the process If the VSD Series drive must be tested with the motor connected to the process perform it under no load or light load conditions LIT 1201828 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com 7 3 VSD Series Drives User Manual johnson JM Controls Powered by Eaton Technology November 2009 Start Up Wizard Duct Static Building Static Pressure Control Temperature Control Generi
103. shown in this section are available in Chapter 15 of this Manual listed by parameter ID number LIT 1201828 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com 13 1 johnson JJ VSD Series Drives User Manual Controls Powered by Eaton Technology November 2009 Control Input Output Table 13 1 Pressure Control Application Default I O Configuration Terminal Signal Description OPTA9 il 10V DCrer Reference output Voltage for potentiometer etc 2 Al 1 Analog input voltage range Voltage input for PI setpoint or oto1ovoc 0 10V DC feedback Programmable Factory Default ___ 3 Al 1 O Ground Ground for reference and controls PAPET c 4 Al 2 Analog input current range Current input for PI setpoint or Factory Default 5 Al 2 0 20mA feedback Programmable x 6 24V DC Control voltage output Voltage for switches etc max 0 1A _ 7 GND O ground Ground for reference and controls External ko nag a 8 DI 1 Start Stop Control Contact closed start Erud p 9 DI 2 External fault input Contact closed fault i TE T programmable Contact open no fault i pra 10 DI 3 External Interlock Contact closed OK pig ee programmable Open Interlocked 11 CMA Common for DI 1 DI 3 Connect to GND or 24V DC lcg L 12 24V DC Control voltage output Voltage for switches see terminal 6 113 GND I O ground Ground for referen
104. time for the analog output signal Setting this parameter value to 0 00 will deactivate filtering Unfiltered Signal 100 Filtered Signal 638 7 Hf a gt t s Figure 15 7 Analog Output Filtering LIT 1201828 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com 15 7 johnson JM VSD Series Drives User Manual Controls Powered by Eaton Technology 303 304 305 November 2009 Analog output inversion Inverts the analog output signal Maximum output signal Minimum set value Minimum output signal maximum set value Analog Output Current 20 mA 4mA 0 mA gt 0 1 0 Figure 15 8 Analog Output Invert Analog output minimum Defines the signal minimum to be either 0 mA or 4 mA living zero Note the difference in analog output scaling in parameter ID305 Figure 15 9 0 Set minimum value to 0 mA 1 Set minimum value to 4 mA Analog output scale Scaling factor for analog output Table 15 2 Analog Output Scaling Signal Max value of the signal Output frequency Max frequency ID102 Freq Reference Max frequency ID102 Motor speed Motor nom speed 1xnmMotor Output current Motor nom current 1xlnMotor Motor torque Motor nom torque 1xTnMotor Motor power Motor nom power 1xPnMotor Motor voltage 10096 x VnMotor DC link voltage 1000 V 15 8 For more information visit w
105. us D ann D2 Ny lt H3 gt l i H7 gt Dia B E a 7 i i Flange Opening Ws FR4 to FR6 W4 W3 il il Y d 1 Y Hg lt H6 ske Hg Figure A 8 VSD Series Open Drive Dimensions TYPE 1 and TYPE 12 with Flange Kit FR4 FR5 and FR6 Table A 6 Dimensions for VSD Series Open Drive FR4 FR5 and FR6 with Flange Kit Approximate Dimensions in Inches mm Frame Size Voltage hp VT W1 W2 H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 D2 Dia A FR4 230V 1 3 5 0 4 5 13 3 12 8 12 9 1 2 9 3 0 3 180V 14 2 74 2 128 113 337 325 327 30 22 77 7 FR5 230V 5 10 5 7 4 7 17 0 16 5 16 5 1 4 af 3 9 3 180V 10 720 144 120 434 420 419 36 18 100 7 FR6 230V 15 20 7 7 6 7 22 0 21 6 22 0 1 2 8 4 2 3 480V 25 40 195 170 560 549 558 30 20 106 7 575V 3 30 Table A 7 Dimensions for the Flange Opening FR4 to FR6 Frame Approximate Dimensions in Inches mm Size Voltage hp VT W3 W4 W5 H6 H7 H8 H9 Dia B FR4 230V 1 3 4 8 4 5 12 4 12 8 2 3 480V 14 2 7 1 2 123 113 315 325 5 7 FR5 230V 5 10 5 3 4 7 16 2 16 5 2 3 480V 10 20 135 120 410 420 5 7 FR6 230V 15 20 7 3 6 7 6 2 21 2 21 6 3 2 3 480V 25 40 185 170 157 539 549 7 5 7 57
106. x Motor nominal current ID108 Nominal speed of the motor Find this value nn on the motor nameplate LIT 1201828 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com 15 1 johnson JM VSD Series Drives User Manual Controls Powered by Eaton Technology 112 113 114 115 116 November 2009 Start Source Hand Start Stop Reverse control location in Hand mode 1 Keypad 2 DI 1 3 O Three Wire start Note When Three Wire mode selected DI 2 is automatically selected as stop command Setpoint Source Hand Speed setpoint source selection in Hand Mode 0 analog input Al 1 1 analog input Al 2 2 Keypad 3 Motor potentiometer Start Source Auto PI Control Start Stop Reverse control location in Auto mode 1 Keypad 2 DI 1 3 O Three Wire 4 Fieldbus Note When Three Wire mode selected DI 2 is automatically selected as stop command Setpoint Source Auto PI Control PI Setpoint Source selection 0 Analog input Al 1 1 Analog input Al 2 2 Keypad 3 Motor potentiometer 4 Fieldbus Table 15 1 Selections for IDs 112 113 114 and 115 Indicator Description Hand CD Indicates that HAND has been chosen in the HOA control mode Off DD Indicates that the VSD Series drive is not ready to operate Ready indicator is OFF Auto CD Indicates that AUTO has been chosen in the HOA control mode Preset Speed This parameter determines the frequency reference for Preset Spee
107. 0 100 FR8 100 125 1 0 6 4 3 0 4 3 0 125 FR9 125 175 3 0 6 4 3 0 4 3 0 150 FR9 144 200 4 0 2 2x3 0 350 MCM 4 3 0 200 FR9 208 250 350 1 0 2x3 0 350 MCM 4 3 0 f power cubes are used a UL recognized RK fuse is recommended Based on maximum environment of 104 F 40 C f bypass is used a UL recognized RK5 fuse is recommended Table 3 5 Maximum Symmetrical Supply Current Product Voltage Maximum RMS Symmetrical Amperes on Supply Circuit 1 75 hp 230 100 000A 1 1 2 250 hp 480 100 000A 3 200 hp 575 100 000A Table 3 6 Power Connection Tightening Torque Tightening Torque Tightening Torque Rating Frame Size in Ibs Nm 230V 1 3 hp FR4 5 0 6 480V 1 1 2 7 1 2 hp 230V 5 10 hp FR5 13 1 5 480V 10 20 hp 230V 15 20 hp FR6 35 4 480V 25 40 hp 575V 3 30 hp 230V 25 40 hp FR7 88 10 480V 50 75 hp 575V 40 50 hp 230 50 75 hp FR8 170 80 20 9 480V 100 hp 480V 125 150 hp FR8 354 195 40 22 575V 60 100 hp 230V 100 hp FR9 354 195 40 22 480V 200 250 hp 575V 125 200 hp The isolation standoff of the bus bar will not withstand the listed tightening torque Use a wrench to apply a counter torque when tightening LIT 1201828 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com 3 3 VSD Series Drives User Manual Installation Instructions Johnson
108. 0 8 01 9 SjeUIUJ48 BSO D KY papunoJn aq 1sn A S 4010 JA pue aunsoj ou3 V saion 71994 OZ ueu sse e qe pedAay zez su horae papjalys aq 0 311M uoneoiunuuuo NYO SOO ANOJ TYNOLILIO SION inpuo ajeJedas ul AHS O131H0 1d NoWWoo sna Noof Bui O01 U09 9 Ue 98 uny viva zvjz smd axi axs f HIM 104 U09 IPA vc P OLL d viva iv snNiN axi axs SX4OMNOT i anan a S3 0N Uonooeuuo O I 3 YO n 3 YO maks mus i a 1015 oido Li a 1015 zoido 83409 X000 usa nof MG FN 3QISN 0317907 iKINO SNOLLO3NNOO AJ T po odd ssvaaa T12 AMO19V4 3uv STVNINYAL NG 440 sd SELdO TV 310N d NIMOd O Nog aaa 1d L3 2101s Sado Ta HOLOVINOO HE 1 nw TE OVA 009 1v SdMv OL Galva z anano avas E ISA M3WOISPO NO4 SIOVINOO Xnv Lanie Ae ies z 1 emmez h V iagi Fus E
109. 0 Prohibit speed range 5 high limit Low_Lim 0 No prohibit frequency range P1 5 11 SkipF6 Low Lim 0 0 100 0 0 0 511 Prohibit speed range 6 low limit P1 5 12 SkipF6 High Lim Range_6_ 100 0 0 0 512 Prohibit speed range 6 high limit Low_Lim 0 No prohibit frequency range P1 5 13 PH Acc Dec 0 1 10 0 x 1 0 513 Acceleration Deceleration time Ramp factor to pass prohibit speed window LIT 1201828 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com 11 11 VSD Series Drives User Manual Motor Control Parameters M1 G1 6 Table 11 7 Motor Control Parameters M1 G1 6 johnson JM Controls Powered by Eaton Technology November 2009 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default ID Number Description P1 6 1 Motor Ctrl Mode 0 1 0 601 Motor control mode 0 frequency control 1 speed control P1 6 2 V Hz Optim 602 V F optimization selection 0 none 1 automatic torque boost P1 6 3 V Hz Ratio 603 V F ratio selection 0 linear 1 squared 2 programmable 3 Linear with flux optim P1 6 4 Field WeakngPnt 8 00 320 00 Hz 60 00 604 Field weakening point P1 6 5 Voltage at FWP 10 00 200 00 Yo 100 00 605 Motor voltage MotorNPVoltage at field weakening point P1 6 6 V Hz Mid Freq 0 00 Field Weakening Point Hz 60 00 606 Programmable V Hz curve middle poin
110. 0 mA P1 1 19 PI Contr P Gain 0 00 10 00 1109 P Term Gain for the PI Controller P1 1 20 PI Contr I Time 0 00 320 00 s 30 00 1110 I Term Integral Time for the PI controller P1 1 21 PI Deadband 0 20000 0 1111 Deadband area in units Hysteresis to PI Setpoint P1 1 22 AutoAccelTime 0 1 3000 0 s 60 0 1113 Acceleration time when in AUTO mode P1 1 23 AutoDecelTime 0 1 3000 0 s 60 0 1114 Deceleratin time when in AUTO mode P1 1 24 US Metric Units 1101 12 4 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com LIT 1201828 johnson JJ Controls Powered by Eaton Technology VSD Series Drives User Manual November 2009 Input Signals M1 G1 2 Table 12 3 Input Signals M1 3 G1 2 ID Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Number Description P1 2 1 Start Mode 0 3 1 201 Start Function 0 Normal start without interlockings 1 Interlocked start One of the digital inputs must be programmed to Intlk RunEna DI 3 is defaulted for this feature 2 Mode 1 timeout supervision If the interlock is not OK within the interlock timeout time start request is ignored and must be given again 3 Delayed start Start request is given after delay time has expired P1 2 2 Intlk Stop Mode 0 1 1 216 0 Coasting 1 Ramp P1 2 3 Intlk Timeout 0 00 300 00 s 5 00 202 I
111. 00 m3 h 480V 200 250 hp 575V 125 200 hp Standard Mounting Instructions 1 Measure the mounting space to ensure that it allows for the minimum space surrounding the VSD Series drive Drive dimensions are in Appendix A 2 Make sure the mounting surface is flat and strong enough to support the drive is not flammable and is not subject to excessive motion or vibration 3 Ensure that the minimum airflow requirements for your drive are met at the mounting location 4 Mark the location of the mounting holes on the mounting surface using the template provided on the cover of the cardboard shipping package 5 Using fasteners appropriate to your drive and mounting surface securely attach the drive to the mounting surface using all 4 screws or bolts 2 2 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com LIT 1201828 Johmsan JJ Controls Powered by Eaton Technology VSD Series Drives User Manual November 2009 Sa Chapter 3 Power Wiring Guidelines To ensure proper wiring use the following guidelines Use heat resistant copper cables only 75 C or higher The input line cable and line fuses must be sized in accordance with the rated input current of the unit See Tables 3 2 and 3 5 Consistent with UL listing requirements for maximum protection of the VSD Series drive UL recognized fuses type RK should be used If motor temperature sensing is used for overload protection the output wire
112. 08 Percent of ambient temperature Factor P1 7 8 MTP fO Current 0 0 150 00 40 0 709 Percent of motor nameplate current P1 7 9 MTP Motor T 1 200 min 45 710 Time to reach 63 of final value P1 7 10 Motor Duty 0 100 100 711 Percent of nominal motor load Cycle P1 7 11 Stall Protection O 3 0 712 0 No response 1 Warning 2 Fault stop mode after fault according to ID402 3 Fault stop mode after fault always by coasting P1 7 12 Stall Current 0 00 Motor A 1 00 713 CurrentMax P1 7 13 Stall Time Lim 1 00 120 00 S 15 00 714 P1 7 14 Stall Freq Lim 1 00 Max Freq Hz 25 00 715 LIT 1201828 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com 9 13 Johnson My VSD Series Drives User Manual Controls Powered by Eaton Technology November 2009 Tables 9 8 Protections M1 gt G1 7 continued ID Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Number Description P1 7 15 Underload 0 3 0 716 0 No response Protection 1 Warning 2 Fault stop mode after fault according to ID402 3 Fault stop mode after fault always by coasting P1 7 16 UP fnom Torque 10 0 150 00 96 50 0 717 Minimum torque allowed when above FWP P1 7 17 UP f0 Torque 5 0 150 00 96 10 0 718 Minimum torque allowed with zero frequency P1 7 18 UP Time Limit 2 00 600 00 S 20 00 719 P1 7 19 Autom Restart 0 3 0 706 Resets faults See Page 15 20 0 Disabled 1 Automatically transferred to Bypass 2
113. 1 Introduction The Generic PI Application is typically used to control levels of pumps and fans with a pressure transducer The direct frequency reference can be used for the control without the PI controller and is selected from the analog inputs fieldbus motor potentiometer or keypad The Generic PI Application is typically used to control levels or pumps and fans In these applications the Generic PI Application provides a smooth control and an integrated measurement and control package where no additional components are needed Digital inputs DI 2 DI 3 and DI 5 and all outputs are freely programmable Additional functions Analog input signal range selection One frequency limit supervision Torque limit supervision Speed setpoint limit supervision Programmable start and stop functions DC Brake Chopper Six skip frequency areas Programmable V Hz curve and switching frequency Auto restart Motor thermal and stall protection Programmable action off warning fault Motor underload protection Input and output phase supervision Details of the parameters shown in this section are available in Chapter 15 of this Manual listed by parameter ID number LIT 1201828 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com 10 1 VSD Series Drives User Manual johnson JJ Con trois Powered by Eaton Technology Control Input Output November 2009 Table 10 1 Generic PI Application Default 1 O Configu
114. 1 3000 0 s 60 0 1114 Deceleratin time when in AUTO mode P1 1 24 US Metric Units 1101 14 4 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com LIT 1201828 johnson JJ Controls Powered by Eaton Technology VSD Series Drives User Manual November 2009 Input Signals M1 G1 2 Table 14 3 Input Signals M1 3 G1 2 ID Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Number Description P1 2 1 Start Mode 0 3 1 201 Start Function 0 Normal start without interlockings 1 Interlocked start One of the digital in puts must be programmed to Intlk RunEna DI 3 is defaulted for this feature 2 Mode 1 timeout supervision If the interlock is not OK within the interlock timeout time start request is ignored and must be given again 3 Delayed start Start request is given after delay time has expired P1 2 2 Intlk Stop Mode 0 1 1 216 0 Coasting 1 Ramp P1 2 3 Intlk Timeout 0 00 300 00 s 5 00 202 Interlock timeout time for Start Function 2 Default 5s P1 2 4 Start Delay Time 0 00 300 00 S 5 00 203 Start delay time for Start Function 3 Default 5s P1 2 5 A DI 2 Funct 0 17 1 204 Default 1 External Fault Close 0 Stop pulse when 3 wire start stop logic is selected False Stop True Ready to Run 1 Ext fault closing contact 2 External fault opening contact 3 Fault reset 4 Run enable Closed Contact 5 Force ctrl place to Hand 6
115. 1 46 09 20 07 208V 20 30h FR6 FR7 B 20 92 40 00 19 10 i 230V 20 30 hb 531 3 1016 0 485 1 230V 20 30 hp 668 3 1170 7 509 9 480V 40 75 hp 480V 40 75 hp 575V 40 50 hp 575V 40 50 hp 208V 40 60 hp FR8 C 30 92 52 00 19 10 208V 40 60 hp FR8 c 37 73 58 09 20 08 230V 40 60 hp 785 3 1320 8 485 1 230V 40 60 hp 958 3 1475 5 510 0 480V 100 150 hp 480V 100 150 hp Floor Stands available on Box C only and can be purchased and shipped separately Floor Stands available on Box C only and can be purchased and shipped separately as kit as kit I lt A gt I lt C I lt A gt lt iC gt fal I e n oy e e x al B e e Gy fj e d B B e LJ e e B i o Y gg 8 o Y NEMA Type 12 NEMA Type 3R Figure 5 5 VSD Series Enclosed Drive Dimensions LIT 1201828 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com 5 9 ni VSD Series Drives User Manual Controls Powered by Eaton Technology November 2009 Table 5 9 Bypass Power Wiring Instructions Enclosed NEMA Type 12 3R Mounting Drive Keypad Cable Circuit Circuit 1 Mount drive per dimensions See Page 5 9 2 Verify that the main power source is removed upstream 3 Remove the keypad cable from the drive 4 Remove the screws from the drive cover and remove the
116. 12 Start Srce Hand 1 3 1 112 Parameter for Local Start Stop Reverse control location Default Keypad 1 Keypad 2 DI 1 Start 3 I O Three Wire LIT 1201828 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com 10 3 VSD Series Drives User Manual Table 10 2 Quick Setup Parameters M1 gt G1 1 continued Johnson JM Controls Powered by Eaton Technology November 2009 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default ID Number Description P1 1 13 StPt Source Hand 2 113 Local speed setpoint selection 0 analog input Al 1 1 analog input Al 2 2 Speed Setpoint from Keypad 3 Motor Potentiometer P1 1 14 Start Srce Auto 114 Parameter for Remote Start Stop Reverse control location Default DI 1 Start 1 Keypad 2 DI 1 Start 3 I O Three Wire 4 Fieldbus P1 1 15 StPt Source Auto 115 Pl setpoint selection 0 analog input Al 1 1 analog input Al 2 2 PI Setpoint from Keypad 3 Motor Potentiometer 4 PI Setpoint from Fieldbus P1 1 16 Pl Input Source 1106 Pl Controller Input Source Selection Default 0 A Al 1 0 A AI 1 1 A Al 2 2 Fieldbus Process Data 1 3 Min Both 4 Max Both 5 Ave Both P1 1 17 Pl Contr P Gain 0 00 10 00 0 10 1109 P Term Gain for the Pl Controller P1 1 18 Pl Contr l Time 0 00 320 00 30 00 1110 l Term Integral Time for the P
117. 13 Speed Setpoint Supervision Value LIT 1201828 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com 14 9 johnson JJ VSD Series Drives User Manual Controls Powered by Eaton Technology November 2009 Table 14 4 Output Signals M1 gt G1 3 continued ID Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Number Description P1 3 14 Act Sp Supv Fct 0 2 0 314 Actual Speed Supervision Function 0 Not used 1 Low limit 2 High limit P1 3 15 Act Sp Supv Lim 0 0 100 0 0 0 315 Actual Speed Supervision Value 1 0 hysteresis P1 3 16 Torque Supv Fct 0 2 0 316 Torque Limit Supervision Function 0 Not used 1 Low limit 2 High limit P1 3 17 Torque Supv Lim 0 0 300 0 96 0 0 317 Torque Limit Supervision Value P1 3 18 TempLim Supv 0 2 0 318 Temperature Limit Supervision Fct Function 0 Not used 1 Low limit 2 High limit P1 3 19 TempLim Supv 50 170 SF 104 319 Temperature Limit Supervision Lim value P1 3 20 StartRlyON Del 0 0 100 0 s 0 0 320 Relay Digital output ON delay time after start command is given P1 3 21 StartRIyOFF Del 0 0 100 0 s 0 0 321 Relay Digital output OFF delay time after stop command is given Drive Control Parameters M1 gt G1 4 Table 14 5 Drive Control Parameters M1 gt G1 4 ID Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Number Description P1 4 1 Start Mode 0 1 0 401 0 Ramp 1 Flying s
118. 13 Local speed setpoint selection 0 analog input Al 1 1 analog input Al 2 2 Speed Setpoint from Keypad 3 Motor Potentiometer P1 1 14 Start Srce Auto 114 Parameter for Remote Start Stop Reverse control location Default DI 1 Start 1 Keypad 2 DI 1 Start 3 I O Three Wire 4 Fieldbus P1 1 15 StPt Source Auto 115 Pl setpoint selection 0 analog input Al 1 1 analog input Al 2 2 PI Setpoint from Keypad 3 Motor Potentiometer 4 PI Setpoint from Fieldbus P1 1 16 Pl Input Source 1106 Pl Controller Input Source Selection Default 0 A Al 1 0 A AI 1 1 A Al 2 2 Fieldbus Process Data 1 3 Min Both 4 Max Both 5 Ave Both P1 1 17 Sensor Min 10000 Sensor Max 0 1107 Actual Sensor minimum value at 0 4 mA P1 1 18 Sensor Max Sensor Min 10000 2500 1108 Actual Sensor maximum value at 20 mA P1 1 19 PI Contr P Gain 0 00 10 00 0 10 1109 P Term Gain for the PI Controller P1 1 20 PI Contr I Time 0 00 320 00 s 30 00 1110 I Term Integral Time for the PI controller P1 1 21 PI Deadband 0 20000 0 1111 Deadband area in units Hysteresis to PI Setpoint P1 1 22 AutoAccelTime 0 1 3000 0 s 60 0 1113 Acceleration time when in AUTO mode P1 1 23 AutoDecelTime 0 1 3000 0 s 60 0 1114 D
119. 134 6 230V 1 3 hp 128 464 336 480V 1 7 1 2 hp 208V 5 7 1 2 hp FR5 5 50 23 25 13 24 35 15 9 5 7 144 8 230V 5 10 hp 140 591 336 480V 10 20 hp 208V 10 20 hp FR6 7 50 29 38 15 25 67 30 4 7 5 190 5 ce 230V 15 and 20 hp 191 746 387 480V 25 40 hp 208V 25 and 30hp FR7 9 10 37 53 15 25 108 49 0 9 0 228 6 230V 25 and 30 hp 231 953 387 3 480V 50 75 hp HY BJ UG Y ik a z le C If mounting two or more IntelliPass Drives next to each other make sure to use the For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com LIT 1201828 Control Powered by Eaton Technology November 2009 VSD Series Drives User Manual Table 5 6 Bypass Power Wiring Instructions NEMA Type 1 IntelliPass IntelliDisconnect Drive Mounting Drive Mount drive per dimensions See Page 5 4 Verify that the main power source is removed upstream Using a flat blade screwdriver remove the four screws securing the outer cover of the drive and remove the cover Using the same screwdriver remove the two center screws securing the side cover Make sure there is adequate room and open the hinged side cover Outer Cover Two Screws on Side Cover Power Wiring 6 Using a flat blade screwdriver remove the screws securing the endplate at the bottom of the drive enclosure and remove the endplate Using a Greenlee conduit cutter recommended cut one or
120. 2 0000 eee eae 3 2 Table 3 4 Cable and Fuse Sizes 525 690V RatingS 00 cece eee eae 3 3 Table 3 5 Maximum Symmetrical Supply Current 0000 cece eee eens 3 3 Table 3 6 Power Connection Tightening Torque eee eens 3 3 Table 3 7 Power and Motor Cable Stripping Lengths 0 cence eee 3 4 Table 3 8 Control Wiring Instructions NEMA Type 1 12 Open Drives 3 5 Table 4 1 Option Board A2 Terminal Descriptions cece eee ees 4 2 Table 5 1 VSD Series IntelliPass IntelliDisconnect Drives Selection Chart 5 2 Table 5 2 VSD Series Enclosed Drives Selection Chart 00 cece enue 5 3 Table 5 3 Options List diana ea madi aina e ei a a aae eet ene eens 5 3 Table 5 4 Option Notes ict Rr Kan mo nike aha NG ra HER haa 5 3 Table 5 5 VSD Series NEMA Type 1 IntelliPass IntelliDisconnect Drive DIMENSIONS naa mk BARAN ee ended et ale hitb AGAD AN fede aud Gad hd 5 4 Table 5 6 Bypass Power Wiring Instructions NEMA Type 1 IntelliPass IntelliDisconnect Drive AA 5 5 Table 5 7 VSD Series NEMA Type 12 Enclosed IntelliPass Drive Dimensions 5 9 Table 5 8 VSD Series NEMA Type 3R Enclosed Intelli Pass Drive Dimensions 5 9 Table 5 9 Bypass Power Wiring Instructions Enclosed NEMA Type 12 3R 5 10 Table 5 10 Static Checks of Converter eee 5 14 Table 5 11 Static Checks of Inverter nn 5
121. 2 Gs Acceleration time from min Frequency to max Frequency enter oJ DECELERATION TINE Deceleration time from max Frequency to min Frequency 605 enter J Keypad START SRCE AUTO DI Start S ne VO 3 wire tart source location Fieldbus enter J STPT SOURCE AUTO C A AI 2 Kaka Keypad StPt Set point of Auto Source Fieldbus enter J Skip to Step Figure 7 4 Remote Input Start Up Wizard LIT 1201828 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com 7 7 VSD Series Drives User Manual Controls Powered by Eaton Technology November 2009 7 8 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com LIT 1201828 Johmsan JJ Controls Powered by Eaton Technology VSD Series Drives User Manual November 2009 aan Chapter 8 N2 XT and SA BUS Communication The Johnson Controls VSD Series Drives powered by Cutler Hammer technology from Eaton s electrical business can be controlled monitored and programmed from a host system via Johnson Controls N2 XT or SA BUS communication protocols with the addition of the VS OPTNX RS 485 Communication Option Board If you purchase your Communication Board separate from the drive please note that it must be installed in slot D or E on the control board of the VSD Series drive LIT 1201828 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com 8 1 Ha Johnson 4 p VSD Series Drives User Manual Controls Powered by Eaton Technology November
122. 2 Range ChangeEnable ChangeDisabl Default ChangeDisabl Parameter PARAMETER LOCK Lock This function allows the user to prohibit changes to the parameters If the parameter lock is activated the text 191420 will appear on the display if you try to edit a parameter value Note This function does not prevent unauthorized editing of parameter values LIT 1201828 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com 6 13 VSD Series Drives User Manual P5 5 3 Start Up Wizard P5 5 4 Multimonitor Items Johnson JJ Controls Powered by Eaton Technology November 2009 Range Yes No Default No START UP WIZARD The Start Up Wizard facilitates commissioning the drive If selected active the Start Up Wizard prompts the operator for the language and application desired and then advances through the start up parameter list After completion it allows the user to repeat the Start Up Wizard or return to the default page the Operate Menu The Start Up Wizard in always active for the initial power up of the drive This feature can also be selected by pressing the STOP RESET button for 5 seconds Display will then show Start Up Wizard Activated Unit must then be powered down and SUW will be displayed on powerup Yes Startup Wizard turns on every time power turns on Range ChangeEnable ChangeDisabl Default ChangeEnable MULTIMONITENS The keypad display can display three actual monitored values at the same time This parameter
123. 2 Select 5 Motor Current A 1003 FB Data Out 3 Select 8 Motor Voltage V 1004 FB Data Out 4 Select 7 Motor Power 96 1005 FB Data Out 5 Select 9 DC Bus Voltage V 1006 FB Data Out 6 Select 20 Status Word 1007 FB Data Out 7 Select 18 Active Fault Code 1008 FB Data Out 8 Select 19 Active Warning Code 1011 PI Setpoint Default Pl regulators default setpoint This parameter is set with Start Up Wizard Parameter not available in Remote Input application 1101 US Metric Units Duct building pressure and temperature applications only 0 US units 1 Metric units 1102 PI Setpoint Min Limit Default Same value as ID1107 PI Setpoint limitation minimum value 1103 PI Setpoint Max Limit Default Same value as ID1108 PI Setpoint limitation maximum value 1104 PI Setpoint Ramp Time Defines the time during which the PI controller reference rises from 096 to 10096 or falls from 10096 to 096 1106 PI Controller Input Source 0 Al 1 control board 1 Al 2 control board 2 Fieldbus Actual value 1 FBProcessDatalN 1 3 Min Both 4 Max Both 5 Ave Both 1107 Sensor Minimum Scale Feedback sensor minimum output value See Figure 15 6 1108 Sensor Maximum Scale Feedback sensor maximum output value See Figure 15 6 15 26 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com LIT 1201828 Johmsan ay Controls November 2009 1109 1110 1111 1112 1113 1114 1115 Powered by Eaton Technology VSD Series Drives User Manual
124. 20 212 0 Not inverted 1 Inverted 0 No filtering Default applies for 2V or 4 mA Default applies for 10V or 20 mA 0 Not inverted 1 Inverted P1 2 17 A Al 2 Filter 0 00 10 00 s 0 10 213 0 No filtering P1 2 18 StPt Scale Min 0 0 100 0 Yo 0 0 214 Speed that corresponds to the minimum setpoint signal LIT 1201828 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com 13 7 VSD Series Drives User Manual Table 13 3 Input Signals M1 gt G1 2 continued johnson JM Controls Powered by Eaton Technology November 2009 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default ID Number Description P1 2 19 StPt Scale Max 0 0 100 0 Vo 0 0 215 Speed that corresponds to the maximum setpoint signal 0 0 NOT IN USE P1 2 20 MotPotStPt 0 Memory 221 Parameter to select reset function for motor potentiometer speed setpoint Default No reset Output Signals M1 gt G1 3 Table 13 4 Output Signals M1 gt G1 3 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default ID Number Description P1 3 1 A AO 1 Funct O 8 1 301 Analog output function 0 FB Control Fieldbus Passthrough ProcessDatalN3 1 O P frequency 0 f max 2 Reference frequency 0 f max 3 Motor speed 0 10096 x Motor nom speed 4 O P current 0 10096 x I nMot 5 Motor torque 0
125. 20 0 96 0 0 1 Output speed to the motor V7 3 Speed Setpoint 320 0 320 0 96 0 0 3 Monitored speed setpoint This will show also the speed setpoint below the minimum frequency V7 4 Motor Speed 10000 10000 rpm O 4 Calculated motor speed in rpm V7 5 Motor Current 0 0 Motor A 0 0 5 CurrentMax V7 6 Motor Torque 300 0 300 0 96 0 0 6 R Motor torque as value 1000 equals 100 0 Yo pos clockwise neg counterclockwise V7 7 Motor Power 300 0 300 0 0 0 7 V7 8 Motor Voltage 0 0 1000 0 V 0 0 8 Measured motor voltage V7 9 DC Bus Voltage 0 1000 V 0 9 R DC voltage in Volts Tfilt 32ms V7 10 Unit 1000 1000 F 0 10 Temperature of the heat sink Temperature V7 11 Motor 0 0 1000 0 0 0 11 Temperature V7 12 A Al 1 10 00 20 00 V 0 00 12 Voltage Input value V V7 13 A AI 2 10 00 20 00 mA 0 00 13 Current Input value mA V7 14 DI 1 DI 2 DI 3 0 7 0 14 DIA 1 DIA 2 and DIA 3 status V7 15 DI 4 DI 5 DI 6 0 7 0 15 DIB 4 DIB 5 and DIB 6 status V7 16 DO 1 RO 1 RO 2 0 7 0 16 DO 1 RO 1 and RO 2 status V7 17 A AO 1 0 00 20 00 mA 0 00 17 V7 18 ActFaultCode 0 200 0 18 Active Fault code V7 19 ActWarnCode 0 200 0 19 Active Warning code 14 18 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com LIT 1201828 johnson JJ Controls November 2009 Powered by Eaton Technology Table 14 13 Monitoring Menu continued VSD Series Drives User Manual Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default ID Number
126. 201828 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com 13 11 VSD Series Drives User Manual Motor Control Parameters M1 G1 6 Table 13 7 Motor Control Parameters M1 G1 6 johnson JM Controls Powered by Eaton Technology November 2009 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default ID Number Description P1 6 1 Motor Ctrl Mode 0 1 0 601 Motor control mode 0 frequency control 1 speed control P1 6 2 V Hz Optim 602 V F optimization selection 0 none 1 automatic torque boost P1 6 3 V Hz Ratio 603 V F ratio selection 0 linear 1 squared 2 programmable 3 Linear with flux optim P1 6 4 Field WeakngPnt 8 00 320 00 Hz 60 00 604 Field weakening point P1 6 5 Voltage at FWP 10 00 200 00 Yo 100 00 605 Motor voltage MotorNPVoltage at field weakening point P1 6 6 V Hz Mid Freq 0 00 Field Weakening Point Hz 60 00 606 Programmable V Hz curve middle point frequency P1 6 7 V Hz Mid Voltg 0 00 100 00 96 100 00 607 Motor voltage MotorNPVoltage at programmable V Hz curve middle point P1 6 8 Zero Freq Voltg 0 00 40 00 Yo 0 00 608 Motor voltage MotorNPVoltage at zero speed P1 6 9 Switching Freq Switching FreqMax kHz 3 6 609 Switching frequency in kHz See Appendix A Table
127. 28 johnson JJ Controls Powered by Eaton Technology November 2009 S5 8 2 Trip Counters S5 8 3 Software Information S5 8 4 Application Information TRIP COUNTERS VSD Series Drives User Manual The Trip Counters are counters whose values can be reset to zero The resettable counters are shown in Table 6 7 Table 6 7 Trip Counters Number Name Description T5 8 2 1 MWh counter Megawatts hours since last reset P5 8 2 2 Clear MWh Resets megawatts hours counter counter T5 8 2 3 Power On day Number of days the drive has been run since the last counter reset T5 8 2 4 Power On hour Number of hours the drive has been run since the last counter reset P5 8 2 5 Clr Optime cntr Resets the operating day and hour counters Note The Trip Counters operate only when the motor is running OFTWARE The Software information page includes information on the following software related topics Table 6 8 Software Information Number Name Description 15 8 3 1 Software SVX00031V010 or later package 15 8 3 2 System 11 62 7486 or later software version 15 8 3 3 Firmware 4 45 or later interface 15 8 3 4 System load XX Yo actual value APPLICATIONS The Application information page includes information on not only the application currently in use but also all other applications loaded into the drive The information available is shown in Table 6 9 Note tha
128. 3 StPt Source Hand 2 113 Local speed setpoint selection 0 analog input Al 1 1 analog input Al 2 2 Speed Setpoint from Keypad 3 Motor Potentiometer P1 1 14 Start Srce Auto 114 Parameter for Remote Start Stop Reverse control location Default DI 1 Start 1 Keypad 2 DI 1 Start 3 I O Three Wire 4 Fieldbus P1 1 15 StPt Source Auto 115 Pl setpoint selection 0 analog input Al 1 1 analog input Al 2 2 PI Setpoint from Keypad 3 Motor Potentiometer 4 PI Setpoint from Fieldbus P1 1 16 Pl Input Source 1106 Pl Controller Input Source Selection Default 0 A Al 1 0 A AI 1 1 A Al 2 2 Fieldbus Process Data 1 3 Min Both 4 Max Both 5 Ave Both P1 1 17 Sensor Min 10000 Sensor Max 200 1107 Actual Sensor minimum value at 0 4 mA P1 1 18 Sensor Max Sensor Min 10000 1200 1108 Actual Sensor maximum value at 20 mA P1 1 19 PI Contr P Gain 0 00 10 00 0 10 1109 P Term Gain for the PI Controller P1 1 20 PI Contr I Time 0 00 320 00 s 30 00 1110 I Term Integral Time for the PI controller P1 1 21 PI Deadband 0 20000 0 1111 Deadband area in units Hysteresis to PI Setpoint P1 1 22 AutoAccelTime 0 1 3000 0 s 60 0 1113 Acceleration time when in AUTO mode P1 1 23 AutoDecelTime 0
129. 4 Max Both 5 Ave Both P1 9 6 Sensor Min 10000 Sensor_Max 100 1107 Actual Sensor minimum value at 0 4 mA P1 9 7 Sensor Max Sensor_Min 10000 100 1108 Actual Sensor maximum value at 20 mA P1 9 8 PI Contr P Gain 0 00 10 00 0 10 1109 P Term Gain for the PI controller P1 9 9 Pl Contr I Time 0 00 320 00 s 30 00 1110 I Term Integral Time for the PI controller P1 9 10 PI Deadband 0 20000 0 1111 Deadband area in units Hysteresis to PI Setpoint P1 9 11 Pl Acting Mode 0 1 1 1112 PI controller acting mode 0 Reverse acting 1 Forward acting P1 9 12 Auto Accel Time 0 1 3000 0 S 60 0 1113 Auto Mode Accel Time P1 9 13 Auto Decel Time 0 1 3000 0 S 60 0 1114 Auto Mode Decel Time P1 9 14 Auto S curve 0 0 10 0 S 0 0 1115 Auto Mode and Pl control is Time NOT active Preset Speeds M1 G1 10 Table 12 11 Preset Speeds M1 gt G1 10 ID Code Parameter Min Max Unit Step Default Number Description P1 10 1 Preset Speed 1 0 100 0 96 0 1 30 0 1701 Preset speeds when P1 10 2 PresetSpeed2 0 100 0 0 1 40 0 1702 Digital Inputs are P1 10 3 PresetSpeed3 0 100 0 0 1 50 0 1703 programmed P1 10 4 Preset Speed4 0 100 0 96 0 1 60 0 1704 P1 10 5 Preset Speed 5 0 100 0 96 0 1 70 0 1705 P1 10 6 Preset Speed6 0 100 0 0 1 80 0 1706 P1 10 7 Preset Speed7 0 100 0 0 1 90 0 1707 12 16 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com LIT 1201828 Johmsan JJ Controls
130. 5V 3 30 LIT 1201828 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com A 9 Johnson JJ VSD Series Drives User Manual Controls Powered by Eaton Technology November 2009 tag H1 Fe H2 gt a E _ xq g NI Jag Il Figure A 9 VSD Series Open Drive Dimensions TYPE 1 and TYPE 12 FR7 Table A 8 VSD Series Open Drive Dimensions FR7 Knockouts 9 Inches Approximate Dimensions in Inches mm mm Frame hp R1 R2 Weight Size Voltage VT H1 H2 H3 D1 D2 D3 W1 W2 dia dia Lbs kg N1 O D FR7 230V 25 40 24 8 24 2 23 3 10 1 27 7 5 9 3 7 5 77 2 3 9 1 85 7 4 180V 50 75 630 614 591 257 68 190 237 190 18 9 35 47 575V 40 50 A 10 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com LIT 1201828 Johnson JJ Controls Powered by Eaton Technology November 2009 VSD Series Drives User Manual H1 W1 Y gt gt A oo o o oo o e o o o D1 Q Pi o o o o o Y Figure A 10 VSD Series Open Drive Dimensions TYPE 1 and TYPE 12
131. 6 x I nMot 5 Motor torque 0 10096 x T nMot 6 Motor power 0 10096 x P nMot 7 Motor voltage 0 10096 x U nMot 8 DC Bus Voltage 0 10096 x U nMot P1 3 2 A AO 1 Filter 0 00 10 00 S 1 00 302 P1 3 3 A AO 1 Invert O 1 0 303 0 Not inverted 1 Inverted P1 3 4 A AO 1 Min 0 1 0 304 0 0mA 1 4mA P1 3 5 A AO 1 Scale 10 1000 100 305 9 8 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com LIT 1201828 johnson JJ Controls November 2009 Table 9 4 Output Signals M1 gt G1 3 continued Powered by Eaton Technology VSD Series Drives User Manual Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default ID Number Description P1 3 6 A DO 1 Funct 0 26 1 306 Default Drive Ready 0 Not used 1 Drive Ready 2 Drive Running 3 General Fault 4 General Fault inverted 5 Drive overheat warning 6 External fault or warning 7 Reference 4mA fault or warning 8 General Warning 9 Drive Reversing 10 Preset Speed Active 11 Speed setpoint Actual Speed At speed 12 Motor regulator activated 13 Actual Speed limit supervision 14 Speed Setpoint limit supervision 15 Torque limit supervision 16 Timer On Timer Off output control Trigger is run request 17 Selections 16 inverted 18 Frequency converter temperature limit supervision 19 Unrequested rotation direction 20 Thermistor fault warning 21 Hand Control Active 22
132. A 1 P1 6 10 Overvolt Contr 2 610 0 Off 1 On with no ramping 2 On with ramping P1 6 11 P1 6 12 Undervolt Contr Identification 611 612 0 Off 1 On Identification run When this parameter is set greater than zero then start command must be given within 20 seconds 13 12 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com LIT 1201828 johnson JJ Controls November 2009 Powered by Eaton Technology Protections M1 G1 7 Table 13 8 Protections M1 3 G1 7 VSD Series Drives User Manual ID Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Number Description P1 7 1 Input Phase 0 2 2 701 Response to input phase Supv supervision 0 No Action 1 Warning 2 Fault P1 7 2 4mA Fault Resp 0 2 0 702 Response to 4 mA signal supervision 0 No Action 1 Warning 2 Fault P1 7 3 Ext Fault Resp O 2 2 703 Response to external fault digital input signal supervision 0 No Action 1 Warning 2 Fault P1 7 4 FBComm 0 2 0 704 Response to fieldbus FaultResp communication supervision 0 No Action 1 Warning 2 Fault P1 7 5 SlotComFault 0 2 0 705 Response to slot communication Resp supervision 0 No Action 1 Warning 2 Fault P1 7 6 Motor Therm 0 3 0 707 0 No response Prot 1 Warning 2 Fault stop mode after fault according to ID402 3 Fault stop mode after fault
133. Auto Control Active 23 DI Fire Mode Active 24 Relay to energize an external element before starting the drive 25 Fieldbus Passthrough 26 Bypass Run P1 3 7 B RO 1 Funct 25 307 Same as parameter 1 3 6 P1 3 8 B RO 2 Funct 25 308 Same as parameter 1 3 6 P1 3 9 D RO 1 Funct 25 309 Same as parameter 1 3 6 P1 3 10 D RO 2 Funct 25 310 Same as parameter 1 3 6 P1 3 11 D RO 3 Funct 25 311 Same as parameter 1 3 6 P1 3 12 Sp StPt Supv Fct oO O O O O O oO o O O W N 312 Speed Setpoint Supervision Function 0 Not used 1 Low limit 2 High limit P1 3 13 Sp StPt Supv Lim 0 0 100 0 Yo 0 0 313 Speed Setpoint Supervision Value LIT 1201828 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com 9 9 johnson JJ VSD Series Drives User Manual Controls Powered by Eaton Technology November 2009 Table 9 4 Output Signals M1 G1 3 continued ID Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Number Description P1 3 14 Act Sp Supv Fct 0 2 0 314 Actual Speed Supervision Function 0 Not used 1 Low limit 2 High limit P1 3 15 Act Sp Supv Lim 0 0 100 0 0 0 315 Actual Speed Supervision Value 1 0 hysteresis P1 3 16 Torque Supv Fct 0 2 0 316 Torque Limit Supervision Function
134. Connected to Ground CMA Connected to Ground e CMB Isolated from Ground CMA Isolated from Ground CMB and CMA Internally Connected and Isolated from Ground Designates Default Jumper Settings Figure 3 5 Option Board A9 Location and Settings Start Up Wizard See Page 7 4 Start Up Wizard 3 8 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com LIT 1201828 Johmsan JJ r Controls Powered by Eaton Technology VSD Series Drives User Manual November 2009 Checking the Cable and Motor Insulation 1 Checkthe motor cable insulation as follows e Disconnect the motor cable from terminals U V and W of the VSD Series drive and from the motor e Measure the insulation resistance of the motor cable between each phase conductor as well as between each phase conductor and the protective ground conductor e The insulation resistance must be gt 1MQ 2 Checkthe input power cable insulation as follows e Disconnect the input power cable from terminals L1 L2 and L3 of the VSD Series drive and from the utility line feeder e Measure the insulation resistance of the input power cable between each phase conductor as well as between each phase conductor and the protective ground conductor e The insulation resistance must be gt 1MQ 3 Check the motor insulation as follows e Disconnect the motor cable from the motor and open any
135. Counter T5 8 2 5 Clear Operating Time Counter S5 8 3 Software Information 15 8 3 1 Software Package 15 8 3 2 System Software Version 15 8 3 3 Firmware Interface 15 8 3 4 System Load S5 8 4 Applications A5 8 4 Name of Application D5 8 4 1 Application ID D5 8 4 2 Version D5 8 4 3 Firmware Interface S5 8 5 Hardware 15 8 5 1 Power Unit Type 15 8 5 2 Nominal Unit Voltage E5 8 5 3 Brake Chopper E5 8 5 4 Brake Resistor E5 8 5 5 Power Unit Serial Number EH S5 8 6 Expander Boards E S5 8 7 Debug Menu S5 9 Power Monitor S5 11 Power Multimonitor m E I T When 9000X Drive tool is used these menus are not displayed in parameter tree Figure 6 8 System Menu Keypad Structure LIT 1201828 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com 6 11 VSD Series Drives User Manual Johnson JJ Controls Powered by Eaton Technology November 2009 System Menu Parameters S5 1 Language Selection S5 2 Application Selection Range English Spanish French Portuguese Default English LANGUAGE This parameter offers the ability to control the drive through the keypad in the language of your choice Currently available language English Available in the futu
136. CurrentMax P1 1 9 Power Factor 0 30 1 00 0 85 109 Motor power factor Cos Phii P1 1 10 Service Factor 0 10 2 00 1 00 110 Motor service factor This will calculate the motor current limit MotorNomCurrent x Service Factor P1 1 11 Current Limit Motor Motor A 7 00 107 Output current limit of the unit in CurrentMin CurrentMax Amps P1 1 12 Start Srce Hand 1 3 1 112 Parameter for Local Start Stop Reverse control location Default Keypad 1 Keypad 2 DI 1 Start 3 I O Three Wire LIT 1201828 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com 13 3 VSD Series Drives User Manual Table 13 2 Quick Setup Parameters M1 gt G1 1 continued Johnson JM Controls Powered by Eaton Technology November 2009 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default ID Number Description P1 1 13 StPt Source Hand 2 113 Local speed setpoint selection 0 analog input Al 1 1 analog input Al 2 2 Speed Setpoint from Keypad 3 Motor Potentiometer P1 1 14 Start Srce Auto 114 Parameter for Remote Start Stop Reverse control location Default DI 1 Start 1 Keypad 2 DI 1 Start 3 I O Three Wire 4 Fieldbus P1 1 15 StPt Source Auto 115 Pl setpoint selection 0 analog input Al 1 1 analog input Al 2 2 PI Setpoint from Keypad 3 Motor Potentiometer 4 PI Setpoint from Fieldbus P1 1 16 Pl Input Source 1106 Pl Controller Input Source Selectio
137. D215 No Scaling Scaled ID214 Analog Input oV 10V Selected with 0 4 mA 20 mA ID113 Al only Figure 15 5 Setpoint Scaling 216 Intik Stop Mode Coasting 0 The motor coasts to a halt without any control from the drive after the Stop command Ramp 1 After the Stop command the speed of the motor is decelerated according to the set deceleration parameters If the regenerated energy is high it may be necessary to use an external braking resistor for faster deceleration A Max Sensor Max ID1108 Sensor Range Sensor Min ID1107 0 4 gt 0 10 1V 50 5V 100 ID217 ID218 0V or 0 mA 10V or 20 mA Al 1 Min Al 1 Max Figure 15 6 Sensor Scaling 15 6 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com LIT 1201828 johnson 4 Con November 2009 Powered by Eaton Technology VSD Series Drives User Manual 217 218 221 301 302 Al 1 Minimum Value Minimum scaling value for Analog input 1 Al 1 Maximum Value Maximum scaling value for Analog input 1 Motor potentiometer memory reset PID reference 0 No reset 1 Memory reset in stop and powerdown 2 Memory reset in powerdown Analog output function This parameter selects the desired function for the analog output signal See the specific parameters for the values available in each respective application Analog output filter time Defines the filtering
138. DING Common to drive Lout Output Frequency and motor Lout Analog Output DO1 Digital Output Ready OPTA2 Slot B Relay Output 1 Run Relay Output 2 Fault settings OPTC4 Slot D or E DH3 ait 1 Shield 2 vP 21 A1 Data Lonworks 3 22 A2 Data 4 23 OShield Shield l s cow Shield 5V Supply Voltage RxD TxD Minus RxD TxD Plus Bus Common OPTC2 Slot D or E Note Optional Communication Cards can be supplied with the Drive or as a Field Option Figure 3 4 X1 Jumper Setting Analog Input 1 Al1 0 to 20 mA 0 to 10V ABCD Current Input Voltage Input s e 0 to 10V 0 to 20 mA ABCD Voltage Input Current Input HE ae xod jin ifferentia Differentia ABCD Voltage Input Voltage Input DU 10 to 10V 10to 10V ABCD Voltage Input Voltage Input 3 21813 X2 Jumper Setting Analog Input 2 A12 X6 Jumper Setting Analog Output 1 A01 ABCD 0t020mA ABCD seee Current Output le e e e ABCD 0 to 10V ABCD AHHH Voltage Output e ABCD ABCD ABCD coco o0 co coo 00o coco X1 X2 X6 X3 Jumper Setting CMA and CMB Grounding CMB
139. Data Out4 Sel 0 10000 76 1004 Fieldbus process data output 4 selection Default Motor Power P1 8 5 FB Data Out5 Sel 0 10000 90 1005 Fieldbus process data output 5 selection Default DC Link Voltage ID number of parameter or variable to be sent over fieldbus ID 1 20 are Monitoring values Menu 7 M7 See Table 10 13 10 14 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com LIT 1201828 Johmsan JJ Controls November 2009 Table 10 9 Fieldbus Parameters M1 gt G1 8 continued Powered by Eaton Technology VSD Series Drives User Manual Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default ID Number Description P1 8 6 FB Data Out6 Sel 0 10000 200 1006 Fieldbus process data output 6 selection Default Application Status Word Variable ApplStatusWord b0 Drive Ready b1 Run Enable b2 Drive Running b3 Drive Reversing b4 General Fault b5 General Warning b6 Preset Speed Active b7 Motor Regulator active b8 Output speed supervision indication b9 Setpoint speed supervision indication b10 HAND Control indication b11 AUTO Control indication b12 D IN Firemode b13 Damper control signal b14 Bypass mode status indication b15 Bypass running P1 8 7 FB Data Out7 Sel 0 10000 180 1007 Fieldbus process data output 7 selection Default Active Fault Code P1 8 8 FB Data O
140. Default Number Description P1 4 1 Start Mode 0 1 0 401 0 Ramp 1 Flying start P1 4 2 Stop Mode 0 1 1 402 0 Coasting 1 Ramp P1 4 3 Brake Chopper 0 4 0 403 Brake Chopper Mode Selection 0 Brake NO Test NO 1 Brake YES Run Test YES Ready run 2 Brake chopper EXTERNAL Test NO 3 Brake YES Ready run Test YES Ready run 4 Brake YES Run Test NO P1 4 4 S curve Time 0 0 10 0 s 0 0 404 Smooth ratio for S curve 10 10 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com LIT 1201828 johnson JJ Controls November 2009 Prohibit Frequencies M1 G1 5 Table 10 6 Prohibit Frequencies M1 G1 5 Powered by Eaton Technology VSD Series Drives User Manual ID Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Number Description P1 5 1 SkipF1 Low Lim 0 0 100 0 96 0 0 501 Prohibit speed range 1 low limit P1 5 2 SkipF1 High Lim Range 1 100 0 0 0 502 Prohibit speed range 1 high limit Low_Lim 0 No prohibit frequency range P1 5 3 SkipF2 Low Lim 0 0 100 0 0 0 503 Prohibit speed range 2 low limit P1 5 4 SkipF2 High Lim Range_2_ 100 0 0 0 504 Prohibit speed range 2 high limit Low_Lim 0 No prohibit frequency range P155 SkipF3 Low Lim 0 0 100 0 0 0 505 Prohibit speed range 3 low limit P1 5 6 SkipF3 High Lim Range_3_ 100 0 0 0 506 Prohibit speed range 3 high limit Low_Lim 0 No prohibit frequency range P1
141. Description V7 20 Status Word 32768 32767 0 20 b0 Drive Ready b1 Run Enable b2 Drive Running b3 Drive Reversing b4 General Fault b5 General Warning b6 Preset Speed Active b7 Motor Regulator active b8 Output speed supervision indication b9 Setpoint speed supervision indication b10 HAND Control indication b11 AUTO Control indication b12 D IN Firemode b13 Damper control signal b14 Bypass mode status indication b15 Bypass running V7 21 PI Setpoint 10000 10000 0 21 V7 22 Pl Input 10000 10000 0 22 Actual Sensor Value V7 23 Pl Error 10000 10000 0 23 V7 24 Pl Output 0 0 100 0 Yo 0 0 24 V7 25 RO 1 RO 2 RO 3 0 7 25 Monitoring the OPTB5 relay outputs G7 26 Multimonitor Displays three monitor values simultaneously Operate Menu M8 The Operate Menu provides an easy to use method of viewing key numerical Monitoring Menu items It also allows the setting of the keypad frequency reference See Chapter 6 for more information LIT 1201828 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com 14 19 Ha Johnson 4 p VSD Series Drives User Manual Controls Powered by Eaton Technology November 2009 14 20 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com LIT 1201828 Johmsan JJ Controls Powered by Ea
142. Digital input set as an external Check source of trigger fault input has been triggered 52 Keypad communication The connection between the Check keypad connection and fault control keypad and the VSD keypad cable Series drive has been lost 53 Communication bus The data connection between Check installation fault the communication bus master t installation is correct contact and the communication bus your Johnson Controls board has failed distributor 54 Slot fault Defective option board or slot Check that the board is properly installed and seated in slot If installation is correct contact your Johnson Controls distributor 82 BypassOverLoad The motor has been overloaded Decrease the motor load while connected to the bypass Disable the Current Imbalance feature see the IT manual B 4 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com LIT 1201828 Johmsan JJ Controls Powered by Eaton Technology VSD Series Drives User Manual November 2009 Err Appendix C Accessories RS 232 Cables Used with VS Drives Communication with PC When communicating using 9000X software tools 9000XDrive or 9000XLoad a cable with three wires and 9 pin D connectors is used See Figure C 1 TXDTA 2 Aa TXDTA 2 RXDTA 3 ED RXDTA 3 GND 5 M Figure C 1 RS 232 Cable for Parameter Setting or Software Downloading by Using PC Remote Assembly of the Control Panel When units are in
143. Fire Mode T n 16 DIN6 Bypass Overload Fault P i 17 CMB DIN4 DING Common i T8 Lout Output Frequency B i i 19 Lout Analog Output DB i20 DO1 Digital Output Ready i 21 OPTA Slot B i aa Relay Output 1 23 Run 1 na Note See Figure 3 KE z Relay Output 2 for Dip X1 X2 t t Dx l bo m Taui T X3 X6 Switch 1 E s Contactor i Note All 23 Drive Run gi settings Drive Power i P i IGmpmas D Off On i T are factory 26 Bypass o LUAI _ E Located Inside EE E AN ee E OL Reset Dodt Cover Auxiliary contacts for customer E m 1 F i OPTC2 Slot D or E H3 OPTC4 Slot D use rated 10 Amps at 600V AC E smo shite sd BE Ore R F 2 vp 5V Supply Voltage i m Lonworks 3j RxD TxD Minus 21 A1 Data Ska EIE a RxD TxD Plus fez az Data TE COM Bus Common n 3 OSHIELD Shield IN Motor Motor Note ICOMM li On Inverter On Bypass ote Optional CO cards can be supplied supplied with the drive or as a field option Figure 5 6 5 12 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com LIT 1201828 Controls Powered by Eaton Technology November 2009 VSD Series Drives User Manual Table 5 9 Bypass Power Wiring Instructions Enclosed NEMA Type 12 3R Continued Static Check 23 Usea Phillips screwdriver to remove all the faceplate screws on the high voltage faceplate and remove the faceplate Note Location of the screws may vary from the drive illustrated There
144. I O Configuration 11 2 Table 11 2 Quick Setup Parameters M13 G1 1 elllllle een 11 3 Table 11 3 Input Signals M13 G1 2 2 2 nnn 11 5 Table 11 4 Output Signals M13 G1 3 lees 11 8 Table 11 5 Drive Control Parameters M12 G1 4 aaa 11 10 Table 11 6 Prohibit Frequencies M1 3 G1 5 eene 11 11 Table 11 7 Motor Control Parameters M1 gt G1 6 a 11 12 Table 11 8 Protections M13 G1 7 has 11 13 Table 11 9 Fieldbus Parameters M1 gt G1 8 esee 11 14 Table 11 10 PI Control Parameters M1 gt G1 9 leeren 11 16 Table 11 11 Preset Speeds M13 G1 10 en 11 16 Table 11 12 Keypad Control Parameters M2 lle 11 17 Table 11 13 Monitoring Menu he 11 18 Table 12 1 Building Static Application Default I O Configuration 12 2 Table 12 2 Quick Setup Parameters M13 G1 1 llllllee len 12 3 Table 12 3 Input Signals M13 G1 2 lesen 12 5 Table 12 4 Output Signals M13 G1 3 llle 12 8 Table 12 5 Drive Control Parameters M12 G1 4 eee ee 12 10 Table 12 6 Prohibit Frequencies M1 3 G1 5 eee 12 11 Table 12 7 Motor Control Parameters M1 gt G1 6 leeren 12 12 Table 12 8 Protections M13 G1 7 has 12 13 Table 12 9 Fieldbus Parameters M12 G1 8
145. IN Firemode b13 Damper control signal b14 Bypass mode status indication b15 Bypass running V7 21 PI Setpoint 0 0 100 0 Yo 0 0 21 V7 22 PI Input 0 0 100 0 96 0 0 22 Actual Sensor Value V7 23 PI Error 0 0 100 0 96 0 0 23 V7 24 PI Output 0 0 100 0 96 0 0 24 V7 25 RO 1 RO 2 RO 3 0 7 0 25 Monitoring the OPTB5 relay outputs G7 26 Multimonitor Displays three monitor values simultaneously When OPTB5 is not installed in option slot C this in not displayed Operate Menu M8 The Operate Menu provides an easy to use method of viewing key numerical Monitoring Menu items It also allows the setting of the keypad frequency reference See Chapter 6 for more information 10 18 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com LIT 1201828 Johmsan JJ Controls Powered by Eaton Technology VSD Series Drives User Manual November 2009 BESE Chapter 11 Duct Static Application SVCHS202 Introduction The Duct Static Application is typically used to control fans with a pressure transducer and provide WC PA units to a keypad The direct frequency reference can be used for the control without the PI controller and is selected from the analog inputs fieldbus motor potentiometer or keypad The Duct Static Application is typically used to control Duct pressure In these applications the Duct Static Application provides a smooth control and an integrated measurement and control
146. Inverting the Digital Input Signal The active signal level depends on which potential the common inputs CMA and CMB terminals 11 and 17 are connected to The alternatives are either 24V DC or ground OV See Figure 4 3 The 24V DC control voltage and the ground for the digital inputs and the common inputs CMA CMB can be either the internal 24V DC supply or an external supply 24V DC c DI 1 MEA DI 2 DI 3 Ground CMA Ground 24V DI 1 DI 2 DI 3 CMA Figure 4 3 Positive Negative Logic Positive logic 24V DC is the active signal the input is active when the switch is closed Negative logic OV is the active signal the input is active when the switch is closed 4 2 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com LIT 1201828 johnson f0 Controls Powered by Eaton Technology VSD Series Drives User Manual November 2009 SEI ETE Chapter 5 IntelliPass Bypass Option Product Description The Johnson Controls VSD Series IntelliPass Drive is powered by the Cutler Hammer tradition of providing a premier intelligent drive integrated with a reliable bypass configuration by taking advantage of the enclosed control and circuit breaker expertise of Eaton s electrical business The IntelliPass bypass is a two or three contactor design utilizing the Cutler Hammer 24V DC series of contactors and power supplies The features function an
147. Menu information item M7 for more information Table 12 13 Monitoring Menu ID Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Number Description V7 1 Output 320 00 320 00 Hz 0 00 2 Output frequency to the motor Frequency V7 2 Actual Speed 320 0 320 0 96 0 0 1 Output speed to the motor V7 3 Speed Setpoint 320 0 320 0 96 0 0 3 Monitored speed setpoint This will show also the speed setpoint below the minimum frequency V7 4 Motor Speed 10000 10000 rpm O 4 Calculated motor speed in rpm V7 5 Motor Current 0 0 Motor A 0 0 5 CurrentMax V7 6 Motor Torque 300 0 300 0 96 0 0 6 R Motor torque as value 1000 equals 100 0 Yo pos clockwise neg counterclockwise V7 7 Motor Power 300 0 300 0 0 0 7 V7 8 Motor Voltage 0 0 1000 0 V 0 0 8 Measured motor voltage V7 9 DC Bus Voltage 0 1000 V 0 9 R DC voltage in Volts Tfilt 32ms V7 10 Unit 1000 1000 F 0 10 Temperature of the heat sink Temperature V7 11 Motor 0 0 1000 0 0 0 11 Temperature V7 12 A Al 1 10 00 20 00 V 0 00 12 Voltage Input value V V7 13 A AI 2 10 00 20 00 mA 0 00 13 Current Input value mA V7 14 DI 1 DI 2 DI 3 0 7 0 14 DIA 1 DIA 2 and DIA 3 status V7 15 DI 4 DI 5 DI 6 0 7 0 15 DIB 4 DIB 5 and DIB 6 status V7 16 DO 1 RO 1 RO 2 0 7 0 16 DO 1 RO 1 and RO 2 status V7 17 A AO 1 0 00 20 00 mA 0 00 17 V7 18 ActFaultCode 0 200 0 18 Active Fault code V7 19 ActWarnCode 0 200 0 19 Active Warning cod
148. Mode _ 0 1 1 1112 Pl controller acting mode 0 Reverse acting 1 Forward acting P1 9 9 Auto Accel Time 0 1 3000 0 s 60 0 1113 Auto Mode Accel Time P1 9 10 Auto Decel Time 0 1 3000 0 s 60 0 1114 Auto Mode Decel Time P1 9 11 Auto S Curve 0 0 10 0 s 0 0 1115 Auto Mode and PI control is Time NOT active Preset Speeds M1 3 G1 10 Table 10 11 Preset Speeds M1 gt G1 10 ID Code Parameter Min Max Unit Step Default Number Description P1 10 1 Preset Speed 1 0 100 0 Yo 0 1 30 0 1701 Preset speeds when P1 10 2 PresetSpeed2 0 100 0 10 1 40 0 1702 Digital Inputs are P1 10 3 PresetSpeed3 0 100 0 0 1 50 0 1703 programmed P1 10 4 Preset Speed4 0 100 0 0 1 60 0 1704 P1 10 5 Preset Speed5 0 100 0 0 1 70 0 1705 P1 10 6 Preset Speed 6 0 100 0 0 1 80 0 1706 P1 10 7 Preset Speed 7 0 100 0 96 0 1 90 0 1707 10 16 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com LIT 1201828 johnson JJ Controls Powered by Eaton Technology VSD Series Drives User Manual November 2009 Keypad Control Parameters M2 This menu provides the parameters for the setting of the keypad speed setpoint the selection of motor direction when in keypad operation and when the STOP button is active Table 10 12 Keypad Control Parameters M2 ID Number Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Description R2 1 Speed Setpoint 0 0 100 0 96 0 0 Keypad Speed Setpoint P2 2 Keypad Direction 0 1 0
149. OUND WIRING e Run motor cables in separate conduit e DO NOT RUN CONTROL WIRES in same conduit e Cables sized per NEC e Provide low impedance ground between drive and motor Utility Drive Motor Ground Inside Motor Conduit Box motor and or drive and could void warranty IMPORTANT Improper grounding could result in damage to the Motor Ground Stud 5 6 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com LIT 1201828 Controls Powered by Eaton Technology VSD Series Drives User Manual November 2009 Table 5 6 Bypass Power Wiring Instructions NEMA Type 1 IntelliPass IntelliDisconnect Drive Continued Setting Overload 20 Lift to open the cover on the motor overload and use a 1 8 flat blade screwdriver to set the overload amperage to match the value on the motor nameplate 21 Turn the auto manual reset factory default is manual on the motor overload 90 to the auto position Control Wiring 22 Use a flat blade screwdriver to carefully remove the low voltage I O terminal block 23 Insert the incoming control leads into the terminal block Refer to the electrical schematic supplied with the drive 24 Reinsert the I O terminal block into the control board 25 Verify that all other wires to the terminal block are connected 26 Terminate control wiring to the OPTA9 and OPTA2 board Terminals 1 26 CONTROL WIRING e Run 110 Vac and 24 Vdc control wir
150. Parameters M2 ID Number Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Description R2 1 Speed Setpoint 0 0 100 0 0 0 Keypad Speed Setpoint P2 2 Keypad Direction 0 1 0 1009 Reverse request active from the panel 0 Forward 1 Reverse P2 3 StopButton 0 1 1 1110 Stop button Keypad always Active active Yes No R2 4 PI Setpoint 10000 10000 800 P2 5 PI Setpoint 10000 10000 1011 PI regulators default setpoint Default Keypad Control Parameter ID Numbers are listed separately on Page 15 28 Menus M3 to M6 Menus M3 to M6 provide information on the Active Faults Fault History System Menu settings and the Expander Board setup These menu items are explained in detail in Chapter 6 LIT 1201828 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com 14 17 VSD Series Drives User Manual Monitoring Menu M7 johnson JJ Controls Powered by Eaton Technology November 2009 The monitored items are the actual values of parameters and signals as well as the status and measurements of other elements Monitored items cannot be edited See Chapter 6 Menu information item M7 for more information Table 14 13 Monitoring Menu ID Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Number Description V7 1 Output 320 00 320 00 Hz 0 00 2 Output frequency to the motor Frequency V7 2 Actual Speed 320 0 3
151. Powered by Eaton Technology VSD Series Drives User Manual November 2009 Keypad Control Parameters M2 This menu provides the parameters for the setting of the keypad speed setpoint the selection of motor direction when in keypad operation and when the STOP button is active Table 12 12 Keypad Control Parameters M2 ID Number Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Description R2 1 Speed Setpoint 0 0 100 0 0 0 Keypad Speed Setpoint P2 2 Keypad Direction 0 1 0 1009 Reverse request active from the panel 0 Forward 1 Reverse P2 3 StopButton 0 1 1 1010 Stop button Keypad always Active active Yes No R2 4 PI Setpoint 10000 10000 30 P2 5 PI Setpoint 10000 10000 1011 PI regulators default setpoint Default Keypad Control Parameter ID Numbers are listed separately on Page 15 28 Menus M3 to M6 Menus M3 to M6 provide information on the Active Faults Fault History System Menu settings and the Expander Board setup These menu items are explained in detail in Chapter 6 LIT 1201828 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com 12 17 VSD Series Drives User Manual Monitoring Menu M7 johnson JJ Controls Powered by Eaton Technology November 2009 The monitored items are the actual values of parameters and signals as well as the status and measurements of other elements Monitored items cannot be edited See Chapter 6
152. Range_2_ 100 0 0 0 504 Prohibit speed range 2 high limit Low_Lim 0 No prohibit frequency range P155 SkipF3 Low Lim 0 0 100 0 0 0 505 Prohibit speed range 3 low limit P1 5 6 SkipF3 High Lim Range_3_ 100 0 0 0 506 Prohibit speed range 3 high limit Low_Lim 0 No prohibit frequency range P1 5 7 SkipF4 Low Lim 0 0 100 0 0 0 507 Prohibit speed range 4 low limit P1 5 8 SkipF4 High Lim Range_4_ 100 0 0 0 508 Prohibit speed range 4 high limit Low_Lim 0 No prohibit frequency range P1 5 9 SkipF5 Low Lim 0 0 100 0 0 0 509 Prohibit speed range 5 low limit P1 5 10 SkipF5 High Lim Range_5_ 100 0 0 0 510 Prohibit speed range 5 high limit Low_Lim 0 No prohibit frequency range P1 5 11 SkipF6 Low Lim 0 0 100 0 0 0 511 Prohibit speed range 6 low limit P1 5 12 SkipF6 High Lim Range_6_ 100 0 0 0 512 Prohibit speed range 6 high limit Low_Lim 0 No prohibit frequency range P1 5 13 PH Acc Dec 0 1 10 0 x 1 0 513 Acceleration Deceleration time Ramp factor to pass prohibit speed window LIT 1201828 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com 12 11 VSD Series Drives User Manual Motor Control Parameters M1 G1 6 Table 12 7 Motor Control Parameters M1 G1 6 johnson JM Controls Powered by Eaton Technology November 2009 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default ID Number Description P1 6 1 Motor Ctrl Mode 0 1 0 601 Motor control mode 0
153. Sel FB Data Out5 Sel 10000 10000 1004 1005 Fieldbus process data output 4 selection Default Motor Power Fieldbus process data output 5 selection Default DC Link Voltage ID number of parameter or variable to be sent over fieldbus ID 1 20 are Monitoring values Menu 7 M7 See Table 14 13 14 14 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com LIT 1201828 Johmsan JJ Controls November 2009 Table 14 9 Fieldbus Parameters M1 gt G1 8 continued Powered by Eaton Technology VSD Series Drives User Manual Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default ID Number Description P1 8 6 FB Data Out6 Sel 0 10000 200 1006 Fieldbus process data output 6 selection Default Application Status Word Variable ApplStatusWord b0 Drive Ready b1 Run Enable b2 Drive Running b3 Drive Reversing b4 General Fault b5 General Warning b6 Preset Speed Active b7 Motor Regulator active b8 Output speed supervision indication b9 Setpoint speed supervision indication b10 HAND Control indication b11 AUTO Control indication b12 D IN Firemode b13 Damper control signal b14 Bypass mode status indication b15 Bypass running P1 8 7 FB Data Out7 Sel 0 10000 180 1007 Fieldbus process data output 7 selection Default Active Fault Code P1 8 8 FB Data Out8 Sel 0
154. SkipF4 High Lim Range_4_ 100 0 0 0 508 Prohibit speed range 4 high limit Low_Lim 0 No prohibit frequency range P1 5 9 SkipF5 Low Lim 0 0 100 0 0 0 509 Prohibit speed range 5 low limit P1 5 10 SkipF5 High Lim Range_5_ 100 0 0 0 510 Prohibit speed range 5 high limit Low_Lim 0 No prohibit frequency range P1 5 11 SkipF6 Low Lim 0 0 100 0 0 0 511 Prohibit speed range 6 low limit P1 5 12 SkipF6 High Lim Range_6_ 100 0 0 0 512 Prohibit speed range 6 high limit Low_Lim 0 No prohibit frequency range P1 5 13 PH Acc Dec 0 1 10 0 x 1 0 513 Acceleration Deceleration time Ramp factor to pass prohibit speed window LIT 1201828 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com 14 11 VSD Series Drives User Manual Motor Control Parameters M1 G1 6 Table 14 7 Motor Control Parameters M1 G1 6 johnson JM Controls Powered by Eaton Technology November 2009 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default ID Number Description P1 6 1 Motor Ctrl Mode 0 1 0 601 Motor control mode 0 frequency control 1 speed control P1 6 2 V Hz Optim 602 V F optimization selection 0 none 1 automatic torque boost P1 6 3 V Hz Ratio 603 V F ratio selection 0 linear 1 squared 2 programmable 3 Linear with flux optim P1 6 4 Field WeakngPnt 8 00 320 00 Hz 60 00 604 Field weakening point P1 6 5
155. Static Application is typically used to control fans with a pressure transducer and provide WC PA units to a keypad The direct frequency reference can be used for the control without the PI controller and is selected from the analog inputs fieldbus motor potentiometer or keypad The Building Static Application is typically used to control Building pressure In these applications the Building Static Application provides a smooth control and an integrated measurement and control package where no additional components are needed Digital inputs DI 2 DI 3 and DI 5 and all outputs are freely programmable Additional functions Analog input signal range selection One frequency limit supervision Torque limit supervision Speed setpoint limit supervision Programmable start and stop functions DC Brake Chopper Six skip frequency areas Programmable V Hz curve and switching frequency Auto restart Motor thermal and stall protection Programmable action off warning fault Motor underload protection Input and output phase supervision Details of the parameters shown in this section are available in Chapter 15 of this Manual listed by parameter ID number LIT 1201828 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com 12 1 johnson JJ VSD Series Drives User Manual Controls Powered by Eaton Technology November 2009 Control Input Output Table 12 1 Building Static Application Default I O Configuration
156. System Menu settings and the Expander Board setup These menu items are explained in detail in Chapter 6 LIT 1201828 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com 13 17 VSD Series Drives User Manual Monitoring Menu M7 johnson JJ Controls Powered by Eaton Technology November 2009 The monitored items are the actual values of parameters and signals as well as the status and measurements of other elements Monitored items cannot be edited See Chapter 6 Menu information item M7 for more information Table 13 13 Monitoring Menu ID Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Number Description V7 1 Output 320 00 320 00 Hz 0 00 2 Output frequency to the motor Frequency V7 2 Actual Speed 320 0 320 0 96 0 0 1 Output speed to the motor V7 3 Speed Setpoint 320 0 320 0 96 0 0 3 Monitored speed setpoint This will show also the speed setpoint below the minimum frequency V7 4 Motor Speed 10000 10000 rpm O 4 Calculated motor speed in rpm V7 5 Motor Current 0 0 Motor A 0 0 5 CurrentMax V7 6 Motor Torque 300 0 300 0 96 0 0 6 R Motor torque as value 1000 equals 100 0 Yo pos clockwise neg counterclockwise V7 7 Motor Power 300 0 300 0 0 0 7 V7 8 Motor Voltage 0 0 1000 0 V 0 0 8 Measured motor voltage V7 9 DC Bus Voltage 0 1000 V 0 9 R DC voltage in Volts Tfilt 32ms V7 10 Unit 1000 1000 F 0 10 Temperature of the heat sink T
157. US Metric Units 0 1 0 1101 P1 9 2 Setpoint Min Sensor Min Pl_Setpoint_ 0 1102 Minimum limit for the Max PI Controller setpoint P1 9 3 Setpoint Max PI Setpoint Sensor Max 500 1103 Maximum limit for the Min PI Controller setpoint P1 9 4 PI StPt Ramp 0 00 20 00 S 1 00 1104 PI Setpoint ramp time Ramp Time Up Time P1 9 5 Pl Input Source 0 5 0 1106 PI Controller Input Source Selection Default 0 A AI 1 0 A AI 1 1 A AI 2 2 Fieldbus ProcessData1 3 Min Both 4 Max Both 5 Ave Both P1 9 6 Sensor Min 10000 Sensor_Max 0 1107 Actual Sensor minimum value at 0 4 mA P1 9 7 Sensor Max Sensor_Min 10000 500 1108 Actual Sensor maximum value at 20 mA P1 9 8 PI Contr P Gain 0 00 10 00 0 10 1109 P Term Gain for the PI controller P1 9 9 Pl Contr I Time 0 00 320 00 s 30 00 1110 I Term Integral Time for the PI controller P1 9 10 PI Deadband 0 20000 0 1111 Deadband area in units Hysteresis to PI Setpoint P1 9 11 Pl Acting Mode 0 1 1 1112 PI controller acting mode 0 Reverse acting 1 Forward acting P1 9 12 Auto Accel Time 0 1 3000 0 s 60 0 1113 Auto Mode Accel Time P1 9 13 Auto Decel Time 0 1 3000 0 s 60 0 1114 Auto Mode Decel Time P1 9 14 Auto S curve 0 0 10 0 s 0 0 1115 Auto Mode and PI control is Time NOT active Preset Speeds M1 gt G1 10 Table 13 11 Preset Speeds M1 gt G1 10 ID Code Parameter Min Max Unit Step Default Number Description P1 10 1 Preset Spe
158. VS0255x0A 25 27 VS0305x0A 30 34 VS0405x0A FR7 40 41 VS0505x0A 50 52 VS0605x0A FR8 60 62 VS0755x0A 75 80 VS1005x0A 100 100 VS1255x0A FR9 125 125 VS1505x0A 150 144 VS2005x0A 200 208 Insert a 1 for TYPE 1 or a 2 for TYPE 12 in place of the x in the Catalog Number Power Loss and Switching Frequency In some situations it may be desirable to change the switching frequency of the VSD Series drive for some reason typically e g to reduce the motor noise Raising the switching frequency above the factory default level increases the drive power loss and increases the cooling requirements Figures A 1 through A 6 illustrate the power loss increase for the different VSD Series models When operating above the default switching frequency the VSD Series output current rating should be derated by the ratio of the increased power loss to the nominal power loss Example The user of a 40 hp 61A 480V VSD Series drive wishes to increase the switching frequency from the factory default value of 10 kHz to 15 kHz to reduce motor noise From Figure A 3 the loss at the factory default switching frequency of 10 kHz is 1240 watts The loss at 15 kHz from Figure A 3 is 1340 watts 1240 1349 96 Re rate 61 x Thus at the increased switching frequency the maximum load allowed is 56A to avoid overheating the VSD Series drive A 4 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com LIT 1201828 johnson JJ
159. VT Output Power Ratings 0 00 ee eens A 3 Table A 4 575V VT Output Power Ratings 00 cece eee eee ene eens A 4 Table A 5 VSD Series Open Drive Dimensions leeren A 8 Table A 6 Dimensions for VSD Series Open Drive FR4 FR5 and FR6 WITHHEANGE Kit Tu A 9 Table A 7 Dimensions for the Flange Opening FR4 to FR6 A 9 Table A 8 VSD Series Open Drive Dimensions FR7 0000 cee cece eens A 10 Table A 9 VSD Series Open Drive Dimensions FR8 lees A 11 Table A 10 Dimensions for VSD Series Open Drive FR7 and FR8 with Flange Kit s usse auos Gener as ect Sap ote ee etd sunrise Role gan ee RD Roe A 12 Table A 11 Dimensions for the Flange Opening FR7 FR8 0000ee ee ees A 12 Table A 12 Dimensions for VSD Series Open Drive FRO 0000 e eee ees A 13 Table A 12 Dimensions for VSD Series Open Drive FR9 continued A 13 Table A 13 Dimensions for VSD Series Open Drive FR9 with Flange Kit A 14 Table B 1 Fault Codes 2s anan mg a Beane aan dade keen edic a ave Bale a B 1 LIT 1201828 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com ix VSD Series Drives User Manual Ha Safety Issues Johnson M Controls Powered by Eaton Technology Definitions and Symbols A WARNING This symbol indicates high voltage It calls your attention to items or operations that could be dangerous to you and other persons operat
160. Voltage at FWP 10 00 200 00 Yo 100 00 605 Motor voltage MotorNPVoltage at field weakening point P1 6 6 V Hz Mid Freq 0 00 Field Weakening Point Hz 60 00 606 Programmable V Hz curve middle point frequency P1 6 7 V Hz Mid Voltg 0 00 100 00 96 100 00 607 Motor voltage MotorNPVoltage at programmable V Hz curve middle point P1 6 8 Zero Freq Voltg 0 00 40 00 Yo 0 00 608 Motor voltage MotorNPVoltage at zero speed P1 6 9 Switching Freq Switching FreqMax kHz 3 6 609 Switching frequency in kHz See Appendix A Table A 1 P1 6 10 Overvolt Contr 2 610 0 Off 1 On with no ramping 2 On with ramping P1 6 11 P1 6 12 Undervolt Contr Identification 611 612 0 Off 1 On Identification run When this parameter is set greater than zero then start command must be given within 20 seconds 14 12 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com LIT 1201828 johnson JJ Controls November 2009 Powered by Eaton Technology Protections M1 G1 7 Table 14 8 Protections M1 3 G1 7 VSD Series Drives User Manual ID Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Number Description P1 7 1 Input Phase 0 2 2 701 Response to input phase Supv supervision 0 No Action 1
161. a Size Voltage hp VT W1 W2 W3 W4 H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H6 H7 D1 D2 A FR7 230V 25 40 9 3 6 8 10 6 10 0 25 6 24 8 24 8 74 7 4 9 8 10 1 4 6 3 480V 50 75 237 175 270 253 652 632 630 189 189 23 20 257 117 6 575V 40 50 FR8 230V 50 75 112 14 0 13 0 32 8 29 3 10 2 10 4 1 7 22 1135 43 4 480V 100 150 285 355 330 832 745 258 265 43 57 344 110 9 575V 60 100 Table A 11 Dimensions for the Flange Opening FR7 FR8 Eran Approximate Dimensions in Inches mm Size Voltage hp VT W5 W6 w7 H8 H9 H10 H11 H12 H13 Dia B FR7 230V 25 40 9 2 6 9 10 0 24 4 7 4 7 4 1 4 1 3 3 3 480V 50 75 233 175 253 619 189 189 35 32 7 6 575V 40 50 FR8 230V 50 75 11 9 13 0 31 9 10 2 10 4 4 480V 100 150 301 330 810 258 265 9 575V 60 100 A 12 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com LIT 1201828 johnson JJ Controls November 2009 Powered by Eaton Technology VSD Series Drives User Manual H H6 gt S le H4 ma H3 gt wa d k e 7 T Y c rs FE 1 W5 d rat W3 W2 m we d S Eb ui M 1 ie gt lt H5 gt
162. al output ON delay time after start command is given P1 3 21 StartRIyOFF Del 0 0 100 0 s 0 0 321 Relay Digital output OFF delay time after stop command is given Drive Control Parameters M1 gt G1 4 Table 12 5 Drive Control Parameters M1 3 G1 4 ID Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Number Description P1 4 1 Start Mode 0 1 0 401 0 Ramp 1 Flying start P1 4 2 Stop Mode 0 1 1 402 0 Coasting 1 Ramp P1 4 3 Brake Chopper 0 4 0 403 Brake Chopper Mode Selection 0 Brake NO Test NO 1 Brake YES Run Test YES Ready run 2 Brake chopper EXTERNAL Test NO 3 Brake YES Ready run Test YES Ready run 4 Brake YES Run Test NO P1 4 4 S curve Time 0 0 10 0 s 0 0 404 Smooth ratio for S curve 12 10 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com LIT 1201828 johnson JJ Controls November 2009 Prohibit Frequencies M1 G1 5 Table 12 6 Prohibit Frequencies M1 G1 5 Powered by Eaton Technology VSD Series Drives User Manual ID Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Number Description P1 5 1 SkipF1 Low Lim 0 0 100 0 96 0 0 501 Prohibit speed range 1 low limit P1 5 2 SkipF1 High Lim Range 1 100 0 0 0 502 Prohibit speed range 1 high limit Low_Lim 0 No prohibit frequency range P1 5 3 SkipF2 Low Lim 0 0 100 0 0 0 503 Prohibit speed range 2 low limit P1 5 4 SkipF2 High Lim
163. alue V7 23 Pl Error 10000 10000 0 23 V7 24 Pl Output 0 0 100 0 Yo 0 0 24 V7 25 RO 1 RO 2 RO 3 0 7 21 Monitoring the OPTB5 relay outputs G7 26 Multimonitor Displays three monitor values simultaneously Operate Menu M8 The Operate Menu provides an easy to use method of viewing key numerical Monitoring Menu items It also allows the setting of the keypad frequency reference See Chapter 6 for more information LIT 1201828 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com 13 19 Ha Johnson 4 p VSD Series Drives User Manual Controls Powered by Eaton Technology November 2009 13 20 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com LIT 1201828 Johmsan JJ Controls Powered by Eaton Technology VSD Series Drives User Manual November 2009 ES Chapter 14 Temperature Control Application SVCHS205 Introduction The Temperature Control Application is typically used to control levels of pumps in fans with a pressure transducer and provide F C units to a keypad The direct frequency reference can be used for the control without the PI controller and is selected from the analog inputs fieldbus motor potentiometer or keypad The Temperature Control Application is typically used to control Building temperature In these applications the Temperature Control Application provides a smooth control and an inte
164. are automatically set to the corresponding values If you need different values for the field weakening point and the maximum output voltage change these parameters after setting ID105 and ID106 V Hz curve middle point frequency If the programmable V Hz curve has been selected with ID108 this parameter defines the middle point frequency of the curve See Figure 15 15 V Hz curve middle point voltage If the programmable V Hz curve has been selected with the ID108 this parameter defines the middle point voltage of the curve See Figure 15 15 Output voltage at zero speed If the programmable V Hz curve has been selected with the ID108 this parameter defines the zero frequency voltage of the curve See Figure 15 15 Switching frequency Motor noise can be minimized using a high switching frequency Increasing the switching frequency reduces the rating of the drive The range of switching frequencies is dependent upon the horsepower size of the drive Table 15 4 Size Dependent Switching Frequencies Type Min kHz Max kHz Default kHz 230V 1 20 hp 1 0 16 0 3 6 480V 1 1 2 40 hp 230V 25 40 hp 1 0 10 0 3 6 480V 50 250 hp 15 18 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com LIT 1201828 Johmsan JJ Controls Powered by Eaton Technology VSD Series Drives User Manual November 2009 610 Overvoltage controller This parameter and ID611 allows the overvoltage undervo
165. bridging connections in the motor connection box e Measure the insulation resistance of each motor winding The measurement voltage must equal at least the motor nominal voltage but not exceed 1000V e The insulation resistance must be gt 1MQ LIT 1201828 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com 3 9 Ha Johnson 4 p VSD Series Drives User Manual Controls Powered by Eaton Technology November 2009 3 10 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com LIT 1201828 Johmsan JJ Controls Powered by Eaton Technology VSD Series Drives User Manual November 2009 BESE Chapter 4 Control Wiring General Information The control unit of the VSD Series drive consists of the control board and various option boards that plug into the five slot connectors A to E of the control board Galvanic isolation of the control terminals is provided as follows e Control connections are isolated from power and the GND terminals are permanently connected to ground e Digital inputs are galvanically isolated from the I O ground e Relay outputs are double isolated from each other at 300V AC Option Board General Information The VSD Series drives can accommodate a wide selection of expander and adapter boards to customize the drive for your application needs The drive s control unit is designed to accept a total of five option boards Option boards are available for normal analog and digital inputs and outputs for c
166. c PI Upon initial power up the Start Up Wizard guides the commissioner through the basic VSD Series setup The Start Up Wizard may be set to function upon power up by setting parameter P5 5 3 or by pressing the STOP RESET button for 5 seconds while in the Operate Menu The display will read Start Up Wizard Activate after 5 seconds Steps 1 START UP WIZARD PRESS ENTER e LANGUAGE ENGLISH enter oJ APPLICATION REMOTE INPUT ca SETUP STARTS PRESS ENTER enter 4d US METRIC UNITS us enter oJ MOTOR NP CURRENT XXX R enter oJ MOTOR NP VOLTAGE XXX V enter oJ Continued Start of the Start Up Wizard Language selection e Duct Building Pressure Temperature Generic PI By pressing Gm setup will start By pressing the setup will be stopped US Metric units are used only in Duct Building Pressure and Temperature applications Motor Name Plate current in Amps XX X A Default will vary depending on drive size Motor Name Plate voltage in Volts XXX V Default is same as drive nominal voltage Note Use 1 for changing parameter Then press ENTER to save and move forward Figure 7 1 Start Up Wizard Navigation 1 of 3 7 4 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com LIT 1201828 Johmsan JJ Controls Powered by Eaton Technology VSD Series Drives User Manual November 2009 Y MOTOR NP FRED Motor
167. ce and controls Ba 14 DI 4 Speed Select 1 Contact closed Speed Select 1 Baal as Sa programmable Interlock Wiring BP 15 DI 5 Fire Mode Contact closed Fire Mode active EE CE programmable p 16 DI 6 Overload relay Intelli Pass Contact open no fault Sap rs programmable Contact closed fault _ 17 CMB Common for DI 4 DI 6 Connect to GND or 24V DC DAUNA 18 AO 1 Output frequency Programmable Factory Default NE 19 A0 1 Analog output Range 0 20 mA RL max 500w 20 DO 1 Digital output Programmable B READY Open collector lt 50 mA V lt 48V DC Defaults OPTA2 21 22 Opens on RUN 21 RO 1 Relay output 1 Programmable ee D RO 1 J Drive RUN is default 283 RO 1 24 25 Opens on FAULT 24 RO 2 Relay output 2 Programmable Sia Coses on RATE 25 RO 2 J Drive FAULT is default 26 RO2 Note For more information on jumper selections see Chapter 4 X3 Jumper Setting CMA and CMB Grounding ee CMB Connected to Ground A CAUTION CMA Connected to Ground Unattended start will occur if power efe CMB Isolated from Ground 1 1 1 mel swe iste eee ceca is supplied with Start Command eie CMB and CMA Internally Connected activated ee and Isolated from Ground 13 2 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com LIT 1201828 johnson JJ Controls November 2009 Powered by Eaton Technology VSD
168. ce can be set between 0 and 100 This reference value is the active PI reference if ID115 2 Units are application dependent 1701 Preset Speed to 1707 Digital Input s for Preset Speed 1 Preset Speed 2 Preset Speed 3 Status 0 0 0 OFF 1 0 0 Preset Speed 1 0 1 0 Preset Speed 2 1 1 0 Preset Speed 3 0 0 1 Preset Speed 4 1 0 1 Preset Speed 5 1 1 0 Preset Speed 6 1 1 1 Preset Speed 7 Table 15 6 Preset Speeds ID Code Parameter Min Max Unit Step Default Number Description P1 10 1 Preset Speed 1 O 100 0 0 1 30 0 1701 Preset speeds when P1 10 2 PresetSpeed2 0 100 0 0 1 40 0 1702 Digital Inputs are P1 10 3 PresetSpeed3 0 100 0 0 1 50 0 1703 programmed P1 10 4 Preset Speed4 O 100 0 0 1 60 0 1704 P1 10 5 Preset Speed 5 O 100 0 0 1 70 0 1705 P1 10 6 Preset Speed 6 O 100 0 96 0 1 80 0 1706 P1 10 7 Preset Speed 7 O 100 0 0 1 90 0 1707 15 28 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com LIT 1201828 johnson JJ Controls Powered by Eaton Technology VSD Series Drives User Manual November 2009 aaa Appendix A Technical Data Specifications Table A 1 VSD Series Drive Specifications Description Specification Power Connections Input Voltage Vi 230V 10 15 480V 10 15 575V 10 15 Input Frequency fin 50 60 Hz variation up to 45 66 Hz Connection to Utility Power Once per minute or less typical operation High Interrupt Rating Th
169. change unless the ENTER button is pushed Note For special navigation tips for M8 see Page 6 21 6 4 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com LIT 1201828 johnson 4 Con Powered by Eaton Technology VSD Series Drives User Manual November 2009 P5 6 1 Default Page t M1 Programming 1 G1 1 Quick Setup L G1 Field Bus G t M2 Keypad Control 2 R2 1 Speed Setpoint P2 2 Keypad Direction P2 5 PI StPt Default M3 Active Faults 3 A3 1 Active Fault 1 Menu Navigation Operation Days T3 1 13 Zero Speed Up Arrow The up arrow I advances to the next A3 x Active Fault x CG menu item For example pressing the M4 Fault History 4 up arrow once will H4 1 Most Recent Fault advance from M1 to M2 T4 1 1 Operation Days Down Arrow The down T4 1 13 Zero Speed arrow backs up to the ret previous menu item HA4 1 x Oldest Saved Fault For example pressing the M5 System Menu 5 down arrow once will back f M2 to M1 S5 1 Language 4pTom to t S5 2 Application 2 S5 3 Copy Parameters Right Arrow The right S5 4 Compare Parameters arrow will advance to the A next level in the menu SAD Security O For example pressing the 25 9 Keypad Settings right kaiba Ara wl S5 7 Hardware Settings advance from M2 to R2 1 S5
170. ct 1 9 Fire Mode Closed Contact 10 Speed Select 2 11 Speed Select 3 12 Force Bypass 13 External interlock closed 14 External interlock open 15 Mot Pot UP 16 Mot Pot DOWN 17 Fire Mode Open Contact P1 2 10 A Al 1 Minimum 0 00 Max 96 0 00 217 Default applies for OV or 0 mA P1 2 11 A AI 1 Maximum Min 100 0 96 100 00 218 Default applies for 10V or 20 mA P1 2 12 A Al 1 Invert 0 1 0 209 0 Not inverted 1 Inverted P1 2 13 A Al 1 Filter 0 00 10 00 s 0 10 210 0 No filtering P1 2 14 A Al 2 Minimum 0 00 Max 96 20 00 219 Default applies for 2V or 4 mA P1 2 15 A AI 2 Maximum Min 100 0 96 100 00 220 Default applies for 10V or 20 mA LIT 1201828 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com 11 7 johnson JM VSD Series Drives User Manual Controls Powered by Eaton Technology November 2009 Table 11 3 Input Signals M1 gt G1 2 continued ID Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Number Description P1 2 16 A Al 2 Invert 0 1 0 212 0 Not inverted 1 Inverted P1 2 17 A AI 2 Filter 0 00 10 00 S 0 10 213 0 No filtering P1 2 18 StPt Scale Min 0 0 100 0 96 0 0 214 Speed that corresponds to the minimum setpoint signal P1 2 19 StPt Scale Max 0 0 100 0 96 0 0 215 Speed that corresponds to the maximum setpoint signal 0 0962 NOT IN USE P1 2 20 MotPotStPt 0 1 0 221 Parameter to sele
171. ct reset Memory function for motor potentiometer speed setpoint Default No reset Output Signals M1 G1 3 Table 11 4 Output Signals M1 G1 3 ID Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Number Description P1 3 1 A AO 1 Funct 0 8 1 301 Analog output function 0 FB Control Fieldbus Passthrough ProcessDatalN3 1 O P frequency 0 f max 2 Reference frequency 0 f max 3 Motor speed 0 100 x Motor nom speed 4 O P current 0 100 x I nMot 5 Motor torque 0 100 x T nMot 6 Motor power 0 100 x P nMot 7 Motor voltage 0 100 x U nMot 8 DC Bus Voltage 0 100 x U nMot P1 3 2 A AO 1 Filter 0 00 10 00 s 1 00 302 P1 3 3 A AO 1Invert O 1 0 303 0 Not inverted 1 Inverted P1 3 4 A AO 1 Min 0 1 0 304 0 0mA 1 4MA P1 3 5 A AO 1 Scale 10 1000 96 100 305 11 8 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com LIT 1201828 johnson JJ Controls November 2009 Table 11 4 Output Signals M1 gt G1 3 continued Powered by Eaton Technology VSD Series Drives User Manual Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default ID Number Description P1 3 6 A DO 1 Funct 0 26 1 306 Default Drive Ready 0 Not used 1 Drive Ready 2 Drive Running 3 General Fault 4 General Fault inverted 5 Drive overheat warning 6 External fault or warning 7 Reference 4mA fault or warning 8 General Warning 9 Drive Rever
172. ct to GND or 24V DC ____ 18 AO 1 Output frequency Programmable Factory Default RN 19 A0 1 Analog output Range 0 20 mA RL max 500w 20 DO 1 Digital output Programmable READY Open collector lt 50 mA V lt 48V DC Defaults OPTA2 21 22 Opens on RUN 21 RO 1 Relay output 1 Programmable 22 23 Closes on RUN B RO 1 E Drive RUN is default Jess 24 25 Opens on FAULT 24 RO 2 TM Relay output 2 Programmable 25 RO 2 Drive FAULT is default 26 RO2 Note For more information on jumper selections see Chapter 4 X3 Jumper Setting CMA and CMB Grounding CAUTION fe e CMB Connected to Ground AM CAUTION CMA Connected to Ground Unattended start will occur if power efe CMB Isolated from Ground 1 1 1 mel swe iste eee ceca is supplied with Start Command activated eie CMB and CMA Internally Connected ee and Isolated from Ground 12 2 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com LIT 1201828 johnson JJ Controls November 2009 Powered by Eaton Technology VSD Series Drives User Manual Parameter Lists On the next pages you will find the lists of parameters within the respective parameter groups The parameter descriptions are given by ID number in Chapter 15 Column explanations Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default ID Location indication on the keypad Shows the operator the present
173. ctions NEMA Type 1 12 Open Drives Continued Power Wiring 4 If conduit is being used attach the wiring plate to it 5 Pass the motor and input power wires cables through the holes of the wiring plate 6 If shielded cable is used connect the shields of the input line power cable and the motor cable to the motor and power ground terminals of the VSD Series drive Power Wiring Grounding 7 Wire power terminals motor terminals and grounding terminals per diagram Power and Motor leads must be in separate conduit Note Do not wire motor loads to B B R This will cause damage GROUND WIRING e Run motor cables in separate conduit e DO NOT RUN CONTROL WIRES in same conduit e Cables sized per NEC e Provide low impedance ground between drive and Dmm 3r ni motor Utility Drive Motor Ground Inside Motor Conduit Box IMPORTANT Improper grounding could result in damage to the motor and or drive and could void warranty Control Wiring 8 Wire the control terminals following the details for the specific option boards shown on the following pages Note For ease of access the option board terminal blocks can be unplugged for wiring Note If using conduit or Seal Tite for control wiring for Frame 4 you must order NEMA Type 12 kit P EL a d Paraan ms gn LIT 1201828 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com 3 7
174. d 1 operation when either DI 2 DI 4 DI 5 or DI 6 are set to control Speed Select 1 and closed 100 Max Frequency ID102 15 2 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com LIT 1201828 Johmsan JJ Controls Powered by Eaton Technology VSD Series Drives User Manual November 2009 201 Start Mode This parameter determines the start function 0 Start normal start without interlockings 1 Interlocked Start One of the inputs DI 2 to DI 6 must be programmed for selection 13 or 14 Interlock After start command when the interlock is removed the drive will stop and message Interlock Missing will be displayed When the interlock contact is closed the drive will start automatically NOTE To do automatic start with interlock signal the start command must remain ON Blinking run LED on the keypad will indicate that start command is still on and the drive will start as soon as the interlock contact is closed 2 Interlock Time Start This functions the same as the Interlocked Start except that if the interlock contact is not received within the Interlock Timeout an IntlkTime Out message is displayed and the start sequence will need to be restarted 3 Delay Start This start is similar to the Interlocked Start except that a return contact is not used After the Delay Time the Drive starts 202 Interlock Timeout The timeout time used for an Interlocked Time Start after which the start sequence must be re
175. d by Eaton Technology November 2009 Warnings Cautions and Notices Read this manual thoroughly and make sure you understand the procedures before you attempt to install set up or operate this Johnson Controls VSD Series Variable Speed Drive powered by Cutler Hammer technology from Eaton s electrical business Warnings A WARNING Be sure to ground the unit following the instructions in this manual Ungrounded units may cause electric shock and or fire A WARNING This equipment should be installed adjusted and serviced by qualified electrical maintenance personnel familiar with the construction and operation of this type of equipment and the hazards involved Failure to observe this precaution could result in death or severe injury A WARNING Components within the VSD Series power unit are live when the drive is connected to power Contact with this voltage is extremely dangerous and may cause death or severe injury A WARNING Line terminals L1 L2 L3 motor terminals U V W and the DC link brake resistor terminals are live when the drive is connected to power even if the motor is not running Contact with this voltage is extremely dangerous and may cause death or severe injury A WARNING Even though the control l O terminals are isolated from line voltage the relay outputs and other l O terminals may have dangerous voltage present even when the drive is disconnected from power Contact wit
176. d form allow the drive and bypass to become an integrated design enabling Johnson Controls to introduce the world s smallest drive and bypass package The IntelliPass drive comes standard with a Cutler Hammer protective disconnect integrated into the drive and bypass design IntelliPass 2 amp 3 Contactor IntelliPass TYPE 12 2 amp 3 Contactor Bypass Drive Bypass Drive p i M e 208V 1 30 hp 208V 1 1 2 60 hp ama v 230V 1 30 hp E 230V 1 75 hp KI 480V 1 75 hp m E 480V 1 150 hp 575V 3 100 hp A IntelliPass TYPE 3R 2 amp 3 Contactor DX 9100 TYPE 1 2 amp 3 Contactor Bypass Drive Bypass Drive 208V 1 1 2 60 hp E 4 208V 1 1 2 60 hp 230V 1 75 hp 230V 1 75 hp 480V 1 150 hp 480V 1 150 hp 575V 3 100 hp 575V 3 100 hp LIT 1201828 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com 5 1 johnson JJ VSD Series Drives User Manual Controls Powered by Eaton Technology November 2009 Catalog Number Selection Table 5 1 VSD Series IntelliPass IntelliDisconnect Drives Selection Chart Code Number Base Product VS Variable Speed Drive Prefix Horsepower VT 9 001 1 0 hp to 075 2 75 hp Voltage 1 208V 2 PSN 4 480V Enclosure Rating 1 TYPE 1 Enclosure Style 1 IntelliPass 4 IntelliDisconnect Revision A Rev 1 Americas Separator Communications 0 None N N2 XT SA
177. d slot fault caused by a missing or failed board Automatic restart The Automatic restart is used when this parameter is enabled 0 Disabled 1 Automatically transferred to Bypass 2 Reset drive only 3 Reset drive if fails then transferred to Bypass The function resets the following faults max three times every 5 seconds see Appendix B Overcurrent F1 Overvoltage F2 Undervoltage F9 Drive overtemperature F14 Motor overtemperature F16 Reference fault F50 Saturation trip F7 Motor underload F17 e IGBT temperature hardware F31 IGBT temperature software F41 15 20 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com LIT 1201828 Johmsan JJ Controls Powered by Eaton Technology VSD Series Drives User Manual November 2009 707 Motor Thermal Protection 0 No response 1 Warning 2 Fault stop mode after fault according to ID402 3 Fault stop mode after fault always by coasting If tripping is selected the drive will stop and activate the fault stage Deactivating the protection ie setting parameter to O will reset the thermal stage of the motor to 096 708 Motor Thermal Protection Motor Ambient Temperature Factor The factor can be set between 100 096 100 096 709 Motor Thermal Protection Motor Cooling Factor at Zero Speed The current can be set between 0 150 0 x Inmotor This parameter sets the value for thermal current at zero frequency See Figure 15 16
178. determines if the operator is allowed to replace the values being monitored with other values Keypad Settings S5 6 There are five parameters Default Page to Backlight Time associated with the keypad operation P5 6 1 Default Page P5 6 2 Default Page in the Operating Menu P5 6 3 Timeout Time Range 0 8 Default 0 DEFAULT PAGE This parameter sets the view the display shows when entering the Programming Mode See Figure 6 3 on Page 6 5 0 1 M1 Programming 2 M2 Keypad Control M3 Active Faults M4 Fault History M5 System Menu M6 Expander Boards M7 Monitor M8 Operate Mode o 0010 W Range 0 16 Default 0 DEFAULT PAGE ON Here you can set the location in the Operating menu to which the display automatically moves as the set Timeout Time expires or when the keypad power is switched on See Table 6 14 on Page 6 21 0 1 O1 Output Frequency 2 02 Actual Speed 3 03 Speed Setpoint 16 O16 Multimonitor Range 0 65 535 Default 60 Units Seconds HREDUT TIRE The Timeout Time setting defines the time after which the keypad display returns to the Default Page Note If the Default Page value is 0 the Timeout Time setting has no effect 6 14 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com LIT 1201828 Johmsan JJ Controls Powered by Eaton Technology VSD Series Drives User Manual November 2009 P5 6 4 Default 18 Contrast CONTRAST ADJUSTMENT Adjustment f the display is not clear you ca
179. down The overload should be selected to AUTO to prevent overload trip during Fire Mode operation This is only required if unit is an IntelliPass bypass which uses an electronic overload with contactor to run motor If set to AUTO on the overload the overload fault will be ignored and motor will continue to run N IMPORTANT The electronic overload on the contactor must be set to AUTO otherwise the overload will function normally Note 1 Fire Mode has no effect on Bypass operation 2 Removing the Fire Mode digital input will return the drive to normal operation This parameter determines whether the fire mode function is determined by a contact closure or contact opening on digital input Closing contact initiates fire mode function Option 9 in digital input parameter Opening contact initiates fire mode function Option 14 in digital input parameter Fire Mode Speed Reference Parameter P1 7 20 sets the drive s fire mode speed LIT 1201828 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com 15 25 johnson JM VSD Series Drives User Manual Controls Powered by Eaton Technology November 2009 1001 Fieldbus Data Out to 1008 These parameters can be used to send parameter or monitoring values to fieldbus The values can be selected by using ID numbers Table 15 5 Fieldbus Parameters ID Data Default Description Unit 1001 FB Data Out 1 Select 1 Actual Speed rpm 1002 FB Data Out
180. dw MO 9pI OJd S9 Q8 19MOg JO Buli MA 041u02 YIM ung JON OG DIN Jed pazis 9q O s9e qe Ael 9JIAA sa qes 1030 N 10 BULA 04 009 yM uny JON OQ 40 JINPUOD 6e19 A ajeJedag Ul S3 9EI 101O A Uny Aelp 9JIMX 40 INPUO07 619 A ajeJedag ul Bui qe5 ung S3 0N Uuorn euuo 10 0 S3 ON uorm 9uuo 19MOd Buruoou D 1 IntelliPass with Three Contactors les VSD Ser For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com Figure D 1 LIT 1201828 November 2009 Powered by Eaton Technology Controls Johnson JM VSD Series Drives User Manual uondo p 9 4 e se Jo 9 lJq ay YUM paijddng eg ued spied uomneorunuJulo euordo 91oN Ple uS P B YsO ez ejeq eeg uouwo9 sng snid OX QX4 snui GX i axu aBeyo Ajddns Ag plays 3140 q 10lS ZILdO SJ0mu07 l 310 Q10 S vI1dO SH ine z 1ndino Aejay uny L inding Aejeg g 101S ZYLdO Apeay 1ndino jeubiq indingo Bojeuy AouenbeJ4 nding WX UOWWOD 9NIQ tNIG yney Aejay peo 18AQ ssedAg apo 9J4 L pales peeds puno19 ON indang abeyo 041005 uowwo9 NIG LNIG xoo 191u dl aAlsiWuag UNY yney jeu491x3 dois ueis EH punoly O I x ijnding abeyo onuo9 vw 07 7 aBuey uang 1ndu 6ojeuy punoJ5 O I 9d AOL 0 abuey eBe3 oA 1ndu Dojeuy jnding aouaiajay V10IS IVN9SIS 6VLdO moa moa moa
181. e 12 18 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com LIT 1201828 johnson JJ Controls Powered by Eaton Technology VSD Series Drives User Manual November 2009 Table 12 13 Monitoring Menu continued ID Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Number Description V7 20 Status Word 32768 32767 0 20 b0 Drive Ready b1 Run Enable b2 Drive Running b3 Drive Reversing b4 General Fault b5 General Warning b6 Preset Speed Active b7 Motor Regulator active b8 Output speed supervision indication b9 Setpoint speed supervision indication b10 HAND Control indication b11 AUTO Control indication b12 D IN Firemode b13 Damper control signal b14 Bypass mode status indication b15 Bypass running V7 21 PI Setpoint 10000 10000 WC 0 21 PA V7 22 PI Input 10000 10000 0 22 Actual Sensor Value V7 23 PI Error 10000 10000 0 23 V7 24 PI Output 0 0 100 0 96 0 0 24 V7 25 RO 1 RO 2 RO 3 0 7 0 25 Monitoring the OPTB5 relay outputs G7 26 Multimonitor Displays three monitor values simultaneously Operate Menu M8 The Operate Menu provides an easy to use method of viewing key numerical Monitoring Menu items It also allows the setting of the keypad frequency reference See Chapter 6 for more information LIT 1201828 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com 12 19 Ha Jo
182. e current withstand rating of the drive is 100 000 Amperes When Freedom Starters and an HMCP the current interrupting rating is 100 000 Amperes When used with IT style starters the current interrupting rating is 36 000 Amperes Motor Connections Output Voltage 0 to Vin Continuous Output Current Ambient temperature max 104 F 40 C overload 1 1 x lj 1 min 10 min Starting Torque 11096 Output Frequency 0 to 320 Hz Frequency Resolution 0 01 Hz Control Characteristics Control Method Frequency Control V f Open Loop Sensorless Vector Control Switching Frequency Adjustable with Switching Frequency 230V 1 20 hp 1 to 16 kHz default 3 6 kHz 25 40 hp 1 to 10 kHz default 3 6 kHz 480V 1 40 hp 1 to 16 kHz default 3 6 kHz 50 250 hp 1 to 10 kHz default 3 6 kHz 575V All hp 1 to 6 kHz default 1 5 kHz Frequency Reference Analog Input Resolution 0 1 10 bit accuracy 1 Panel Reference Resolution 0 01 Hz Field Weakening Point 30 to 320 Hz Acceleration Time 0 1 to 3000 sec Deceleration Time 0 1 to 3000 sec Braking Torque DC brake 15 to 150 x T without brake option Environment Ambient Operating 14 F 10 C no frost to 104 F 40 C Temperature Storage Temperature 40 F 40 C to 158 F 70 C Relative Humidity 0 to 95 RH noncondensing non corrosive no dripping water Air Quality Chemical vapors IEC 60721 3 3 unit in operation
183. e highest immunity levels while emission levels meet the requirements noted in the following section EMC Classification the VSD Series drives are EMC classification H capable Class H VSD Series drives have been designed to fulfill the requirements of the product standard EN 61800 3 A11 for the 1st environment restricted distribution and the 2nd environment The emission levels correspond to the requirements of EN 61000 6 4 VSD Series drives fulfill all applicable EMC immunity requirements standards EN 61000 6 1 EN 61000 6 2 and EN 61800 3 A11 Declaration of Conformity The Manufacturer s Declarations of Conformity assuring the compliance of the VSD Series drives with the European Community EC EMC directives is available upon request LIT 1201828 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com A 15 johnson JM VSD Series Drives User Manual Controls Powered by Eaton Technology November 2009 Warranty and Liability Information Johnson Controls Inc warrants the product delivered in the Johnson Controls shipping package to be free from defects in material and workmanship under normal use and service for twenty four 24 months from date of manufacturing Products that fail during this period will be repaired or replaced at Johnson Controls discretion with the same or a functionally equivalent product provided the original purchaser A returns the failed product and B provides proof of original date of purchase
184. e on flame resistant material such as a steel plate to reduce the risk of fire A CAUTION Install the VSD Series drive on a perpendicular surface that is able to support the weight of the drive and is not subject to vibration to lessen the risk of the drive falling and being damaged and or causing personal injury A CAUTION Prevent foreign material such as wire clippings or metal shavings from entering the drive enclosure as this may cause arcing damage and fire A CAUTION Install the VSD Series drive in a well ventilated room that is not subject to temperature extremes high humidity or condensation and avoid locations that are directly exposed to sunlight or have high concentrations of dust corrosive gas explosive gas inflammable gas grinding fluid mist etc Improper installation may result in a fire hazard Motor and Equipment Safety A CAUTION Before starting the motor check that the motor is mounted properly and aligned with the driven equipment Ensure that starting the motor will not cause personal injury or damage equipment connected to the motor A CAUTION Set the maximum motor speed frequency in the VSD Series drive according to the requirements of the motor and the equipment connected to it Incorrect maximum frequency settings can cause motor or equipment damage and the potential for personal injury A CAUTION Before reversing the motor rotation ensure that this will not cause pers
185. eceleratin time when in AUTO mode P1 1 24 US Metric Units 1101 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com LIT 1201828 johnson JJ Controls Powered by Eaton Technology VSD Series Drives User Manual November 2009 Input Signals M1 G1 2 Table 11 3 Input Signals M1 3 G1 2 ID Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Number Description P1 2 1 Start Mode 0 3 1 201 Start Function 0 Normal start without interlockings 1 Interlocked start One of the digital inputs must be programmed to Intlk RunEna DI 3 is defaulted for this feature 2 Mode 1 timeout supervision If the interlock is not OK within the interlock timeout time start request is ignored and must be given again 3 Delayed start Start request is given after delay time has expired P1 2 2 Intlk Stop Mode 0 1 1 216 0 Coasting 1 Ramp P1 2 3 Intlk Timeout 0 00 300 00 s 5 00 202 Interlock timeout time for Start Function 2 Default 5s P1 2 4 Start Delay Time 0 00 300 00 s 5 00 203 Start delay time for Start Function 3 Default 5s P1 2 5 A DI 2 Funct 0 17 1 204 Default 1 External Fault Close 0 Stop pulse when 3 wire start stop logic is selected False Stop True Ready to Run 1 Ext fault closing contact 2 External fault opening contact 3 Fault reset 4 Run enable Closed Contact 5 Force ctrl place to Hand 6 Force ctrl place to Aut
186. ect to GND or 24V DC Oto DOA 418 AO 1 Output frequency Programmable Factory Default 4 19 A0 1 Analog output Range 0 20 mA RL max 500w 20 DO 1 Digital output Programmable 7 READY Open collector 50 mA V lt 48V DC Defaults OPTA2 21 22 Opens on RUN 21 RO 1 TM Relay output 1 Programmable e MCN 22 RO 1 Drive RUN is default 23 T RON 24 25 Opens on FAULT 24 RO 2 TM Relay output 2 Programmable 25 26 Closes on FAULT 25 RO 2 Drive FAULT is default 26 RO2 X3 Jumper Setting CMA and CMB Grounding CMB Connected to Ground CMA Connected to Ground fe CMB Isolated from Ground CMA Isolated from Ground CMB and CMA Internally Connected and Isolated from Ground Note For more information on jumper selections see Chapter 4 A CAUTION Unattended start will occur if power is supplied with Start Command activated 10 2 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com LIT 1201828 johnson JJ Controls November 2009 Powered by Eaton Technology VSD Series Drives User Manual Parameter Lists On the next pages you will find the lists of parameters within the respective parameter groups The parameter descriptions are given by ID number in Chapter 15 Column explanations Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default ID Location indication on the keypad Shows the operator t
187. ed See the separate Brake resistor installation manual 15 12 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com LIT 1201828 Johmsan JJ Controls Powered by Eaton Technology VSD Series Drives User Manual November 2009 404 Acceleration Deceleration Used when not in Auto Mode ramp shape The start and end of the acceleration and deceleration ramps can be smoothed with these parameters Setting a value of 0 0 gives a linear ramp shape which causes acceleration and deceleration to react immediately to the changes in the reference signal Setting a value from 0 1 10 seconds for this parameter produces S shaped acceleration deceleration The acceleration time is determined with ID103 and ID104 1D103 ID104 ID404 Figure 15 11 Acceleration Deceleration S shaped 501 Prohibit frequency area 1 Low limit 502 Prohibit frequency area 1 High limit In some systems it may be necessary to avoid certain frequencies because of mechanical resonance problems With these parameters limits are set for the skip frequency regions See Figure 15 12 LIT 1201828 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com 15 13 Johman JJ VSD Series Drives User Manual Controls Powered by Eaton Technology November 2009 Output Frequency Hz 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 ID503 ID504 ID505 ID506 ID507 ID508 ID509 ID510 ID511 ID512
188. ed 1 0 100 0 96 0 1 30 0 1701 Preset speeds when P1 10 2 PresetSpeed2 0 100 0 0 1 40 0 1702 Digital Inputs are P1 10 3 PresetSpeed3 0 100 0 0 1 50 0 1703 programmed P1 10 4 Preset Speed4 0 100 0 96 0 1 60 0 1704 P1 10 5 Preset Speed 5 0 100 0 96 0 1 70 0 1705 P1 10 6 Preset Speed6 0 100 0 0 1 80 0 1706 P1 10 7 Preset Speed7 0 100 0 0 1 90 0 1707 13 16 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com LIT 1201828 Johmsan JJ Controls Powered by Eaton Technology VSD Series Drives User Manual November 2009 Keypad Control Parameters M2 This menu provides the parameters for the setting of the keypad speed setpoint the selection of motor direction when in keypad operation and when the STOP button is active Table 13 12 Keypad Control Parameters M2 ID Number Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Description R2 1 Speed Setpoint 0 0 100 0 0 0 Keypad Speed Setpoint P2 2 Keypad Direction 0 1 0 1009 Reverse request active from the panel 0 Forward 1 Reverse P2 3 StopButton 0 1 1 1110 Stop button Keypad always Active active Yes No R2 4 PI Setpoint 10000 10000 50 P2 5 PI Setpoint 10000 10000 1011 PI regulators default setpoint Default Keypad Control Parameter ID Numbers are listed separately on Page 15 28 Menus M3 to M6 Menus M3 to M6 provide information on the Active Faults Fault History
189. ed for this feature 2 Mode 1 timeout supervision If the interlock is not OK within the interlock timeout time start request is ignored and must be given again 3 Delayed start Start request is given after delay time has expired P1 2 2 Intlk Stop Mode 0 1 1 216 0 Coasting 1 Ramp P1 2 3 Intlk Timeout 0 00 300 00 s 5 00 202 Interlock timeout time for Start Function 2 Default 5s P1 2 4 Start Delay Time 0 00 300 00 S 5 00 203 Start delay time for Start Function 3 Default 5s P1 2 5 A DI 2 Funct 0 17 1 204 Default 1 External Fault Close 0 Stop pulse when 3 wire start stop logic is selected False Stop True Ready to Run 1 Ext fault closing contact 2 External fault opening contact 3 Fault reset 4 Run enable Closed Contact 5 Force ctrl place to Hand 6 Force ctrl place to Auto 7 Reverse 8 Speed Select 1 9 Fire Mode Closed Contact 10 Speed Select 2 11 Speed Select 3 12 Force Bypass 13 External interlock closed 14 External interlock open 15 Mot Pot UP 16 Mot Pot DOWN 17 Fire Mode Open Contact A CAUTION Unattended start will occur if power is supplied with Start Command activated LIT 1201828 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com 13 5 johnson JM VSD Series Drives User Manual Controls Powered by Eaton Technology November 2009 Table 13 3 Input Signals M1 gt
190. ed seca orb ere eke ew EN ANGIN acr Se NALNG teehee GNE uS EUN A 8 EMC Capability soc a aa kn ox eae soon sedo aod AG due ean XU ae um eae A 15 Declaration of Conformity 0 0c ccc eee eens A 15 Warranty and Liability Information 0 000 ee eee A 16 APPENDIX B FAULT AND WARNING CODES APPENDIX C ACCESSORIES RS 232 Cables Used with VS Drives 0 00000 ccc eee eee RR IR C 1 APPENDIX D WIRING DIAGRAMS For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com LIT 1201828 Johmsan JJ Controls Powered by Eaton Technology VSD Series Drives User Manual November 2009 List of Figures Figure 2 1 Mounting Space Requirements llle eee 2 1 Figure 3 1 Input Power and Motor Cable Stripping and Wire Lengths 3 4 Figure 3 25 isse eb ERE hie ep IS Er Cet puede ex RR EEUU eee eee Ue x exces 3 5 Figure 3 3 Principle Wiring Diagram of VSD Series Power Unit FRA FRb and FRG manmanan na peek Chace RUSO na eed eee RC NUR ERR 3 6 ligure 3 4 octo scUEEIS E o EX Res ador e EE A UR RU Audet ew es 3 8 Figure 3 5 Option Board A9 Location and Settings eee eee ees 3 8 Figure 4 1 Option Board Slots een eens 4 1 Figure 4 2 Option Board A2 Terminal Locations llle 4 2 Figure 4 3 Positive Negative Logic en 4 2 Figure 5 1 Identification of NEMA Type 1 Components 00000 eee eae 5 4 Figure 5 2 VSD Series IntelliPass IntelliDisconnect D
191. emperature V7 11 Motor 0 0 1000 0 0 0 11 Temperature V7 12 A Al 1 10 00 20 00 V 0 00 12 Voltage Input value V V7 13 A AI 2 10 00 20 00 mA 0 00 13 Current Input value mA V7 14 DI 1 DI 2 DI 3 0 7 0 14 DIA 1 DIA 2 and DIA 3 status V7 15 DI 4 DI 5 DI 6 0 7 0 15 DIB 4 DIB 5 and DIB 6 status V7 16 DO 1 RO 1 RO 2 0 7 0 16 DO 1 RO 1 and RO 2 status V7 17 A AO 1 0 00 20 00 mA 0 00 17 V7 18 ActFaultCode 0 200 0 18 Active Fault code V7 19 ActWarnCode 0 200 0 19 Active Warning code 13 18 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com LIT 1201828 johnson JJ Controls November 2009 Powered by Eaton Technology Table 13 13 Monitoring Menu continued VSD Series Drives User Manual Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default ID Number Description V7 20 Status Word 32768 32767 0 20 b0 Drive Ready b1 Run Enable b2 Drive Running b3 Drive Reversing b4 General Fault b5 General Warning b6 Preset Speed Active b7 Motor Regulator active b8 Output speed supervision indication b9 Setpoint speed supervision indication b10 HAND Control indication b11 AUTO Control indication b12 D IN Firemode b13 Damper control signal b14 Bypass mode status indication b15 Bypass running V7 21 PI Setpoint 10000 10000 PSI or kPa 0 21 V7 22 Pl Input 10000 10000 0 22 Actual Sensor V
192. equency Frequency f Hz P1 1 2 Max Frequency FreqMin 320 00 Hz 60 00 102 Maximum output frequency f Hz P1 1 3 Acceleration 0 1 3000 0 S 60 0 103 Time from 0 Hz to maximum Hz Time P1 1 4 Deceleration 0 1 3000 0 S 60 0 104 Time from maximum Hz to 0 Hz Time P1 1 5 Motor NP Voltg 180 Motor V 400 105 Motor nameplate voltage in VoltageMax Volts P1 1 6 Motor NP Freq 8 00 320 00 Hz 60 00 106 Motor nameplate frequency in Hertz P1 1 7 Motor Nom 24 20000 rpm 1720 111 Motor nameplate speed in Rpm Speed P1 1 8 Motor Nom Motor Motor A 5 40 108 Motor nameplate current I A Currnt CurrentMin CurrentMax P1 1 9 Power Factor 0 30 1 00 0 85 109 Motor power factor Cos Phii P1 1 10 Service Factor 0 10 2 00 1 00 110 Motor service factor This will calculate the motor current limit MotorNomCurrent x Service Factor P1 1 11 Current Limit Motor Motor A 7 00 107 Output current limit of the unit in CurrentMin CurrentMax Amps P1 1 12 Start Srce Hand 1 3 1 112 Parameter for Local Start Stop Reverse control location Default Keypad 1 Keypad 2 DI 1 Start 3 I O Three Wire LIT 1201828 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com 11 3 VSD Series Drives User Manual Table 11 2 Quick Setup Parameters M1 gt G1 1 continued Johnson JM Controls Powered by Eaton Technology November 2009 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default ID Number Description P1 1 13 StPt Source Hand 2 1
193. ernal Fault Close 0 Stop pulse when 3 wire start stop logic is selected False Stop True Ready to Run 1 Ext fault closing contact 2 External fault opening contact 3 Fault reset 4 Run enable Closed Contact 5 Force ctrl place to Hand 6 Force ctrl place to Auto 7 Reverse 8 Speed Select 1 9 Fire Mode Closed Contact 10 Speed Select 2 11 Speed Select 3 12 Force Bypass 13 External interlock closed 14 External interlock open 15 Mot Pot UP 16 Mot Pot DOWN 17 Fire Mode Open Contact A CAUTION Unattended start will occur if power is supplied with Start Command activated LIT 1201828 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com 10 5 johnson JM VSD Series Drives User Manual Controls Powered by Eaton Technology November 2009 Table 10 3 Input Signals M1 gt G1 2 continued ID Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Number Description P1 2 6 A DI 3 Funct 0 17 13 205 Default 13 Interlock Run Enable 0 Not Used 1 Ext fault closing contact 2 External fault opening contact 3 Fault reset 4 Run enable Closed Contact 5 Force ctrl place to Hand 6 Force ctrl place to Auto 7 Reverse 8 Speed Select 1 9 Fire Mode Closed Contact 10 Speed Select 2 11 Speed Select 3 12 Force Bypass 13 External interlock closed 14 External interlock open 15 Mot Pot UP 16 Mot Pot DOWN
194. etpoint signal P1 2 19 StPt Scale Max 0 0 100 0 96 0 0 215 Speed that corresponds to the maximum setpoint signal 0 0962 NOT IN USE P1 2 20 MotPotStPt 0 1 0 221 Parameter to select reset Memory function for motor potentiometer speed setpoint Default No reset Output Signals M1 gt G1 3 Table 10 4 Output Signals M1 G1 3 ID Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Number Description P1 3 1 A AO 1 Funct 0 8 1 301 Analog output function 0 FB Control Fieldbus Passthrough ProcessDatalN3 1 O P frequency 0 f max 2 Reference frequency 0 f max 3 Motor speed 0 100 x Motor nom speed 4 O P current 0 10096 x I nMot 5 Motor torque 0 10096 x T nMot 6 Motor power 0 10096 x P nMot 7 Motor voltage 0 10096 x U nMot 8 DC Bus Voltage 0 10096 x U nMot P1 3 2 A AO 1 Filter 0 00 10 00 S 1 00 302 P1 3 3 A AO 1 Invert O 1 0 303 0 Not inverted 1 Inverted P1 3 4 A AO 1 Min 0 1 0 304 0 0mA 124mA P1 3 5 A AO 1 Scale 10 1000 Yo 100 305 10 8 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com LIT 1201828 johnson JJ Controls November 2009 Table 10 4 Output Signals M1 gt G1 3 continued Powered by Eaton Technology VSD Series Drives User Manual Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default ID Number Description
195. everse 8 Speed Select 1 9 Fire Mode Closed Contact 10 Speed Select 2 11 Speed Select 3 12 Force Bypass 13 External interlock closed 14 External interlock open 15 Mot Pot UP 16 Mot Pot DOWN 17 Fire Mode Open Contact P1 2 7 A DI 4 Funct 0 17 8 206 Default 8 Speed Select 1 0 Not Used 1 Ext fault closing contact 2 External fault opening contact 3 Fault reset 4 Run enable Closed Contact 5 Force ctrl place to Hand 6 Force ctrl place to Auto 7 Reverse 8 Speed Select 1 9 Fire Mode Closed Contact 10 Speed Select 2 11 Speed Select 3 12 Force Bypass 13 External interlock closed 14 External interlock open 15 Mot Pot UP 16 Mot Pot DOWN 17 Fire Mode Open Contact 12 6 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com LIT 1201828 johnson JJ Controls Powered by Eaton Technology VSD Series Drives User Manual November 2009 Table 12 3 Input Signals M1 3 G1 2 continued ID Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Number Description P1 2 8 A DI 5 Funct 0 17 9 207 Default 9 Fire Mode 0 Not Used 1 Ext fault closing contact 2 External fault opening contact 3 Fault reset 4 Run enable Closed Contact 5 Force ctrl place to Hand 6 Force ctrl place to Auto 7 Reverse 8 Speed Select 1 9 Fire Mode Closed Contact 10 Speed Select 2 11 Speed Select 3
196. feedback Programmable x 6 24V DC Control voltage output Voltage for switches etc max 0 1A _ 7 GND O ground Ground for reference and controls External ko nag a 8 DI 1 Start Stop Control Contact closed start Erud p 9 DI 2 External fault input Contact closed fault i TE T programmable Contact open no fault i pra 10 DI 3 External Interlock Contact closed OK pig ee programmable Open Interlocked 11 CMA Common for DI 1 DI 3 Connect to GND or 24V DC lcg L 12 24V DC Control voltage output Voltage for switches see terminal 6 113 GND I O ground Ground for reference and controls Ba 14 DI 4 Speed Select 1 Contact closed Speed Select 1 peau e XOT programmable nterlock Wiring BP 15 DI 5 Fire Mode Contact closed Fire Mode active EE CE programmable p 16 DI 6 Overload relay Intelli Pass Contact open no fault Sap rs programmable Contact closed fault _ 17 CMB Common for DI 4 DI 6 Connect to GND or 24V DC DAUNA 18 AO 1 Output frequency Programmable Factory Default NE 19 A0 1 Analog output Range 0 20 mA RL max 500w 20 DO 1 Digital output Programmable B READY Open collector lt 50 mA V lt 48V DC Defaults OPTA2 21 22 Opens on RUN 21 RO 1 Relay output 1 Programmable ee D RO 1 J Drive RUN is default 283 RO 1 24 25 Opens on FAULT 24 RO 2 Relay output 2 Programmable Sia Coses on RATE 25 RO 2 J Drive FAULT is default 26 RO2 Note
197. grated measurement and control package where no additional components are needed Digital inputs DI 2 DI 3 and DI 5 and all outputs are freely programmable Additional functions Analog input signal range selection One frequency limit supervision Torque limit supervision Speed setpoint limit supervision Programmable start and stop functions DC Brake Chopper Six skip frequency areas Programmable V Hz curve and switching frequency Auto restart Motor thermal and stall protection Programmable action off warning fault Motor underload protection Input and output phase supervision Details of the parameters shown in this section are available in Chapter 15 of this Manual listed by parameter ID number LIT 1201828 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com 14 1 johnson JJ VSD Series Drives User Manual Controls Powered by Eaton Technology November 2009 Control Input Output Table 14 1 Temperature Control Application Default I O Configuration Terminal Signal Description OPTA9 il 10V DCrer Reference output Voltage for potentiometer etc 2 Al 1 Analog input voltage range Voltage input for PI setpoint or oto1ovoc 0 10V DC feedback Programmable Factory Default ___ 3 Al 1 O Ground Ground for reference and controls PAPET c 4 Al 2 Analog input current range Current input for PI setpoint
198. gulator active b8 Output speed supervision indication b9 Setpoint speed supervision indication b10 HAND Control indication b11 AUTO Control indication b12 D IN Firemode b13 Damper control signal b14 Bypass mode status indication b15 Bypass running V7 21 PI Setpoint 10000 10000 WC 0 PA 21 V7 22 Pl Input 10000 10000 0 22 Actual Sensor Value V7 23 Pl Error 10000 10000 0 23 V7 24 Pl Output 0 0 100 0 0 0 24 V7 25 RO 1 RO 2 RO 3 0 7 25 Monitoring the OPTB5 relay outputs G7 26 Multimonitor Displays three monitor values simultaneously When OPTB5 is not installed in option slot C this is not displayed Operate Menu M8 The Operate Menu provides an easy to use method of viewing key numerical Monitoring Menu items It also allows the setting of the keypad frequency reference See Chapter 6 for more information LIT 1201828 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com 11 19 Ha Johnson 4 p VSD Series Drives User Manual Controls Powered by Eaton Technology November 2009 11 20 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com LIT 1201828 Johmsan JJ Controls Powered by Eaton Technology VSD Series Drives User Manual November 2009 BSA Chapter 12 Building Static Application SVCHS203 Introduction The Building
199. h this voltage is extremely dangerous and may cause death or severe injury A WARNING The VSD Series drive has a large capacitive leakage current during operation which can cause enclosure parts to be above ground potential Proper grounding as described in this manual is required Failure to observe this precaution could result in death or severe injury A WARNING Before applying power to the VSD Series drive make sure that the front and cable covers are closed and fastened to prevent exposure to potential electrical fault conditions Failure to observe this precaution could result in death or severe injury VSD Series Drives User Manual LIT 1201828 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com xi VSD Series Drives User Manual Cautions Johnson Ji Controls Powered by Eaton Technology A WARNING An upstream disconnect protective device must be provided as required by the National Electric Code NEC Failure to follow this precaution may result in death or severe injury A WARNING Before opening the VSD Series drive covers Disconnect all power to the VSD Series drive Wait a minimum of 5 five minutes after all the lights on the keypad are off This allows time for the DC bus capacitors to discharge A hazardous voltage may still remain in the DC bus capacitors even if the power has been turned off Confirm that the capacitors have fully discharged by measuring their voltage using a m
200. he present parameter number Name of parameter Minimum value of parameter Maximum value of parameter Unit of parameter value Given if available Value preset by factory D number of the parameter for reference to Chapter 15 Quick Setup Parameters M1 G1 1 Table 10 2 Quick Setup Parameters M1 G1 1 ID Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Number Description P1 1 1 Min Frequency 0 00 Max Hz 12 00 101 Minimum output frequency Frequency f Hz P1 1 2 Max Frequency FreqMin 320 00 Hz 60 00 102 Maximum output frequency f Hz P1 1 3 Acceleration 0 1 3000 0 S 60 0 103 Time from 0 Hz to maximum Hz Time P1 1 4 Deceleration 0 1 3000 0 S 60 0 104 Time from maximum Hz to 0 Hz Time P1 1 5 Motor NP Voltg 180 Motor V 400 105 Motor nameplate voltage in VoltageMax Volts P1 1 6 Motor NP Freq 8 00 320 00 Hz 60 00 106 Motor nameplate frequency in Hertz P1 1 7 Motor Nom 24 20000 rpm 1720 111 Motor nameplate speed in Rpm Speed P1 1 8 Motor Nom Motor Motor A 5 40 108 Motor nameplate current I A Currnt CurrentMin CurrentMax P1 1 9 Power Factor 0 30 1 00 0 85 109 Motor power factor Cos Phii P1 1 10 Service Factor 0 10 2 00 1 00 110 Motor service factor This will calculate the motor current limit MotorNomCurrent x Service Factor P1 1 11 Current Limit Motor Motor A 7 00 107 Output current limit of the unit in CurrentMin CurrentMax Amps P1 1
201. hnson 4 p VSD Series Drives User Manual Controls Powered by Eaton Technology November 2009 12 20 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com LIT 1201828 Johmsan JJ Controls Powered by Eaton Technology VSD Series Drives User Manual November 2009 slr Chapter 13 Pressure Control Application SVCHS204 Introduction The Pressure Control Application is typically used to control levels of pumps in fans with a pressure transducer and provide PSI kPa units to a keypad The direct frequency reference can be used for the control without the PI controller and is selected from the analog inputs fieldbus motor potentiometer or keypad The Pressure Control Application is typically used to control Pressure pumps In these applications the Pressure Control Application provides a smooth control and an integrated measurement and control package where no additional components are needed Digital inputs DI 2 DI 3 and DI 5 and all outputs are freely programmable Additional functions Analog input signal range selection One frequency limit supervision Torque limit supervision Speed setpoint limit supervision Programmable start and stop functions DC Brake Chopper Six skip frequency areas Programmable V Hz curve and switching frequency Auto restart Motor thermal and stall protection Programmable action off warning fault Motor underload protection Input and output phase supervision Details of the parameters
202. hnson JM VSD Series Drives User Manual Controls Powered by Eaton Technology November 2009 Tables 10 8 Protections M1 gt G1 7 continued ID Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Number Description p1 7 15 Underload 0 3 0 716 0 No response Protection 1 Warning 2 Fault stop mode after fault according to ID402 3 Fault stop mode after fault always by coasting P1 7 16 UP fnom Torque 10 0 150 00 50 0 717 Minimum torque allowed when above FWP P1 7 17 UP f0 Torque 5 0 150 00 96 10 0 718 Minimum torque allowed with zero frequency P1 7 18 UP Time Limit 2 00 600 00 S 20 00 719 P1 7 19 Autom Restart 0 3 0 706 Resets faults See Page 15 20 0 Disabled 1 Automatically transferred to Bypass 2 Reset drive only 3 Reset drive if fails transferred to Bypass P1 7 20 Fire Mode Speed 0 100 0 100 804 When fire mode input is triggered drive will run at fire mode speed Fieldbus Parameters M1 gt G1 8 Table 10 9 Fieldbus Parameters M1 gt G1 8 ID Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Number Description P1 8 1 FB Data Out1 Sel 0 10000 19 1001 Fieldbus process data output 1 selection Default Actual Speed P1 8 2 FB Data Out2 Sel 0 10000 50 1002 Fieldbus process data output 2 selection Default Motor Current P1 8 3 FB Data Out3 Sel 0 10000 80 1003 Fieldbus process data output 3 selection Default Motor Voltage P1 8 4 FB
203. in Al 1 signal maximum set speed Output Frequency ID102 Max Frequency Al 1 Term 2 gt 0 100 Figure 15 2 Al 1 Signal Inversion 15 4 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com LIT 1201828 johnson JJ Controls Powered by Eaton Technology VSD Series Drives User Manual November 2009 210 Al 1 signal filter time When this parameter is given a value greater than O the function that filters out disturbances from the incoming analog signal is activated A long filtering time makes the regulation response slower See Figure 15 3 Unfiltered Signal 100 Filtered Signal 63 gt t s Figure 15 3 Al 1 No Signal Filtering 211 Analog input Al 2 signal range 0 0 20 mA 1 4 20 mA Output Frequency ID102 Max Frequency ID303 Al 2 Term 3 4 Jp 0 4mA 20 mA Figure 15 4 Analog Input Al 2 Scaling 212 Analog input Al 2 inversion See ID209 213 Analog input AI 2 lin filter time See ID210 LIT 1201828 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com 15 5 Johnson JJ VSD Series Drives User Manual Controls Powered by Eaton Technology November 2009 214 Setpoint Scale Minimum Setpoint scaling minimum 215 Setpoint Scale Maximum Setpoint scaling maximum Setting value limits O ID214 ID215 lt ID102 If ID215 0 scaling is set OFF Output Frequency Max Freq 100 ID102 I
204. ing in separate conduit e Communication wire must be shielded e RS 232 keypad cable must be less then 25 feet Auxiliary contacts for customer Drive Motor use rated 10 Amps at 600V AC F Ground Ground R E Bypass ay Na tay Na Contactor Starter iL1 Motor Motor H ik TT Xx On Inverter On Bypass L2 il t Kg L3 pe CB Pune 1 NS Line FUSES ICONTACTOR OL1 Incoming lir e N Npa aem Bt Inverter um TU RUM Pawar 12 512 1L2 4 Hepe cas 12 vra 112 il2 T Manual L3 LL3gtsT3 1L3 1 pasig E E is was 13 iL3 Reset N See Fi 3 imn E i ote See Figure uu Optional Optional OPTAS SIGNAL Slot A for Di Oa X2 LT Ly e 1 10V Reference Output F o C p PANG MU 24V DC PS 2 vina Analog peut Voltage Hi utput Contactor X3 X6 Switch H 5 Customer Drive mg mr 3 GND y0 Ground d settings Ground Ground 8 a 4 Lin Analog in ut Currant Bi 5
205. ing this equipment Read the message and follow the instructions carefully A This symbol is the Safety Alert Symbol It occurs with either of two signal words WARNING or CAUTION as described below A WARNING Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which if not avoided can result in serious injury or death A CAUTION Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which if not avoided can result in minor to moderate injury or serious damage to the equipment The situation described in the CAUTION may if not avoided lead to serious results Important safety measures are described in CAUTION as well as WARNING Hazardous High Voltage A WARNING Motor control equipment and electronic controllers are connected to hazardous line voltages When servicing drives and electronic controllers there may be exposed components with housings or protrusions at or above line potential Extreme care should be taken to protect against shock Stand on an insulating pad and make it a habit to use only one hand when checking components Always work with another person in case an emergency occurs Disconnect power before checking controllers or performing maintenance Be sure equipment is properly grounded Wear safety glasses whenever working on electronic controllers or rotating machinery November 2009 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com LIT 1201828 johnson JJ Controls Powere
206. ion 0 No supervision 1 Low limit supervision 2 High limit supervision If the calculated torque value falls below or exceeds the set limit ID317 this function generates a warning message via the digital output DO 1 or via a relay output RO 1 or RO 2 depending on the settings of ID306 to ID311 317 Torque limit supervision value Set here the torque value to be supervised by ID316 318 Frequency converter temperature limit supervision 0 No supervision 1 Low limit supervision 2 High limit supervision If the temperature of the drive falls below or exceeds the set limit ID319 this function generates a warning message via digital output DO 1 or relay outputs RO 1 or RO 2 depending on the settings of ID306 to ID311 319 Frequency converter temperature limit value This temperature value is supervised by ID318 320 Start ON Delay Relay or Digital output ON delay time after start command is given LIT 1201828 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com 15 11 VSD Series Drives User Manual Johnson JJ Controls Powered by Eaton Technology November 2009 321 Start OFF Delay Relay or Digital output OFF delay time after start command is given 401 Start Function Ramp 0 Flying start 1 The drive starts from 0 Hz and accelerates to the set reference frequency within the set acceleration time Load inertia or starting friction may cause prolonged acceleration times The drive is able to start int
207. is automatically restored to the default value A Torque ID717 i ID718 Underload Area t 5 Hz Field Weakening f Point ID604 Figure 15 20 Setting of Minimum Load 718 Underload Protection Zero Frequency Load The torque limit can be set between 5 0 150 0 x Tnmotor This parameter gives the value for the minimum torque allowed with zero frequency See Figure 15 20 If you change ID108 motor nominal current this parameter is automatically restored to the default value 15 24 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com LIT 1201828 johnson JJ Controls Powered by Eaton Technology VSD Series Drives User Manual November 2009 719 804 Underload Time This time can be set between 2 0 and 600 0 sec This is the maximum time allowed for an underload state to exist An internal up down counter counts the accumulated underload time if the underload counter value goes above this limit the protection will cause a trip according to ID716 If the drive is stopped the underload counter is reset to zero See Figure 15 21 Underload Time Counter Trip Area 1D719 Trip Warning ID716 Time gt Underload F L k7 No Underload Figure 15 21 Underload Time Counter Function Fire Mode Function Fire Mode is used to start motor and continue to operate due to emergency conditions Faults will be changed to warnings to prevent shut
208. is connected to the utility the motor connections U T1 V T2 W T3 and DC link brake resistor connections B B and R are live even if the motor is not running 3 Do not make any connections when the VSD Series drive is connected to the utility line 4 Do not open the cover of the VSD Series drive immediately after disconnecting power to the unit because components within the drive remain at a dangerous voltage potential for some time Wait until at least five minutes after the cooling fan has stopped and the keypad or cover indicators are dark before opening the VSD Series drive cover 5 The control I O terminals are isolated from the utility potential but relay outputs and other I Os may have dangerous external voltages connected even if power is disconnected from the VSD Series drive 6 Before connecting to the utility make sure that the cover of the VSD Series drive is closed LIT 1201828 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com 7 1 johnson JM VSD Series Drives User Manual Controls Powered by Eaton Technology November 2009 Sequence of Operation 1 Read and follow all safety precautions 2 Atinstallation ensure That the VSD Series drive and motor are connected to ground b Thatthe utility and motor cables are in accordance with the installation and connection instructions as detailed in Chapter 3 c Thatthe control cables are located as far as possible from the power cables as detailed in Chap
209. ive cardboard can be used for marking the mounting points of the VSD Series on the wall or cabinet LIT 1201828 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com 1 1 1 VSD Series Drives User Manual Controls Catalog Numbering System Table 1 1 VSD Series Open Drives Selection Chart Code Number Powered by Eaton Technology November 2009 Base Product VS Variable Speed Drive Prefix Horsepower VT 001 1 0 hp to 250 250 hp Voltage 2 230V or 208V 4 480V 5 575V Enclosure Rating TYPE 2 TYPE 12 Enclosure Style 0 None Open Drive Revision A Rev 1 Americas C Rev 1 Canada Separator Communications 0 None N N2 XT SA Bus Comm N2 by default L LoNWoRks Network Option 1 00 None Option 2 00 None All horsepower ratings are Variable Torque VT 3to 200 575V 1 1 2 to 250 hp 480V 1 to 100 hp 230V Voltage Ratings 230V 208 240V 480V 380 500V 575V 525 690V N2 XT Communications selectable on drive keypad SA Sensor Actuator Bus for FEC Interface Johnson Controls Open Drive TYPE 1 8 TYPE 12 208 240V 380 500V 525 690V 1 2 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com LIT 1201828 johnson JJ Controls Powered by Eaton Technology November 2009 Chapter 2 Mounting Open TYPE 1 TYPE 12 Drives VSD Series Drives User Manual VSD Series open drive
210. k motor due to Check cabl sudden heavy load increase CU Cables short in the motor short in the cables to the motor unsuitable motor 2 Overvoltage The DC link voltage has Make the deceleration time exceeded its high limit due to longer e too short a deceleration time Use brake chopper and brake high voltage levels or surges resistor standard on some in the utility supply models available as options on others Correct utility supply voltage level is too high Add input impedance to limit surges 3 Ground Earth Fault Current sensing indicates that Check motor and motor cables the sum of motor phase currents is not zero insulation failure in motor or motor cables 5 Charging Switch The charging switch was open Reset the fault and restart when the START command was Should the fault re occur given due to contact your Johnson Controls faulty operation distributor component failure 6 Emergency stop An Emergency stop signal was Determine reason for the received from one of the digital Emergency stop and remedy it inputs 7 Saturation trip defective component Cannot be reset from the motor or motor cable short keypad Switch off power IF THE PROBLEM IS NOT IN THE MOTOR OR ITS CABLES DO NOT RE CONNECT POWER Contact your Johnson Controls distributor If this fault appears simultaneously with Fault 1 check the motor and motor cables 8 System fault component failure Reset the fault and restart
211. l controller P1 1 19 PI Deadband 0 0 100 0 0 0 1111 Deadband for the PI controller P1 1 20 PI Mode 1112 Pl controller acting mode P1 1 21 AutoAccelTime 0 1 3000 0 60 0 1113 Acceleration time when in AUTO mode P1 1 22 AutoDecelTime 0 1 3000 0 60 0 1114 Deceleratin time when in AUTO mode 10 4 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com LIT 1201828 johnson JJ Controls Powered by Eaton Technology VSD Series Drives User Manual November 2009 Input Signals M1 G1 2 Table 10 3 Input Signals M1 3 G1 2 ID Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Number Description P1 2 1 Start Mode 0 3 1 201 Start Function 0 Normal start without interlockings 1 Interlocked start One of the digital inputs must be programmed to Intlk RunEna DI 3 is defaulted for this feature 2 Mode 1 timeout supervision If the interlock is not OK within the interlock timeout time start request is ignored and must be given again 3 Delayed start Start request is given after delay time has expired P1 2 2 Intlk Stop Mode 0 1 1 216 0 Coasting 1 Ramp P1 2 3 Intlk Timeout 0 00 300 00 s 5 00 202 Interlock timeout time for Start Function 2 Default 5s P1 2 4 Start Delay Time 0 00 300 00 S 5 00 203 Start delay time for Start Function 3 Default 5s P1 2 5 A DI 2 Funct 0 17 1 204 Default 1 Ext
212. l indication b12 D IN Firemode b13 Damper control signal b14 Bypass mode status indication b15 Bypass running P1 8 7 FB Data Out7 Sel 0 10000 180 1007 Fieldbus process data output 7 selection Default Active Fault Code P1 8 8 FB Data Out8 Sel 0 10000 190 1008 Fieldbus process data output 8 selection Default Active Warning Code ID number of parameter or variable to be sent over fieldbus ID 1 20 are Monitoring values Menu 7 M7 See Table 12 13 LIT 1201828 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com 12 15 johnson JJ VSD Series Drives User Manual Controls Powered by Eaton Technology November 2009 PI Control Parameters M1 gt G1 9 Table 12 10 PI Control Parameters M1 3 G1 9 ID Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Number Description P1 9 1 US Metric Units 0 1 0 1101 P1 9 2 Setpoint Min Sensor Min Pl_Setpoint_ 100 1102 Minimum limit for the Max PI Controller setpoint P1 9 3 Setpoint Max PI Setpoint Sensor Max 100 1103 Maximum limit for the Min PI Controller setpoint P1 9 4 PI StPt Ramp 0 00 20 00 S 1 00 1104 Parameter for the PI Setpoint Time ramp time Default 1 00s P1 9 5 Pl Input Source 0 5 0 1106 PI Controller Input Source Selection Default 0 A AI 1 0 A AI 1 1 A Al 2 2 Fieldbus ProcessData1 3 Min Both
213. lectable on drive keypad SA Sensor Actuator Bus for FEC Interface Table 5 3 Options List Option Description 00 None P3 Line Fuses formerly Drive Isolation Fusing Provides high level fault protection of the input power circuit from the load side of the fuses to the input side of the power transistors The option consists of three 200 kA fuses which are factory mounted in the enclosure P6 Third Contactor Drive Isolation Provides load side isolation to the drive in the event of an SCR or DC Bus failure allowing the drive to go into bypass without tripping the circuit breaker Typically used in critical applications or when required in a specification P9 Line Fuses amp Third Contactor SA Space Heater w Transformer Prevents condensation from forming in the enclosure when the drive is inactive or in storage Includes a thermostat for variable temperature control IntelliPass only Table 5 4 Option Notes All VSD Series IntelliPass Drives incorporate two factory installed Auxiliary Contacts formerly the K9 option P3 Line Fuses Line Fuses on load side of breaker in both drive and bypass modes Always included in the part number for 575V Enclosed IntelliPass Drives P9 Line Fuses amp Mutually exclusive from Option P3 Line Fuses in 575V Enclosed Third Contactor IntelliPass Drives SA Space Heater Only available for TYPE 3R Enclosure Rating 3
214. limit A Stall Area ID713 ID715 f Figure 15 18 Stall Characteristics Settings 714 Stall Time This time can be set between 1 0 and 120 This is the maximum time allowed for a stall stage The stall time is counted by an internal up down counter If the stall time counter value goes above this limit the protection will cause a trip see ID712 Stall Time Counter Trip Area ID714 X Trip Warning ID712 Time gt hat LT Ct No Stall Figure 15 19 Stall Time Count 715 Stall Frequency Limit The frequency can be set between 1 fmax ID102 For a stall state to occur the output frequency must remain below this limit LIT 1201828 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com 15 23 johnson JM VSD Series Drives User Manual Controls Powered by Eaton Technology 716 717 November 2009 Underload Protection 0 No response 1 Warning 2 Fault stop mode after fault according to ID402 3 Fault stop mode after fault always by coasting If tripping is set active the drive will stop and activate the fault stage Deactivating the protection by setting the parameter to O will reset the underload time counter to zero Underload Protection Field Weakening Area Load The torque limit can be set between 10 0 150 0 x TnMotor This parameter gives the value for the minimum torque allowed when the output frequency is above the field weakening point See Figure 15 20 If you change ID108 motor nominal current this parameter
215. ls com LIT 1201828 johnson JJ Controls November 2009 Table 9 3 Input Signals M1 gt G1 2 continued Powered by Eaton Technology VSD Series Drives User Manual Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default ID Number Description P1 2 8 A DI 5 Funct 0 17 9 207 Default 49 Fire Mode 0 Not Used 1 Ext fault closing contact 2 External fault opening contact 3 Fault reset 4 Run enable Closed Contact 5 Force ctrl place to Hand 6 Force ctrl place to Auto 7 Reverse 8 Speed Select 1 9 Fire Mode Closed Contact 10 Speed Select 2 11 Speed Select 3 12 Force Bypass 13 External interlock closed 14 External interlock open 15 Mot Pot UP 16 Mot Pot DOWN 17 Fire Mode Open Contact P1 2 9 A DI 6 Funct 0 17 208 Default 0 Overload Fault Relay input 0 Overload Fault Relay input Used in Intellipass 1 Ext fault closing contact 2 External fault opening contact 3 Fault reset 4 Run enable Closed Contact 5 Force ctrl place to Hand 6 Force ctrl place to Auto 7 Reverse 8 Speed Select 1 9 Fire Mode Closed Contact 10 Speed Select 2 11 Speed Select 3 12 Force Bypass 13 External interlock closed 14 External interlock open 15 Mot Pot UP 16 Mot Pot DOWN 17 Fire Mode Open Contact P1 2 10 A Al 1 Invert 209 0 Not inverted 1 Inverted P1 2 11
216. ltage controller to be switched out of operation This may be useful for example if the utility supply voltage varies more than 15 to 10 and the application will not tolerate the overvoltage undervoltage When on this controller adjusts the output frequency based on the supply voltage fluctuations Note An overvoltage trip may occur if the controller is switched off 0 Controller switched off 1 Controller switched on no ramping Minor adjustments of OP frequency are made 2 Controller switched on with ramping Controller adjusts OP freq up to max freq 611 Undervoltage controller See ID610 Note An undervoltage trip may occur if the controller is switched off 0 Controller switched off 1 Controller switched on 612 Identification Identification run is a part of tuning the motor and the drive specific parameters It is a tool for commissioning and service of the drive with the aim to find the best parameter values possible for most drives The automatic motor identification calculates or measures the motor parameters that are needed for optimum motor and speed control 0 No action No identification requested 1 Identification without motor run The drive is run without speed to identify the motor parameters The motor is supplied with current and voltage but with zero frequency 2 Identification with motor run The drive is run with speed to identify the motor parameters Note It is recommended tha
217. ltage Check Insert red Insert red Insert red 25 55V DC Insert black multimeter lead multimeter lead multimeter lead multimeter lead 21096 Note Set the multimeter to the diode function and check each motor terminal consecutively with each DC bus terminal as indicated in Table 5 11 Table 5 11 Static Checks of Inverter Insert black multimeter lead B 1st Voltage Check Insert red multimeter lead multimeter lead Insert black multimeter lead multimeter lead Insert black multimeter lead multimeter lead Insert black multimeter lead DC Bus Terminal Motor Terminal on Contactor if Bypass or Output Contactor Multimeter ti T2 T3 Reading B 1st Overload Check Insert black Insert black Insert black OL Insert red multimeter lead multimeter lead multimeter lead multimeter lead B 2nd Overload Check Insert red Insert red Insert red OL 25 40V DC 10 B 2nd Voltage Check Insert black multimeter lead Insert red multimeter lead Insert red multimeter lead Insert red multimeter lead 25 40V DC 10 5 14 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com LIT 1201828 johnson JJ Controls November 2009 Powered by Eaton Technology VSD Series Drives User Manual Note Set the multimeter to the ohm function and check the power gur
218. m 12 7 VSD Series Drives User Manual Table 12 3 Input Signals M1 gt G1 2 continued johnson JM Controls Powered by Eaton Technology November 2009 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default ID Number Description P1 2 19 StPt Scale Max 0 0 100 0 Vo 0 0 215 Speed that corresponds to the maximum setpoint signal 0 0 NOT IN USE P1 2 20 MotPotStPt 0 Memory 221 Parameter to select reset function for motor potentiometer speed setpoint Default No reset Output Signals M1 gt G1 3 Table 12 4 Output Signals M1 gt G1 3 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default ID Number Description P1 3 1 A AO 1 Funct O 8 1 301 Analog output function 0 FB Control Fieldbus Passthrough ProcessDatalN3 1 O P frequency 0 f max 2 Reference frequency 0 f max 3 Motor speed 0 10096 x Motor nom speed 4 O P current 0 10096 x I nMot 5 Motor torque 0 10096 x T nMot 6 Motor power 0 10096 x P nMot 7 Motor voltage 0 10096 x U nMot 8 DC Bus Voltage 0 10096 x U nMot P1 3 2 A AO 1 Filter 0 00 10 00 S 1 00 302 P1 3 3 A AO 1 Invert O 303 0 Not inverted 1 Inverted P1 3 4 A AO 1 Min 0 304 0 0mA 124mA P1 3 5 A AO 1 Scale 10 1000 96 100 305 12 8 For more infor
219. mation visit www johnsoncontrols com LIT 1201828 johnson JJ Controls November 2009 Table 12 4 Output Signals M1 gt G1 3 continued Powered by Eaton Technology VSD Series Drives User Manual Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default ID Number Description P1 3 6 A DO 1 Funct 0 26 1 306 Default Drive Ready 0 Not used 1 Drive Ready 2 Drive Running 3 General Fault 4 General Fault inverted 5 Drive overheat warning 6 External fault or warning 7 Reference 4mA fault or warning 8 General Warning 9 Drive Reversing 10 Preset Speed Active 11 Speed setpoint Actual Speed At speed 12 Motor regulator activated 13 Actual Speed limit supervision 14 Speed Setpoint limit supervision 15 Torque limit supervision 16 Timer On Timer Off output control Trigger is run request 17 Selections 16 inverted 18 Frequency converter temperature limit supervision 19 Unrequested rotation direction 20 Thermistor fault warning 21 Hand Control Active 22 Auto Control Active 23 DI Fire Mode Active 24 Relay to energize an external element before starting the drive 25 FB Control 26 Bypass Run P1 3 7 B RO 1 Funct 25 307 Same as parameter 1 3 6 P1 3 8 B RO 2 Funct 25 308 Same as parameter 1 3 6 P1 3 9 D RO 1 Funct 25 309 Same as parameter 1 3 6 P1 3 10
220. may be screws securing a bottom faceplate which also need to be removed High Voltage Faceplate Optional Bottom Faceplate Static Check 24 Make sure power is off and perform static checks as described in Table 5 10 for the converter Table 5 11 for the inverter and Table 5 12 for the DC bus Refer to Page 5 14 Note Static check shown is for L3 and B terminals 25 Once the pre power static checks are completed reinstall the drive s outer and side covers tightening all the screws A WARNING High Voltage is present on L1 L2 L3 B B BT T1 T2 T3 L1 L2 L3 B B BT T1 T2 T3 Starting Drive 26 Make sure that the drive s 3rd contactor S1 switch if present is in the ON position shown in OFF position Note The bypass mode operates with the switch in the OFF position however the drive will not run Yet the keypad will operate 27 Reinsert the keypad cable and control board on small drives Starting Drive 28 Close the drive door and turn the circuit breaker handle in a clockwise direction 29 Go to Appendix E for keypad operation Note If the circuit breaker latch is locked use a flat blade screwdriver to turn the screw to release the handle A WARNING High Voltage e Always work with another person e Be sure equipment is properly grounded e Wear safety glasses Start Up Wizard See Page 7 4 Start Up Wizard LIT 1201828 For more inf
221. ment to right enter parameter group mode enter parameter mode from group mode set parameter to edit mode 2 parameter value is blinking move either up or down the parameter group list in order to select the desired group move either up or down the parameter list in order to select the desired parameter in the group increase decrease the reference value of the selected parameter o Up and Down Arrows LIT 1201828 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com 6 3 johnson JM VSD Series Drives User Manual Controls Powered by Eaton Technology November 2009 Main Menu Navigation The data on the control keypad are arranged in menus and submenus The first menu level consists of menus M1 to M8 and is called the Main menu These menus and their submenus are illustrated in Figure 6 2 Navigation Tips To navigate within one level of menu use the up and down arrows To move deeper into the menu structure and back out use the right and left arrows To edit a parameter navigate to show that parameter s value and press the right arrow button to enter the edit mode In edit mode the parameter value will flash When in edit mode the parameter value can be changed by pressing the up or down arrow keys When in edit mode pressing the right arrow a second time will allow you to edit the parameter value digit by digit To confirm the parameter change you must press the ENTER key The value will not
222. more information visit www johnsoncontrols com iii Johnson JM VSD Series Drives User Manual Controls Powered by Eaton Technology November 2009 Table of Contents continued CHAPTER 12 BUILDING STATIC APPLICATION SVCHS203 Introduction zs 2xasdedecdeu Rea heeewss date bot he deduce bes esses 12 1 Control Input Output 0 0 0 ee eee eee eee 12 2 Parameter Lists 55 5 sw saat edie due oa baw ad EX Ed p EE be hee E BKA Roe WANNA RONDA 12 3 CHAPTER 13 PRESSURE CONTROL APPLICATION SVCHS204 Introduction reibas BANGA PANA FLAG DE ek ewekaw acca BAND ohewthoe woe ated abes 13 1 Control Input Output s 4 eese rm mm xe acer eee eee ey dee in 13 2 Parameter LI l ros ohh eke ee DALAN LNAG eee eed LER RIS Mawes Rete x E Ks 13 3 CHAPTER 14 TEMPERATURE CONTROL APPLICATION SVCHS205 troduction sv exe Lir eee ec ey eke ee eld ees aed ex a 14 1 Control Input Output sss pama KGG n ce mere ee ee ee ee hn cee in 14 2 Parameter Lists napaka eee bd rere Re na EEEE DNA bebe LAMG ANDRES van tare E 14 3 CHAPTER 15 DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS Parameters by ID Number 22 0c eee eee eee ees 15 1 Keypad Control Parameters 0000 c cece ene ene eens 15 28 APPENDIX A TECHNICAL DATA Specifications s l naban Ah LANE bt SE TXCRx C SOT 9 Gekko eee kh A 1 Power Ratings Terrane nene or R E ee DL CU bent ENXO NENA eee oe ce beeen hx ERES A 3 Power Loss and Switching Frequency 0 00 c cece eee eee eens A 4 DIMENSIONS e ised 2 ced
223. most motors Stop Indicates that the VSD Series drive is stopped and not controlling the load Ready Indicates that the VSD Series drive is ready to be started Alarm Indicates that there is one or more active drive alarm s Fault Indicates that there is one or more active drive fault s 1 O Terminal Indicates that the I O terminal has been chosen for control of start stop signals Keypad Indicates that the keypad has been chosen for control of start stop signals Bus Communications Indicates that the communications bus has been chosen for control of start stop signals Hand Indicates that HAND has been chosen in the HOA control mode Off Indicates that the VSD Series drive is not ready to operate Ready indicator is OFF 00 0000800 o o Auto Indicates that AUTO has been chosen in the HOA control mode Table 6 2 LED Status Indicators Indicator Description ready Ready Steady Illumination Indicates that the VSD Series drive is ready to be started Ready Flashing Indicates that the VSD Series drive is in Bypass Mode run fault Run Steady Illumination Indicates that the VSD Series drive or bypass is operating and controlling the load Run Flashing Indicates that the VSD Series drive or bypass is going to start Waiting for the Interlock signal or delay time expiration Fault Indicates that there is one or more active dri
224. motor speed in rpm V7 5 Motor current A 5 Motor current V7 6 Motor torque 96 6 Calculated torque as a percentage of nominal torque V7 7 Motor power 96 7 Calculated motor shaft power V7 8 Motor voltage V 8 Calculated motor voltage V7 9 DC Bus voltage V 9 DC Bus voltage V7 10 Unit temperature F 10 Heatsink temperature V7 11 Motor temperature 11 Calculated motor temperature V7 12 Analog input 1 V 12 Analog input Al 1 V7 13 Analog input 2 mA 13 Analog input Al 2 V7 14 DI 1 DI 2 DI 3 14 Digital input status Figure 6 10 V7 15 DI 4 DI 5 DI 6 15 Digital input status Figure 6 11 V7 16 DO 1 RO 1 RO 2 16 Digital and relay output status Figure 6 12 V7 17 Analog lout mA 17 Analog output AO 1 V7 18 Active Fault Code 18 Active Fault Code for fieldbus use V7 19 Active Warning Code 19 Active Warning Code for fieldbus use V7 20 Status Word 20 Status Word for fieldbus use V7 219 PI Setpoint 21 PI Setpoint V7 22 PI Input 22 PI Input V7 23 PI error 23 Calculated error between PI actual and reference values V7 24 9 PI output 96 24 PI output speed reference when PI active G7 25 Multimonitor Displays three selectable monitoring values Units will vary depending on active application Not available in Remote Input application V1 14 DI 1 DI 2 DI 3 OFF ON OFF Figure 6 10 Digital Inputs DI 1 DI 2 DI 3 Status 6 20 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols
225. mperature 10 C relocate the VSD Series drive to a warmer location 14 VSD Series Heatsink temperature is over An overtemperature warning is overtemperature 90 C issued when the heatsink temperature exceeds 85 C a fault occurs at 90 C Check for the correct amount and unrestricted flow of cooling air Check the heatsink for dust or dirt buildup Check the highest ambient temperature level Make sure that the switching frequency is not set too high in relation to the ambient temperature and motor load 15 Motor stalled motor or load mechanical Check the motor mechanical failure system and load level load too high Confirm the stall parameter stall parameter settings settings incorrect 16 Motor overtemperature motor is overloaded Decrease the motor load motor overheating has been If no motor overload exists detected by VSD Series motor check the temperature model temperature model parameters 17 Motor underload mechanical or load problem Check the motor check for a underload parameter settings loose belt broken coupling or incorrect load problems Confirm underload parameter settings B 2 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com LIT 1201828 Johmsan JJ Controls Powered by Eaton Technology VSD Series Drives User Manual November 2009 Table B 1 Fault Codes continued Fault Code Fault Possible Cause S
226. n Default 0 A Al 1 0 A AI 1 1 A Al 2 2 Fieldbus Process Data 1 3 Min Both 4 Max Both 5 Ave Both P1 1 17 Sensor Min 10000 Sensor Max 0 1107 Actual Sensor minimum value at 0 4 mA P1 1 18 Sensor Max Sensor Min 10000 500 1108 Actual Sensor maximum value at 20 mA P1 1 19 PI Contr P Gain 0 00 10 00 1109 P Term Gain for the PI Controller P1 1 20 PI Contr I Time 0 00 320 00 s 30 00 1110 I Term Integral Time for the PI controller P1 1 21 PI Deadband 0 20000 0 1111 Deadband area in units Hysteresis to PI Setpoint P1 1 22 AutoAccelTime 0 1 3000 0 s 60 0 1113 Acceleration time when in AUTO mode P1 1 23 AutoDecelTime 0 1 3000 0 s 60 0 1114 Deceleratin time when in AUTO mode P1 1 24 US Metric Units 1101 13 4 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com LIT 1201828 johnson JJ Controls Powered by Eaton Technology VSD Series Drives User Manual November 2009 Input Signals M1 G1 2 Table 13 3 Input Signals M1 3 G1 2 ID Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Number Description P1 2 1 Start Mode 0 3 1 201 Start Function 0 Normal start without interlockings 1 Interlocked start One of the digital inputs must be programmed to Intlk RunEna DI 3 is default
227. n adjust the keypad contrast with this parameter P5 6 5 Range 1 65 535 or Forever Default 10 Backlight Units Minutes Time BACKLIGHT TIM This parameter determines how long the backlight stays on before going out You can select any time between 1 and 65 535 minutes or Forever 0 minutes Forever Hardware Settings S5 7 The Hardware Settings submenu S5 7 provides parameters for setting information on Internal brake resistor connection Fan control Keypad acknowledge timeout and Keypad retries P5 7 1 Range Connected Not Connected Default Connected Internal Brake NTERNERAKERES Resistor With this function you tell the drive whether the internal brake resistor is connected Connection or not If your drive has an internal brake resistor the default value of this parameter is Connected However if it is necessary to increase braking capacity by installing an external brake resistor or if the internal brake resistor is disconnected it is advisable to change the value of this function to Not Connected in order to avoid unnecessary fault trips Note The brake resistor is available as an option for all drives It can be installed internally in frame sizes FR4 to FR6 P5 7 2 Range Continuous Temperature Default Continuous Fan Control FAN CONTROL This function sets the control method of the drive s cooling fan You can set the fan to run continuously when the power is switched on or to run based on the temperat
228. n board manual for additional information data DEBUG This menu is meant for advanced users and application designers Contact the factory for any assistance needed POWER MONITOR Table 6 12 Drive Output Phase Current Measurement Number Content v5 9 1 IU filtered Phase 1 v5 9 2 IV filtered Phase 2 V5 9 3 IW filtered Phase 3 Parameter not displayed reserved for future use QUER MULTIMON Displays all three output phase currents simultaneously 6 18 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com LIT 1201828 Johmsan JJ Controls Powered by Eaton Technology VSD Series Drives User Manual November 2009 Expander Board Menu M6 The Expander Board Menu makes it possible for the user to e to see what expander boards are connected to the control board and e to access and edit the parameters associated with the expander board HO G6 1 A OPTA9 Slot A Option Board G6 1 1 Parameters P6 1 1 1 Al 1 Mode P6 1 1 2 Al 2 Mode P6 1 1 3 AO 1 Mode G G6 1 2 l O monitor V6 1 2 1 V6 1 2 10 G6 2 B Slot B Option Board G6 3 C Slot C Option Board G6 4 D Slot D Option Board G6 5 E Slot E Option Board E Figure 6 9 Expander Board Menu Structure Example of Expander Board Parameters for Option Board A9 P6 1 1 1 Range 1 5 Default 3 Al 1 Mode 1 7 MODE Analog Input 1 i
229. ng P1 9 12 Auto Accel Time 0 1 3000 0 S 60 0 1113 Auto Mode Accel Time P1 9 13 Auto Decel Time 0 1 3000 0 S 60 0 1114 Auto Mode Decel Time P1 9 14 Auto S curve 0 0 10 0 S 0 0 1115 Auto Mode and Pl control is Time NOT active Preset Speeds M1 G1 10 Table 11 11 Preset Speeds M1 gt G1 10 ID Code Parameter Min Max Unit Step Default Number Description P1 10 1 Preset Speed 1 0 100 0 96 0 1 30 0 1701 Preset speeds when P1 10 2 PresetSpeed2 0 100 0 0 1 40 0 1702 Digital Inputs are P1 10 3 PresetSpeed3 0 100 0 0 1 50 0 1703 programmed P1 10 4 Preset Speed4 0 100 0 96 0 1 60 0 1704 P1 10 5 Preset Speed 5 0 100 0 96 0 1 70 0 1705 P1 10 6 Preset Speed6 0 100 0 0 1 80 0 1706 P1 10 7 Preset Speed7 0 100 0 0 1 90 0 1707 11 16 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com LIT 1201828 Johmsan JJ Controls Powered by Eaton Technology VSD Series Drives User Manual November 2009 Keypad Control Parameters M2 This menu provides the parameters for the setting of the keypad speed setpoint the selection of motor direction when in keypad operation and when the STOP button is active Table 11 12 Keypad Control Parameters M2 ID Number Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Description R2 1 Speed Setpoint 0 0 100 0 0 0 Keypad Speed Setpoint P2 2 Keypad Direction 0 1 0 1009 Reverse request active from the panel 0
230. nput options 1 0 20mA 2 4 20mA 3 0 10VDC 4 2 10VDC 5 10 10VP P6 1 1 2 Range 1 5 Default 1 Al 2 Mode gr mode Analog Input 2 input options 1 0 20mA 2 4 20mAo 3 0 10VDC 4 2 10VDC 5 10 410VPO Values 2 5 require changing pins See Figure on Page THIS WAS DELETED P6 1 1 3 Range 1 4 Default 1 AO 1Mode 9 7 mage Analog Output 1 output options 1 0 20mA 2 4 20mA 3 0 10V DC 4 2 10VDC LIT 1201828 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com 6 19 VSD Series Drives User Manual Monitoring Menu M7 The Monitoring Menu items are meant for viewing parameter values during operation Monitored values are updated every 0 3 sec Monitored items are identified by item numbers V7 1 to V1 xx where xx varies by application Table 6 13 provides an example of the monitored values for the Generic PI application johnson JM Controls Powered by Eaton Technology November 2009 Monitored parameters are not editable from this menu See Parameter Menu M1 to change parameter values Table 6 13 Monitoring Menu Items Generic PI Application Example Code Signal Name Unit ID Description V7 1 Actual speed 1 Actual motor speed between min and max frequency V7 2 Output frequency Hz 2 Output frequency to motor V7 3 Speed Setpoint 3 Speed Setpoint V7 4 Motor speed rpm 4 Calculated
231. nterlock timeout time for Start Function 2 Default 5s P1 2 4 Start Delay Time 0 00 300 00 S 5 00 203 Start delay time for Start Function 3 Default 5s P1 2 5 A DI 2 Funct 0 17 1 204 Default 1 External Fault Close 0 Stop pulse when 3 wire start stop logic is selected False Stop True Ready to Run 1 Ext fault closing contact 2 External fault opening contact 3 Fault reset 4 Run enable Closed Contact 5 Force ctrl place to Hand 6 Force ctrl place to Auto 7 Reverse 8 Speed Select 1 9 Fire Mode Closed Contact 10 Speed Select 2 11 Speed Select 3 12 Force Bypass 13 External interlock closed 14 External interlock open 15 Mot Pot UP 16 Mot Pot DOWN 17 Fire Mode Open Contact A CAUTION Unattended start will occur if power is supplied with Start Command activated LIT 1201828 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com 12 5 johnson JM VSD Series Drives User Manual Controls Powered by Eaton Technology November 2009 Table 12 3 Input Signals M1 gt G1 2 continued ID Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Number Description P1 2 6 A DI 3 Funct 0 17 13 205 Default 413 Interlock Run Enable 0 Not Used 1 Ext fault closing contact 2 External fault opening contact 3 Fault reset 4 Run enable Closed Contact 5 Force ctrl place to Hand 6 Force ctrl place to Auto 7 R
232. ntrol Wiring Instructions NEMA Type 1 12 Open Drives Mounting Drive 1 Mount Drive D1 y See Table below for dimensions M H3 e 6 R2 Knockouts l Pa y Jah r Figure 3 2 VSD Series Open Drive Dimensions Frame Voltage hp VT Approximate Dimensions in Inches mm Weight Size H1 H2 H3 D1 D2 D3 wi W2 Ri dia R2dia PS kg FR4 230V 3 4 3 12 9 12 3 11 5 7 5 2 5 5 0 5 0 3 9 5 3 1 TEO 125 327 313 292 190 64 126 128 100 13 7 5 FR5 230V 5 7 1 2 16 5 16 0 15 4 8 4 27 8 5 7 3 9 5 3 17 9 480V 74 2 15 419 406 391 214 68 148 144 100 13 7 8 1 FR6 230V 10 15 22 0 21 3 20 4 9 3 2 7 6 7 77 5 8 v 4 40 8 480V 20 30 558 541 519 237 68 171 195 148 18 9 18 5 575V 2 25 FR7 230V 20 30 24 8 24 2 23 3 10 1 27 7 5 9 3 7 5 p 4 77 2 480V 40 60 630 614 591 257 68 189 237 190 18 9 35 575V 30 40 FR8 480V 75 125 29 7 28 8 28 4 11 3 13 11 0 11 2 10 0 7 4 127 8 575V 50 75 755 732 721 288 34 279 285 255 18 9 58 FR9 480V 150 200 45 3 44 1 14 3 5 4 8 8 18 9 15 7 p 4 321 9 SIN 100 160 1150 1120 362 137 224 480 400 18 9 146 FR10 480V 250 350 44 33 5 23 6 NA NA 23 6 16 7 9 47 550 7 575V 200 300 1120 850 600 600 425 23 12 250
233. ntrols com 5 7 VSD Series Drives User Manual Johnson aM Controls Powered by Eaton Technology November 2009 Table 5 6 Bypass Power Wiring Instructions NEMA Type 1 IntelliPass IntelliDisconnect Drive Continued Static Check 27 Make sure power is off and perform static checks as described in Table 5 10 for the converter Table 5 11 for the inverter and Table 5 12 for the DC bus Refer to Page 5 14 Static Check Note Static check shown is for L3 and B terminals 28 Once the pre power static checks are completed reinstall the drive s outer and side covers tightening all the screws A WARNING High Voltage is present on L1 L2 L3 B B BT T1 T2 T3 L1 L2 L3 B B4 BT T1 T2 T3 Starting Drive 29 Make sure that the drive s 3rd contactor S1 switch if present is in the ON position shown in OFF position Note The bypass mode operates with the switch in the OFF position however the drive will not run Yet the keypad will operate Starting Drive 30 Turn the circuit breaker handle in a clockwise direction A WARNING High Voltage e Always work with another person e Be sure equipment is properly grounded e Wear safety glasses Circuit Breaker Handle Start Up Wizard See Page 7 4 Start Up Wizard 5 8 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com LIT 1201828 Johnson Ai Controls November 2009 Powered by Eaton Technology VSD Se
234. nual ID Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Number Description P1 5 1 SkipF1 Low Lim 0 0 100 0 96 0 0 501 Prohibit speed range 1 low limit P1 5 2 SkipF1 High Lim Range 1 100 0 0 0 502 Prohibit speed range 1 high limit Low_Lim 0 No prohibit frequency range P1 5 3 SkipF2 Low Lim 0 0 100 0 0 0 503 Prohibit speed range 2 low limit P1 5 4 SkipF2 High Lim Range_2_ 100 0 0 0 504 Prohibit speed range 2 high limit Low_Lim 0 No prohibit frequency range P155 SkipF3 Low Lim 0 0 100 0 0 0 505 Prohibit speed range 3 low limit P1 5 6 SkipF3 High Lim Range_3_ 100 0 0 0 506 Prohibit speed range 3 high limit Low_Lim 0 No prohibit frequency range P1 5 7 SkipF4 Low Lim 0 0 100 0 0 0 507 Prohibit speed range 4 low limit P1 5 8 SkipF4 High Lim Range_4_ 100 0 0 0 508 Prohibit speed range 4 high limit Low_Lim 0 No prohibit frequency range P1 5 9 SkipF5 Low Lim 0 0 100 0 0 0 509 Prohibit speed range 5 low limit P1 5 10 SkipF5 High Lim Range_5_ 100 0 0 0 510 Prohibit speed range 5 high limit Low_Lim 0 No prohibit frequency range P1 5 11 SkipF6 Low Lim 0 0 100 0 0 0 511 Prohibit speed range 6 low limit P1 5 12 SkipF6 High Lim Range_6_ 100 0 0 0 512 Prohibit speed range 6 high limit Low_Lim 0 No prohibit frequency range P1 5 13 PH Acc Dec 0 1 10 0 x 1 0 513 Acceleration Deceleration time Ramp factor to pass prohibit speed window LIT 1
235. ny of the parameter values differ from those of the Set1 parameters the number of the deviations is displayed together with symbol P e g P1 im P5 five deviating values By pressing the right arrow button once again you will see both the actual value and the value it was compared to In this display the value on the Description line in the middle is the default value and the one on the value line lowermost line is the edited value You can also edit the actual value by pushing the Right Arrow button Actual values can also be compared to Set2 Factory Settings and the Keypad Set values Security Menu Parameter Options S5 5 Note The Security submenu is protected with a password Store the password in a safe place S5 5 1 Range 0 65535 Default 0 2 Not in use Password PASSWORO The application selection can be protected against unauthorized changes with the Password function When the password function is enabled the user will be prompted to enter a password before application changes parameter value changes or password changes Password can also be used to prevent user from exiting the operating menu By default the password function is not in use If you want to activate the password change the value of this parameter to any number between 1 and 65535 The password will be activated after the Timeout time Timeout Time has expired To deactivate the password reset the parameter value to 0 Back door password is 2277 P5 5
236. o 7 Reverse 8 Speed Select 1 9 Fire Mode Closed Contact 10 Speed Select 2 11 Speed Select 3 12 Force Bypass 13 External interlock closed 14 External interlock open 15 Mot Pot UP 16 Mot Pot DOWN 17 Fire Mode Open Contact A CAUTION Unattended start will occur if power is supplied with Start Command activated LIT 1201828 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com 11 5 johnson JM VSD Series Drives User Manual Controls Powered by Eaton Technology November 2009 Table 11 3 Input Signals M1 gt G1 2 continued ID Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Number Description P1 2 6 A DI 3 Funct 0 17 13 205 Default 13 Interlock Run Enable 0 Not Used 1 Ext fault closing contact 2 External fault opening contact 3 Fault reset 4 Run enable Closed Contact 5 Force ctrl place to Hand 6 Force ctrl place to Auto 7 Reverse 8 Speed Select 1 9 Fire Mode Closed Contact 10 Speed Select 2 11 Speed Select 3 12 Force Bypass 13 External interlock closed 14 External interlock open 15 Mot Pot UP 16 Mot Pot DOWN 17 Fire Mode Open Contact P1 2 7 A DI 4 Funct 0 17 8 206 Default 8 Speed Select 1 0 Not Used 1 Ext fault closing contact 2 External fault opening contact 3 Fault reset 4 Run enable Closed Contact 5 Force ctrl place to Hand 6 Force ctrl place to A
237. o a running motor by applying a small torque to motor and searching for the frequency corresponding to the speed the motor is running at Searching starts from the maximum frequency towards the actual frequency until the correct value is detected Thereafter the output frequency will be increased decreased to the set reference value according to the set acceleration deceleration parameters Use this mode if the motor is coasting when the start command is given With the flying start it is possible to ride through short utility voltage interruptions 402 Stop Function Coasting 0 Ramp 1 The motor coasts to a halt without any control from the drive after the Stop command After the Stop command the speed of the motor is decelerated according to the set deceleration parameters If the regenerated energy is high it may be necessary to use an external braking resistor for faster deceleration 403 Brake chopper 0 1 2 3 4 No brake chopper used Brake chopper in use and tested when running Can be tested also in READY state External brake chopper no testing Used and tested in READY state and when running Used when running no testing When the drive is decelerating the motor the energy stored in the inertia of the motor and the load is fed into an external brake resistor This enables the drive to decelerate the load with a torque equal to that of acceleration provided that the correct brake resistor has been select
238. ode Parameter Min Max Unit Default Number Description V7 1 Output 320 00 320 00 Hz 0 00 2 Output frequency to the motor Frequency V7 2 Actual Speed 320 0 320 0 96 0 0 1 Output speed to the motor V7 3 Speed Setpoint 320 0 320 0 96 0 0 3 Monitored speed setpoint This will show also the speed setpoint below the minimum frequency V7 4 Motor Speed 10000 10000 rpm O 4 Calculated motor speed in rpm V7 5 Motor Current 0 0 Motor A 0 0 5 CurrentMax V7 6 Motor Torque 300 0 300 0 96 0 0 6 R Motor torque as value 1000 equals 100 0 96 pos clockwise neg counterclockwise V7 7 Motor Power 300 0 300 0 0 0 7 V7 8 Motor Voltage 0 0 1000 0 V 0 0 8 Measured motor voltage V7 9 DC Bus Voltage 0 1000 V 0 9 R DC voltage in Volts Tfilt 32ms V7 10 Unit 120 570 SE 0 10 Temperature of the heat sink Temperature 9 16 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com LIT 1201828 johnson JJ Controls November 2009 Powered by Eaton Technology Table 9 12 Monitoring Menu continued VSD Series Drives User Manual ID Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Number Description V7 11 Motor 0 0 1000 0 96 0 0 11 Temperature V7 12 A AI 1 10 00 20 00 V 0 00 12 Voltage Input value V V7 13 A AI 2 10 00 20 00 mA 0 00 13 Current Input value mA V7 14 DI 1 DI 2 DI 3 0 7 0 14 DIA 1 DIA 2 and DIA 3 status V7 15 DI 4 DI 5 DI 6 0 7 0
239. olution 22 EEPROM checksum Parameter save fault Upon reset of this fault the VSD 23 fault faulty operation Series drive will automatically component failure reload the parameter default settings Check all parameter settings after reset If the fault reoccurs contact your Johnson Controls distributor 25 Microprocessor faulty operation Reset the fault and restart If the watchdog fault component failure fault reoccurs contact your Johnson Controls distributor 26 Start up prevented Start up of the drive has been Check Start Enable Interlock prevented settings 29 Thermistor fault The thermistor input of an Check the motor cooling and the option board has detected a high motor loading motor temperature Check the thermistor connection If the thermistor input of an option board is not being used it must be short circuited 31 IGBT temperature IGBT Inverter Bridge Check loading hardware overtemperature protection has Check motor size detected high short term overload current 32 Fan cooling The VSD Series cooling fan did Contact your Johnson Controls not start when commanded distributor 34 CAN bus Sent message not Ensure that there is another communication acknowledged device on the bus with the appropriate configuration 36 Control unit Control unit cannot control the Change control unit power unit and vise versa 37 Device change option board changed Reset different power rating of drive Note No fault time data
240. ommunication and for additional application specific hardware The VSD Series factory installed standard option board configuration includes an A9 O board and an A2 relay output board which are installed in slots A and B For information on additional option boards see the VSD Series drives option board manuals Note If your VSD Series drive has been shipped with a factory installed IntelliPass bypass the B5 option board is installed in slot C Figure 4 1 Option Board Slots LIT 1201828 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com 4 1 VSD Series Drives User Manual johnson JM Controls Powered by Eaton Technology Table 4 1 Option Board A2 Terminal Descriptions November 2009 Terminal Signal Description and Parameter Reference 21 RO 1 1 Normally Closed NC Run Switching Capacity 24V DC 8A 22 RO 1 2 Common 250V AC 8A 23 RO 1 3 Normally Open NO 125V DC 0 4Az Min switching load 5V 10 mA Continuous Capacity 2 Arms 24 RO 2 1 Normally Closed NC Fault Switching Capacity 24V DC 8A 25 RO 2 2 Common 250V AC 8A 26 RO 2 3 Normally Open NO 125V DC 0 4A Min switching load 5V 10 mA Continuous Capacity 2 Arms 7 9c Sc vc t C CC VC uuu 600000 Figure 4 2 Option Board A2 Terminal Locations
241. onal injury or equipment damage A CAUTION Make sure that no power factor correction capacitors are connected to the VSD Series output or the motor terminals to prevent VSD Series drive malfunction and potential damage A CAUTION Make sure that the VSD Series output terminals U V W are not connected to the utility line power as severe damage to the VSD Series drive and personal injury may occur VSD Series Drives User Manual LIT 1201828 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com xiii Ha Johnson 4 p VSD Series Drives User Manual Controls Powered by Eaton Technology November 2009 xiv For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com LIT 1201828 Johmsan JJ Controls Powered by Eaton Technology VSD Series Drives User Manual November 2009 SSS Chapter 1 Overview This chapter describes the purpose and contents of this manual the receiving inspection recommendations and the Johnson Controls VSD Series Open Drive catalog numbering system How to Use This Manual The purpose of this manual is to provide you with information necessary to install set and customize parameters start up troubleshoot and maintain the Johnson Controls VSD Series drive powered by Cutler Hammer technology from Eaton s electrical business To provide for safe installation and operation of the equipment read the safety guidelines at the beginning of this manual and follow the procedures outlined in the following
242. onitor Display HOA AUTO MODE Navigation Left Navigation Right Up and down arrows are used to adjust PI Setpoint Freq Ref Down enter J 7 Note Password Programming Menu While in Programming A rr M1 Parameters Menu the display will Exit Operate Menu by navigating M di automatically ret rn t to Programming display and M2 Keypad Control default Operate Menu display after 1 minute M4 Fault History of inactivity Time can be adjusted with Parameter P5 6 3 pressing ENTER button or simply M3 Active Faults press ENTER button 1 second Acknowledgement password value if defined M5 System Menu M6 Expander Boards M7 Monitor Return to Operate ag enter 4 or time mi See User Manual LIT 1201828 for complete parameter list Figure 6 2 Operate Menu Navigation LIT 1201828 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com 6 1 VSD Series Drives User Manual johnson JJ Controls Powered by Eaton Technology November 2009 Table 6 1 LCD Status Indicators Indicator Description Run Indicates that the VSD Series drive is running and controlling the load in Drive or Bypass Counterclockwise Operation The output phase rotation is BAC corresponding to counterclockwise rotation of most motors Clockwise Operation The output phase rotation is ABC corresponding to clockwise rotation of
243. ontrols Powered by Eaton Technology November 2009 Table 11 4 Output Signals M1 gt G1 3 continued ID Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Number Description P1 3 14 Act Sp Supv Fct 0 2 0 314 Actual Speed Supervision Function 0 Not used 1 Low limit 2 High limit P1 3 15 Act Sp Supv Lim 0 0 100 0 0 0 315 Actual Speed Supervision Value 1 0 hysteresis P1 3 16 Torque Supv Fct 0 2 0 316 Torque Limit Supervision Function 0 Not used 1 Low limit 2 High limit P1 3 17 Torque Supv Lim 0 0 300 0 96 0 0 317 Torque Limit Supervision Value P1 3 18 TempLim Supv 0 2 0 318 Temperature Limit Supervision Fct Function 0 Not used 1 Low limit 2 High limit P1 3 19 TempLim Supv 50 170 SF 104 319 Temperature Limit Supervision Lim value P1 3 20 StartRlyON Del 0 0 100 0 s 0 0 320 Relay Digital output ON delay time after start command is given P1 3 21 StartRIyOFF Del 0 0 100 0 s 0 0 321 Relay Digital output OFF delay time after stop command is given Drive Control Parameters M1 gt G1 4 Table 11 5 Drive Control Parameters M1 gt G1 4 ID Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Number Description P1 4 1 Start Mode 0 1 0 401 0 Ramp 1 Flying start P1 4 2 Stop Mode 0 1 1 402 0 Coasting 1 Ramp P1 4 3 Brake Chopper 0 4 0 403 Brake Chopper Mode Selection 0 Brake NO Test NO 1 Brake YES Run Test YES Ready run 2 Brake chopper EXTERNAL Test NO 3 Brake YES Ready
244. or more information visit www johnsoncontrols com LIT 1201828 Johmsan JJ Controls Powered by Eaton Technology VSD Series Drives User Manual November 2009 System Menu M5 The controls associated with the general use of the drive such as application selection customized parameter sets or information about the hardware and software are located in the System Menu Password protection can be activated by parameter S5 5 f Descriptions of the system menu parameters are illustrated in Figure 6 8 HO t S5 1 Language Selection Co Tj S5 2 Application Selection S5 3 Copy Parameters S5 3 1 Parameter Sets S5 3 2 Upload to Keypad S5 3 3 Download from Keypad S5 3 4 Automate Backup Sb5 4 Parameter Comparison S5 5 Security S5 5 1 Password P5 5 2 Parameter Lock P5 5 3 Start Up Wizard P5 5 4 Multimonitor Items T j Sb 6 Keypad Settings P5 6 1 Default Page P5 6 2 Default Page Operating Menu P5 6 3 Timeout Time P5 6 4 Contrast Adjustment P5 6 5 Backlight Time S5 7 Hardware Settings P5 7 1 Internal Brake Resistor P5 7 2 Fan Control F P5 7 3 HMI Acknowledge Timeout P5 7 4 HMI Number of Retries I S5 8 System Information S5 8 1 Total Counters C5 8 1 1 MWh Counter C5 8 1 2 Power On Day Counter C5 8 1 3 Power On Hour Counter S5 8 2 Trip Counters T5 8 2 1 MWh Counter m T5 8 2 2 Clear MWh Trip Counter T5 8 2 3 Power On Day Counter T5 8 2 4 Power On Hour
245. or wiring standard option boards A9 and A2 ma iheson 4 Powered by Eaton Technology November 2009 In addition to these two boards the IntelliPass Bypass includes option board B5 which is described in the following section Wiring Option Board B5 e This board is to be mounted in slot C Basic Relay Board B5 Naa RO 1 1 22 Drive Run LL RO 1 2 z3 o E Bypass L roz Toc RO 3 1 28 4 Overload pi RO 3 2 29 Reset _ Only RO 1 Turns On for Drive Run Both Relays Turn On in Bypass Operation Max Current Voltage Switching lt 8A 24V DC 0 4A 125V DC lt 8A 250V AC Continuously lt 2 Arms Figure 5 8 Option Board B5 Wiring Diagram Table 5 13 Option Board B5 Terminal Descriptions Terminal Signal Description and Parameter Reference 22 RO 1 1 Common Drive Run Switching Capacity 24V DC 8A 250V AC 8A 23 RO 1 2 Normally Open 125V DC 0 4A Min Switching Load 5V 10 mA Continuously lt 2 Arms 25 RO 2 1 Common Bypass Switching Capacity 24V DC 8A 250V AC 8A 26 RO 2 2 Normally Open 125V DC 0 4A 28 RO 3 1 Common Overload Reset Switching Capacity 24V DC 8A T 250V AC 8A 29 RO 3 2 Normally Open 125V DC 0 4A 5 16 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com LIT 1201828 Johmsan JJ Controls Powered by Eaton Technology VSD Series Drives User Manual November 2009
246. ormation visit www johnsoncontrols com johnson JM VSD Series Drives User Manual Controls Powered by Eaton Technology November 2009 Static Checking Static checking tests the integrity of the power carrying components diodes capacitors and IGBTs within the drive assembly Performing these static checks ensures that no damage occurred during shipping or installation that could cause a failure when the drive is powered Make sure there is no power to the drive before proceeding with any of the static checks After checking each set of terminals zero out the multimeter by touching the metal tips of the red positive and black negative leads to each other Note Set the multimeter to the diode function and check each power terminal consecutively with each DC bus terminal as indicated in Table 5 10 Table 5 10 Static Checks of Converter DC Bus Terminal Power Terminal Multimeter L1 L2 L3 Reading B 1st Overload Check Insert black Insert black Insert black OL Insert red 4 multimeter lead multimeter lead multimeter lead multimeter lead B 2nd Overload Check Insert red Insert red Insert red OL Insert black multimeter lead multimeter lead multimeter lead multimeter lead B 1st Voltage Check Insert black Insert black Insert black 25 55V DC Insert red multimeter lead multimeter lead multimeter lead multimeter lead 1096 B 2nd Vo
247. otection 1 Warning 2 Fault stop mode after fault according to ID402 3 Fault stop mode after fault always by coasting P1 7 16 UP fnom Torque 10 0 150 00 96 50 0 717 Minimum torque allowed when above FWP PT 7 17 UP f0 Torque 5 0 150 00 96 10 0 718 Minimum torque allowed with zero frequency P1 7 18 UP Time Limit 2 00 600 00 S 20 00 719 P1 7 19 Autom Restart 0 3 0 706 Resets faults See Page 15 20 0 Disabled 1 Automatically transferred to Bypass 2 Reset drive only 3 Reset drive if fails transferred to Bypass P1 7 20 Fire Mode Speed 0 100 0 100 804 When fire mode input is triggered drive will run at fire mode speed Fieldbus Parameters M1 gt G1 8 Table 11 9 Fieldbus Parameters M1 gt G1 8 ID Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Number Description P1 8 1 FB Data Out1 Sel 0 10000 19 1001 Fieldbus process data output 1 selection Default Actual Speed P1 8 2 FB Data Out2 Sel 0 10000 50 1002 Fieldbus process data output 2 selection Default Motor Current P1 8 3 FB Data Out3 Sel 10000 8o 1003 Fieldbus process data output 3 selection Default Motor Voltage P1 8 4 FB Data Out4 Sel 10000 1004 Fieldbus process data output 4 selection Default Motor Power P1 8 5 FB Data Out5 Sel 10000 9o 1005 Fieldbus process data output 5 selection Default DC Link Voltage D number of parameter or variable to be sent
248. ound terminal and DC bus terminals as indicated in Table 5 12 Note Frame 6 and larger use a Hybrid rectifier section Shown in Service Manual Readings will be different when taking measurements from B DC Table 5 12 Static Checks of DC Bus DC Bus Terminal DC Bus Terminal B Ground Terminal Power Multimeter Reading Insert black multimeter lead B Overload Check Insert black multimeter lead Not used OL Insert red multimeter lead B 1st Ohm Check Not used Insert red multimeter lead O L Insert black multimeter lead B 2nd Ohm Check Not used Insert red multimeter lead O L Figure 5 7 is a detailed schematic to aid in performing the static checks Continuity Test to Ground Test L1 L2 L3 to ground T1 T2 T3 to ground This should read OL ohms 6 Pulse Diode Bridge Rectifier Converter Section L1 L2 L3 PB Capacitors Inverter Section Main Contactor Bus Dynamic Braking Transistor B DC Output Transistors IGBT Section Figure 5 7 Schematic for Static Checks Sample for Frames 4 and 5 LIT 1201828 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com 5 15 VSD Series Drives User Manual Intelli Pass Control Wiring Instructions Use the instructions and diagrams in Chapter 4 Control Wiring f
249. over fieldbus ID 1 20 are Monitoring values Menu 7 M7 See Table 11 13 11 14 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com LIT 1201828 Johmsan JJ Controls November 2009 Table 11 9 Fieldbus Parameters M1 gt G1 8 continued Powered by Eaton Technology VSD Series Drives User Manual Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default ID Number Description P1 8 6 FB Data Out6 Sel 0 10000 20 1006 Fieldbus process data output 6 selection Default Application Status Word Variable ApplStatusWord b0 Drive Ready b1 Run Enable b2 Drive Running b3 Drive Reversing b4 General Fault b5 General Warning b6 Preset Speed Active b7 Motor Regulator active b8 Output speed supervision indication b9 Setpoint speed supervision indication b10 HAND Control indication b11 AUTO Control indication b12 D IN Firemode b13 Damper control signal b14 Bypass mode status indication b15 Bypass running P1 8 7 FB Data Out7 Sel 0 10000 180 1007 Fieldbus process data output 7 selection Default Active Fault Code P1 8 8 FB Data Out8 Sel 0 10000 190 1008 Fieldbus process data output 8 selection Default Active Warning Code ID number of parameter or variable to be sent over fieldbus ID 1 20 are Monitoring values Menu 7 M7 See Table 11 13 LIT 1201828 For
250. peed in rpm V7 5 Motor Current 0 0 Motor A 0 0 5 CurrentMax V7 6 Motor Torque 300 0 300 0 96 0 0 6 R Motor torque as value 1000 equals 100 0 Yo pos clockwise neg counterclockwise V7 7 Motor Power 300 0 300 0 0 0 7 V7 8 Motor Voltage 0 0 1000 0 V 0 0 8 Measured motor voltage V7 9 DC Bus Voltage 0 1000 V 0 9 R DC voltage in Volts Tfilt 32ms V7 10 Unit 1000 1000 F 0 10 Temperature of the heat sink Temperature V7 11 Motor 0 0 1000 0 0 0 11 Temperature V7 12 A Al 1 10 00 20 00 V 0 00 12 Voltage Input value V V7 13 A AI 2 10 00 20 00 mA 0 00 13 Current Input value mA V7 14 DI 1 DI 2 DI 3 0 7 0 14 DIA 1 DIA 2 and DIA 3 status V7 15 DI 4 DI 5 DI 6 0 7 0 15 DIB 4 DIB 5 and DIB 6 status V7 16 DO 1 RO 1 RO 2 0 7 0 16 DO 1 RO 1 and RO 2 status V7 17 A AO 1 0 00 20 00 mA 0 00 17 V7 18 ActFaultCode 0 200 0 18 Active Fault code V7 19 ActWarnCode 0 200 0 19 Active Warning code 11 18 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com LIT 1201828 johnson JJ Controls November 2009 Powered by Eaton Technology Table 11 13 Monitoring Menu continued VSD Series Drives User Manual Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default ID Number Description V7 20 Status Word 32768 32767 0 20 b0 Drive Ready b1 Run Enable b2 Drive Running b3 Drive Reversing b4 General Fault b5 General Warning b6 Preset Speed Active b7 Motor Re
251. put Phase 0 2 2 701 Response to input phase Supv supervision 0 No Action 1 Warning 2 Fault P1 7 2 4mA Fault Resp 0 2 0 702 Response to 4 mA signal supervision 0 No Action 1 Warning 2 Fault P1 7 3 Ext Fault Resp O 2 2 703 Response to external fault digital input signal supervision 0 No Action 1 Warning 2 Fault P1 7 4 FBComm 0 2 0 704 Response to fieldbus FaultResp communication supervision 0 No Action 1 Warning 2 Fault P1 7 5 SlotComFault 0 2 0 705 Response to slot communication Resp supervision 0 No Action 1 Warning 2 Fault P1 7 6 Motor Therm 0 3 0 707 0 No response Prot 1 Warning 2 Fault stop mode after fault according to ID402 3 Fault stop mode after fault always by coasting P1 7 7 MotAmbTemp 100 0 100 0 0 0 708 Percent of ambient temperature Factor P1 7 8 MTP fO Current 0 0 150 00 40 0 709 Percent of motor nameplate current P1 7 9 MTP Motor T 1 200 min 45 710 Time to reach 63 of final value P1 7 10 Motor Duty 0 100 100 711 Percent of nominal motor load Cycle P1 7 11 Stall Protection O 2 0 712 0 No response 1 Warning 2 Fault stop mode after fault according to ID402 3 Fault stop mode after fault always by coasting P1 7 12 Stall Current 0 00 Motor A 1 00 713 CurrentMax P1 7 13 Stall Time Lim 1 00 120 00 S 15 00 714 P1 7 14 Stall Freq Lim 1 00 Max Freq Hz 25 00 715 LIT 1201828 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com 10 13 Jo
252. r will overheat If the motor has to run a prolonged time under these conditions special attention must be paid to cooling the motor Use external cooling for the motor if the temperature tends to rise too high V Hz ratio selection Linear 0 The voltage of the motor changes linearly with the frequency in the constant flux area from 0 Hz to the field weakening point where the nominal voltage is supplied to the motor A linear V Hz ratio should be used in constant torque applications This default setting should be used if there is no special need for another setting Squared 1 The voltage of the motor changes following a squared curve form with the frequency in the area from 0 Hz to the field weakening point where the nominal voltage is supplied to the motor The motor runs under magnetized below the field weakening point and produces less torque and electromechanical noise A squared V Hz ratio can be used in applications where the torque demand of the load is proportional to the square of the speed e g in centrifugal fans and pumps 15 16 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com LIT 1201828 Johmsan JJ Controls Powered by Eaton Technology VSD Series Drives User Manual November 2009 A v Vn ID605 Default Nominal Field Weakening Voltage of the Motor Point Default Nominal Frequency of the Motor f H y Hz Figure 15 14 Linear and Squared V Hz Ratio Programmable V Hz cur
253. ration Terminal Signal Description OPTA9 _ 1 10V DCrer Reference output Voltage for potentiometer etc 2 Al 1 Analog input voltage range Voltage input for PI setpoint or 0 to 10V DC NE 0 10V DC feedback Programmable Factory Deu agg Al 1 I O Ground Ground for reference and controls 44020 mA 4 4 Al 2 Analog input current range Current input for PI setpoint or Factory Default ____ 5 Al 2 0 20mA feedback Programmable 6 24V DC Control voltage output Voltage for switches etc max 0 1A e GND I O ground Ground for reference and controls External __ gt 8 DI 1 Start Stop Control Contact closed start pn pd 9 DI 2 External fault input Contact closed fault aa Gaga programmable Contact open no fault pd 10 DI 3 External Interlock Contact closed OK mu a programmable Open Interlocked P 11 CMA Common for DI 1 DI 3 Connect to GND or 24V DC Pd o 12 24V DC Control voltage output Voltage for switches see terminal 6 N13 GND I O ground Ground for reference and controls Een yor 14 DI 4 Speed Select 1 Contact closed Speed Select 1 interlock programmable Wiring p 15 DI 5 Fire Mode Contact closed Fire Mode active IDEO programmable p di 16 DI 6 Overload relay IntelliPass Contact open no fault m EN programmable Contact closed fault 17 CMB Common for DI 4 DI 6 Conn
254. rce Hand 1 3 1 112 Parameter for Local Start Stop Reverse control location Default Keypad 1 Keypad 2 DI 1 Start 3 I O Three Wire LIT 1201828 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com 12 3 VSD Series Drives User Manual Table 12 2 Quick Setup Parameters M1 gt G1 1 continued Johnson JM Controls Powered by Eaton Technology November 2009 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default ID Number Description P1 1 13 StPt Source Hand 2 113 Local speed setpoint selection 0 analog input Al 1 1 analog input Al 2 2 Speed Setpoint from Keypad 3 Motor Potentiometer P1 1 14 Start Srce Auto 114 Parameter for Remote Start Stop Reverse control location Default DI 1 Start 1 Keypad 2 DI 1 Start 3 I O Three Wire 4 Fieldbus P1 1 15 StPt Source Auto 115 Pl setpoint selection 0 analog input Al 1 1 analog input Al 2 2 PI Setpoint from Keypad 3 Motor Potentiometer 4 PI Setpoint from Fieldbus P1 1 16 Pl Input Source 1106 Pl Controller Input Source Selection Default 0 A Al 1 0 A AI 1 1 A Al 2 2 Fieldbus Process Data 1 3 Min Both 4 Max Both 5 Ave Both P1 1 17 Sensor Min 10000 Sensor Max 100 1107 Actual Sensor minimum value at 0 4 mA P1 1 18 Sensor Max Sensor Min 10000 100 1108 Actual Sensor maximum value at 2
255. rcurrent regulator was activated 13 Output frequency limit supervision The output frequency is outside the set supervision low limit high limit ID314 and ID315 14 Speed setpoint limit supervision The output frequency goes outside the set supervision low limit high limit ID312 and ID313 15 Torque limit supervision The motor torque is beyond the set supervision low limit high limit ID316 and ID317 LIT 1201828 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com 15 9 johnson JM VSD Series Drives User Manual Controls Powered by Eaton Technology November 2009 Table 15 3 Output Signals Via DO 1 and Output Relays RO 1 and RO 2 Continued Setting value Signal content 16 Start ON relay Start command delay timer ID320 17 Start OFF Delay Start command delay timer ID321 18 Frequency converter temperature Frequency converter heatsink temperature goes beyond the limit supervision set supervision limits ID318 and ID319 19 Unrequested rotation direction Rotation direction is different from the requested one 20 Thermistor fault or warning The thermistor input of option board indicates overtemperature 21 HAND control active HAND control active 22 AUTO control active AUTO control active 23 Fire Mode Fire mode active 24 Start delay relay Start delay relay Used e g with Damper control See param 1 2 1 ID201 for more details 25 FB Control Fieldbus Control
256. re Default Remote Input APPLICATION This parameter sets the active application When changing applications you will be asked if you want the parameters of the new application to be uploaded to the keypad If you wish to load the new application parameters push the ENTER button Pushing any other button saves the parameters of the previously used application in the keypad System Menu Copy Parameter Options S5 3 The parameter copy function is used when the operator wants to copy one or all parameter groups from one drive to another All the parameter groups are first uploaded to the keypad then the keypad is connected to another drive and then the parameter groups are downloaded to it or possibly back to the same drive Note Before any parameters can successfully be copied from one drive to another the drive must be stopped when the parameters are downloaded to it S5 3 1 Parameter Sets S5 3 2 Upload to Keypad S5 3 3 Download from Keypad Range 0 4 PARAMETER SETS This parameter allows you to reload the factory default parameter values and to store and load two customized parameter sets 0 Load Factory defaults 1 Store Set 1 2 LoadSet1 3 Store Set 2 4 Load Set 2 UP TO KEYPAD This function uploads all existing parameter groups to the keypad Range 0 3 Default 0 All parameters DUN FROM KEYPAD This function downloads one or all parameter groups from the keypad to the drive O All parameters 1 All no
257. record 38 Device added option board added Reset drive of different power rating Note No fault time data record added 39 Device removed option board removed Reset drive removed Note No fault time data record 40 Device unknown Unknown option board or drive Contact your Johnson Controls distributor 41 IGBT temperature IGBT Inverter Bridge Check loading software overtemperature protection has Check motor size detected high short term overload current 42 Brake resistor Brake resistor overtemperature Set the deceleration time longer overtemperature protection has detected Use an external brake resistor excessive braking LIT 1201828 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com B 3 VSD Series Drives User Manual Johnson M Controls Powered by Eaton Technology November 2009 Table B 1 Fault Codes continued Fault Code Fault Possible Cause Solution 43 Encoder fault Note the exceptional Fault data Check encoder channel record See Active Fault Menu connections for more information Additional Check the encoder board codes 1 Encoder 1 channel A is missing 2 Encoder 1 channel B is missing 3 Both encoder 1 channels are missing 4 Encoder reversed 50 Analog input lj 4 mA Current at the analog input is Check the current loop signal for signal range 4 to 20 lt 4 mA source and wiring mA control cable is broken or loose signal source has failed 51 External fault
258. reset Speed 6 0 100 0 96 0 1 80 0 1706 P1 10 7 Preset Speed 7 0 100 0 96 0 1 90 0 1707 LIT 1201828 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com 9 15 Johnson JM VSD Series Drives User Manual Controls Powered by Eaton Technology November 2009 Keypad Control Parameters M2 This menu provides the parameters for the setting of the keypad speed setpoint the selection of motor direction when in keypad operation and when the STOP button is active Table 9 11 Keypad Control Parameters M2 ID Number Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Description R2 1 Speed Setpoint 0 0 100 0 96 0 0 Keypad Speed Setpoint P2 2 Keypad Direction 0 1 0 1009 Reverse request active from the panel 0 Forward 1 Reverse P2 3 StopButton 0 1 1 1110 Stop button Keypad always Active active Yes No Keypad Control Parameter ID Numbers are listed separately on Page 15 28 Menus M3 to M6 Menus M3 to M6 provide information on the Active Faults Fault History System Menu settings and the Expander Board setup These menu items are explained in detail in Chapter 6 Monitoring IMenu M7 The monitored items are the actual values of parameters and signals as well as the status and measurements of other elements Monitored items cannot be edited See Chapter 6 Menu information item M7 for more information Table 9 12 Monitoring Menu ID C
259. ries Drives User Manual Enclosed NEMA Type 12 3R Optional NEMA Type 3R Hood Hood not present on NEMA Type 12 drive Circuit Breaker Handle Keypad Cable 50 hp NEMA Type 3R 480V AC Variable Frequency Drive behind drive cover Optional 3rd Contactor S1 Switch provided for drive isolation Power Ground Stud Circuit Breaker 24V DC Power Supply Optional 3rd Input Contactor Space Heater not on electrical schematic Output amp Bypass Contactor Contactor Overload 24V DC Motor Overload Terminal Block Motor Ground Stud Figure 5 4 Identification of NEMA Type 12 and NEMA Type 3R Components Note You will need to consult the electrical schematic supplied with the drive and the appropriate wiring diagram in Appendix D Table 5 7 VSD Series NEMA Type 12 Enclosed IntelliPass Drive Dimensions Table 5 8 VSD Series NEMA Type 3R Enclosed IntelliPass Drive Dimensions Drive Frame Enclosure Approximate Dimensions in Drive Frame Enclosure Approximate Dimensions in Horsepower VT Size Box Inches mm Horsepower VT Size Box Inches mm A B Cc A B Cc 208V 1 15 hp FRA FR6 A 16 92 29 00 18 60 208V 1 15 hp FRA FR6 A 21 05 33 00 19 57 230V 1 15 hp FRA FR6 429 8 736 6 472 4 230V 1 15 hp 534 7 838 2 497 0 480V 1 30 hp FRA FR6 480V 1 30 hp 575V 3 30 hp FRE 575V 3 30 hp 208V 20 30 hp FR6 FR7 B 26 3
260. rive Dimensions 5 4 Figure 5 3 VSD Series IntelliPass with Three Contactors 000 cence eae 5 7 Figure 5 4 Identification of NEMA Type 12 and NEMA Type 3R Components 5 9 Figure 5 5 VSD Series Enclosed Drive Dimensions lees 5 9 Figure 5 6 eco ee Ow Breuer a mae eoe ALON ah ce la melee eae ala 5 12 Figure 5 7 Schematic for Static Checks Sample for Frames 4 and5 5 15 Figure 5 8 Option Board B5 Wiring Diagram eee 5 16 Figure 5 9 Option Board B5 Terminal Location eese 5 17 Figure 5 10 Enable Bypass eeseeeeeelll nnn 5 17 Figure 6 1 Keypad and Display lille 6 1 Figure 6 2 Operate Menu Navigation 0c ec teens 6 1 Figure 6 3 Main Menu Navigation 0 0 e eee tees 6 5 Figure 6 4 Parameter Menu Structure Example 2 6 6 Figure 6 5 Keypad Control Menu 2 e 6 7 Figure 6 6 Active Fault Display Example 0 cece eee eee 6 8 Figure 6 7 Sample Fault History Display eee 6 10 Figure 6 8 System Menu Keypad Structure eese 6 11 Figure 6 9 Expander Board Menu Structure 2 lees 6 19 Figure 6 10 Digital Inputs DI 1 DI 2 DI 3 Status llle 6 20 Figure 6 11 Digital Inputs DI 4 DI 5 DI 6 Status 0 0 00 ce eee 6 21 Figure 6 12 Digital and Relay Outputs DO 1 RO 1 RO 2 Status 6 21 Figure 7 1 Sta
261. rload Fault Relay input 0 Overload fault relay Used in Intellipass 1 Ext fault closing contact 2 External fault opening contact 3 Fault reset 4 Run enable Closed Contact 5 Force ctrl place to Hand 6 Force ctrl place to Auto 7 Reverse 8 Speed Select 1 9 Fire Mode Closed Contact 10 Speed Select 2 11 Speed Select 3 12 Force Bypass 13 External interlock closed 14 External interlock open 15 Mot Pot UP 16 Mot Pot DOWN 17 Fire Mode Open Contact P1 2 10 A Al 1 Minimum 0 00 Max 0 00 217 Default applies for OV or 0 mA P1 2 11 A Al 1 Maximum Min 100 0 96 100 00 218 Default applies for 10V or 20 mA P1 2 12 A Al 1 Invert 0 1 0 209 0 Not inverted 1 Inverted P1 2 13 A Al 1 Filter 0 00 10 00 s 0 10 210 0 No filtering P1 2 14 A Al 2 Minimum 0 00 Max 96 20 00 219 Default applies for 2V or 4 mA LIT 1201828 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com 10 7 johnson JM VSD Series Drives User Manual Controls Powered by Eaton Technology November 2009 Table 10 3 Input Signals M1 gt G1 2 continued ID Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Number Description P1 2 15 A AI 2 Maximum Min 100 0 96 100 00 220 Default applies for 10V or 20 mA P1 2 16 A Al 2 Invert 0 1 0 212 0 Not inverted 1 Inverted P1 2 17 A Al 2 Filter 0 00 10 00 s 0 10 213 0 No filtering P1 2 18 StPt Scale Min 0 0 100 0 96 0 0 214 Speed that corresponds to the minimum s
262. rmation contained in this manual is subject to change without notice Cover Photo Johnson Controls VSD Series Drive LIT 1201828 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com i Ha Johnson 4 p VSD Series Drives User Manual Controls Powered by Eaton Technology November 2009 ii For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com LIT 1201828 Johmsan JJ Controls Powered by Eaton Technology VSD Series Drives User Manual November 2009 xxl Table of Contents LIST OF FIGURES ides RE REA ee RERO RARE RR a a NAG REOR EURO UR Kaman V LIST OF TABLES ngu uon kai wg Rape KNANG ath be e RR a adhd ELENA mah vii SAFETY ISSUES Definitions and Symbols ehh x Hazardous Highi Voltage sese metuere eee emm eae e pcenis x Warnings Cautions and Notices n xi CHAPTER 1 OVERVIEW How to Use This Manual sseeleeeeeeeeeee nne 1 1 Receiving and INSPECTION eese eremum BLG khen m PAA RO e e Pm 1 1 Catalog Numbering System e 1 2 CHAPTER 2 MOUNTING OPEN TYPE 1 TYPE 12 DRIVES Space Requirements ehh 2 1 Environmental Requirements ene 2 2 Standard Mounting Instructions ee 2 2 CHAPTER 3 POWER WIRING Guidelines ehh hh hh 3 1 UL Compatible Cable Selection and Installation eee eens 3 2 Installation Instructions ee 3 4 Standard Wiring Diagrams and Terminal Locations a 3 6 Checking the
263. rt Up Wizard Navigation 10f 3 eese 7 4 Figure 7 2 Start Up Wizard Navigation 2 of 3 eens 7 5 Figure 7 3 Start Up Wizard Navigation 3 of 3 ees 7 6 Figure 7 4 Remote Input Start Up Wizard eee 7 7 Figure 15 1 AI 1 No Signal Inversion ees 15 4 Figure 15 2 AI 1 Signal Inversion eh 15 4 Figure 15 3 Al 1 No Signal Filtering lslseleeee 15 5 Figure 15 4 Analog Input AI 2 Scaling c eee eens 15 5 Figure 15 5 Setpoint Scaling e 15 6 Figure 15 6 Sensor Scaling ccc cece e 15 6 Figure 15 7 Analog Output Filtering eee teens 15 7 Figure 15 8 Analog Output Invert hh 15 8 Figure 15 9 Analog Output Scaling ees 15 9 Figure 15 10 Output Frequency Supervision esee 15 11 Figure 15 11 Acceleration Deceleration S shaped eee eens 15 13 Figure 15 12 Example of Prohibit Frequency Area Setting 15 14 Figure 15 13 Ramp Speed Scaling between Prohibit Frequencies 15 15 Figure 15 14 Linear and Squared V Hz Ratio ees 15 17 Figure 15 15 Programmable V Hz Curve e 15 17 Figure 15 16 Motor Thermal Current IT Curve llle 15 21 LIT 1201828 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com V VSD Series Drives User Manual Controls Powered by Eaton Technology November 2009 List of Figures continued Fig
264. rt will occur if power is supplied with Start Command activated LIT 1201828 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com 9 5 johnson JM VSD Series Drives User Manual Controls Powered by Eaton Technology November 2009 Table 9 3 Input Signals M1 3 G1 2 continued ID Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Number Description P1 2 6 A DI 3 Funct 0 17 13 205 Default 13 Interlock Run Enable 0 Not Used 1 Ext fault closing contact 2 External fault opening contact 3 Fault reset 4 Run enable Closed Contact 5 Force ctrl place to Hand 6 Force ctrl place to Auto 7 Reverse 8 Speed Select 1 9 Fire Mode Closed Contact 10 Speed Select 2 11 Speed Select 3 12 Force Bypass 13 External interlock closed 14 External interlock open 15 Mot Pot UP 16 Mot Pot DOWN 17 Fire Mode Open Contact P1 2 7 A DI 4 Funct 0 17 8 206 Default 8 Speed Select 1 0 Not Used 1 Ext fault closing contact 2 External fault opening contact 3 Fault reset 4 Run enable Closed Contact 5 Force ctrl place to Hand 6 Force ctrl place to Auto 7 Reverse 8 Speed Select 1 9 Fire Mode Closed Contact 10 Speed Select 2 11 Speed Select 3 12 Force Bypass 13 External interlock closed 14 External interlock open 15 Mot Pot UP 16 Mot Pot DOWN 17 Fire Mode Open Contact 9 6 For more information visit www johnsoncontro
265. s com 9 11 VSD Series Drives User Manual Motor Control Parameters M1 G1 6 Table 9 7 Motor Control Parameters M1 gt G1 6 johnson JM Controls Powered by Eaton Technology November 2009 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default ID Number Description P1 6 1 Motor Ctrl Mode 0 1 0 601 Motor control mode 0 frequency control 1 speed control P1 6 2 V Hz Optim 602 V F optimization selection 0 none 1 automatic torque boost P1 6 3 V Hz Ratio 603 V F ratio selection 0 linear 1 squared 2 programmable 3 Linear with flux optim P1 6 4 Field WeakngPnt 8 00 320 00 Hz 60 00 604 Field weakening point P1 6 5 Voltage at FWP 10 00 200 00 Yo 100 00 605 Motor voltage MotorNPVoltage at field weakening point P1 6 6 V Hz Mid Freq 0 00 Field Weakening Point Hz 60 00 606 Programmable V Hz curve middle point frequency P1 6 7 V Hz Mid Voltg 0 00 100 00 96 100 00 607 Motor voltage MotorNPVoltage at programmable V Hz curve middle point P1 6 8 Zero Freq Voltg 0 00 40 00 Yo 0 00 608 Motor voltage MotorNPVoltage at zero speed P1 6 9 Switching Freq Switching FreqMax kHz 3 6 609 Switching frequency in kHz See Appendix A Table A 1 P1 6 10 Overvolt Contr 2 610 0
266. s may be mounted side by side or stacked vertically as outlined in the following section Note See Chapter 5 for mounting TYPE 1 TYPE 12 and TYPE 3R IntelliPass drives Space Requirements To ensure proper air circulation and cooling follow the guidelines below Table 2 1 Space Requirements for Mounting a VSD Series Drive Drive Type Variable Torque Rating Approximate Dimensions in Inches mm A A2 C D 230V 1 3 hp 480V 1 1 2 7 1 2 hp 0 8 20 0 8 20 3 9 100 2 0 50 230V 5 10 hp 480V 10 20 hp 0 8 20 0 8 20 4 7 120 2 4 60 230V 15 20 hp 480V 25 40 hp 575V 3 30 hp 1 2 30 1 2 30 6 3 160 3 1 80 230V 25 40 hp 480V 50 75 hp 575V 40 50 hp 3 1 80 3 1 80 11 8 300 3 9 100 230 50 75 hp 480V 100 150 hp 575V 60 100 hp 3 1 80 5 9 150 3 1 80 11 8 300 7 9 200 230V 100 hp 480V 200 250 hp 575V 125 200 hp 2 0 50 3 1 80 15 7 400 9 8 250 13 8 350 Dimensions represent the minimum clearance needed when mounting a drive See Figure 2 1 below A clearance around the VSD Series drive A clearance needed to change the fan without disconnecting the motor cables B distance between adjacent VSD Series drives or between the VSD Series drive and an enclosure wall C clearance above the VSD Series drive D
267. sing 10 Preset Speed Active 11 Speed setpoint Actual Speed At speed 12 Motor regulator activated 13 Actual Speed limit supervision 14 Speed Setpoint limit supervision 15 Torque limit supervision 16 Timer On Timer Off output control Trigger is run request 17 Selections 16 inverted 18 Frequency converter temperature limit supervision 19 Unrequested rotation direction 20 Thermistor fault warning 21 Hand Control Active 22 Auto Control Active 23 DI Fire Mode Active 24 Relay to energize an external element before starting the drive 25 FB Control 26 Bypass Run P1 3 7 B RO 1 Funct 25 307 Same as parameter 1 3 6 P1 3 8 B RO 2 Funct 25 308 Same as parameter 1 3 6 P1 3 9 D RO 1 Funct 25 309 Same as parameter 1 3 6 P1 3 10 D RO 2 Funct 25 310 Same as parameter 1 3 6 P1 3 11 D RO 3 Funct 25 311 Same as parameter 1 3 6 P1 3 12 Sp StPt Supv Fct oO O O O CO O oO o o O W N 312 Speed Setpoint Supervision Function 0 Not used 1 Low limit 2 High limit P1 3 13 Sp StPt Supv Lim 0 0 100 0 0 0 313 Speed Setpoint Supervision Value LIT 1201828 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com johnson JJ VSD Series Drives User Manual C
268. size may be selected based on the motor specifications If three or more shielded cables are used in parallel for the output on the larger units every cable must have its own overload protection Avoid placing the motor cables in long parallel lines with other cables If the motor cables run in parallel with other cables note the minimum distances between the motor cables and other cables given in Table 3 1 below Table 3 1 Cable Spacings Minimum Distance Between Cables in Feet m Shielded Cable Length in Feet m 1 0 3 lt 164 50 3 3 1 0 lt 656 200 The spacings of Table 3 1 also apply between the motor cables and signal cables of other systems Maximum length of the motor cables is as follows 1 2 hp 230V units 328 ft 100m filters required on lead length 2175 ft All other hp units 984 ft 300m filters required on lead length 2200 ft Note Lead lengths 2500 ft require sine wave filter for all voltages The motor cables should cross other cables at an angle of 90 degrees If conduit is being used for wiring use separate conduits for the input power wiring the output power wiring the signal wiring and the control wiring For Frame 4 installations refer to conduit mounting requirements in Chapter 4 LIT 1201828 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com 3 1 johnson JM
269. solution 0 01 Hz 1 Speed control The I O terminal and keypad references are speed references and the drive controls the motor speed compensating for motor slip accuracy 0 5 LIT 1201828 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com 15 15 Johnson JM VSD Series Drives User Manual Controls Powered by Eaton Technology November 2009 602 V Hz optimization 603 Automatic The voltage to the motor changes automatically which makes the motor torque produce sufficient torque to start and run at low frequencies The voltage boost increase depends on the motor type and rating Automatic torque boost can be used in applications where starting torque due to starting friction is high e g in conveyors Example 1 What changes are required to start the load from 0 Hz e First set the motor nominal values Parameter group 1 1 Option 1 Activate the Automatic torque boost Option 2 Programmable V Hz curve To obtain the required torque the zero point voltage and midpoint voltage frequency in parameter group 1 6 need to be set so that the motor can draw enough current at the low frequencies First set parameter ID603 to Programmable V Hz curve value 2 Increase the zero point voltage ID608 to get enough current at zero speed Then set the midpoint voltage ID607 to 1 4142 ID608 and the midpoint frequency ID606 to 1ID606 100 1ID111 Note In high torque low speed applications it is likely that the moto
270. stalled inside the cabinet the keypad is often preferred mounted on the door of the cabinet to make programming and monitoring possible without opening the door The keypad remote installation can be done with a similar pin to pin connected RS 232 cable as the PC connection with two additional wires 412V 12V connected to the pins 6 and 9 feeding power to the keypad Note When using these cables for PC connection you have to check first whether the 12V 12V lines can cause problems damages in RS 232 output of PC laptop In some PC outputs 12V can generate extra current loops which might cause overheating of the components TXDTA 2 TXDTA 2 RXDTA 3 RXDTA 3 GND 5 2O GND 5 12V 6 12V 6 12V9 EE Figure C 2 Connection of Cable Used with Keypad LIT 1201828 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com C 1 VSD Series Drives User Manual Controls Powered by Eaton Technology November 2009 Figure C 3 RS 232 Cable C 2 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com LIT 1201828 VSD Series Drives User Manual Powered by Eaton Technology Controls Appendix D Wiring Diagrams Johmsan JJ November 2009 71961002 I N YUM peoe dey aq ue eAissiuuag 11615 9 qeu3 0 pejjeisu A1032e J si soduine NA aje s pazibiaua ag ul umoys s ej y V 1010UJ 0 BALIp WOI uni aq snw epo N oiny u GIA Hels 01 aJIM snonuiuoo y enuen uononaisu ees ZL 018 1
271. started if no acknowledgement contact is received See Start Mode ID201 203 Delay Time The delay time following a Delay Start after which the drive will be started See Start Mode ID201 204 DI 2 DI6 function This parameter has 17 selections 0 Stop pulse when 3 wire start stop selected 1 External fault closed 2 External fault open 3 Fault reset 4 Run enable Contact open Drive start disabled Contact closed Drive start enabled 5 Force ctrl place to Hand 6 Force ctrl place to Auto 7 Reverse 8 Speed Select 1 9 Fire Mode Closed Contact 10 Speed Select 2 11 Speed Select 3 12 Force Bypass 13 Interlock See parameter Start Mode ID201 for details closed contact 14 Interlock See parameter Start Mode ID201 for details open contact 15 Motor potentiometer UP 16 Motor potentiometer DOWN 17 Fire Mode Open Contact LIT 1201828 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com 15 3 johnson JM VSD Series Drives User Manual Controls Powered by Eaton Technology November 2009 208 DI 6 Function Same as DI 2 ID204 except selection 0 Overload fault relay input for Intellipass use 209 Al 1 signal inversion If this parameter 0 no inversion of analog Vin signal takes place Output Frequency ID102 Max Frequency Al 1 Term 2 z 0 100 Figure 15 1 Al 1 No Signal Inversion If this parameter 1 inversion of analog signal takes place max Al 1 signal zero speed m
272. t 26 RO2 Note For more information on jumper selections see Chapter 4 X3 Jumper Setting CMA and CMB Grounding ee CMB Connected to Ground A CAUTION CMA Connected to Ground Unattended start will occur if power efe CMB Isolated from Ground 1 1 1 mel swe iste eee ceca is supplied with Start Command eie CMB and CMA Internally Connected activated ee and Isolated from Ground 14 2 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com LIT 1201828 johnson JJ Controls November 2009 Powered by Eaton Technology VSD Series Drives User Manual Parameter Lists On the next pages you will find the lists of parameters within the respective parameter groups The parameter descriptions are given by ID number in Chapter 15 Column explanations Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default ID Location indication on the keypad Shows the operator the present parameter number Name of parameter Minimum value of parameter Maximum value of parameter Unit of parameter value Given if available Value preset by factory D number of the parameter for reference to Chapter 15 Quick Setup Parameters M1 G1 1 Table 14 2 Quick Setup Parameters M1 G1 1 ID Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Number Description P1 1 1 Min Frequency 0 00 Max
273. t frequency P1 6 7 V Hz Mid Voltg 0 00 100 00 96 100 00 607 Motor voltage MotorNPVoltage at programmable V Hz curve middle point P1 6 8 Zero Freq Voltg 0 00 40 00 Yo 0 00 608 Motor voltage MotorNPVoltage at zero speed P1 6 9 Switching Freq Switching FreqMax kHz 3 6 609 Switching frequency in kHz See Appendix A Table A 1 P1 6 10 Overvolt Contr 2 610 0 Off 1 On with no ramping 2 On with ramping P1 6 11 P1 6 12 Undervolt Contr Identification 611 612 0 Off 1 On Identification run When this parameter is set greater than zero then start command must be given within 20 seconds 11 12 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com LIT 1201828 johnson JJ Controls November 2009 Powered by Eaton Technology Protections M1 G1 7 Table 11 8 Protections M1 3 G1 7 VSD Series Drives User Manual ID Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Number Description P1 7 1 Input Phase 0 2 2 701 Response to input phase Supv supervision 0 No Action 1 Warning 2 Fault P1 7 2 4mA Fault Resp 0 2 0 702 Response to 4 mA signal supervision 0 No Action 1 Warning 2 Fault P1 7 3 Ext Fault Resp O 2 2 703 Response to external fault digital input signal supervision 0 No Action 1
274. t the x DRM in the table refers to the sequential number of the application in the list Table 6 9 Application Information Name Content A5 8 4 x Application name D5 8 4 x 1 Application ID D5 8 4 x 2 Version D5 8 4 x 3 Firmware interface LIT 1201828 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com 6 17 VSD Series Drives User Manual S5 8 5 Hardware Information S5 8 6 Expander Board Information S5 8 7 Debug Menu S5 9 Power Monitor S5 10 Reserved S5 11 Power Multi monitoring Johnson JM Controls Powered by Eaton Technology November 2009 HARDWARE The Hardware information page provides information on the following hardware related topics Table 6 10 Hardware Information Number Content 15 8 5 1 Nominal power of the unit 15 8 5 2 Nominal voltage of the unit E5 8 5 3 Brake chopper E5 8 5 4 Brake resistor E5 8 5 5 Power unit serial number EXPANDER BOARDS This parameter and its sub items provide information about the basic and option boards plugged into the control board as shown in Table 6 11 Note that the x in the table refers to the sequential number of the slot with slot A being 1 and slot E being 5 Table 6 11 Expander Board Information Number Content E5 8 6 x Slot x board identification E5 8 6 x 1 Operating state E5 8 6 x 2 Software version See optio
275. t the identification test is done with no load on the motor for best results 701 Input phase supervision 0 No response 1 Warning 2 Fault stop mode after fault according to ID402 The input phase supervision ensures that the input phases of the drive have approximately equal currents LIT 1201828 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com 15 19 johnson JM VSD Series Drives User Manual Controls Powered by Eaton Technology 702 703 704 705 706 November 2009 Response to the 4 mA reference fault 0 No response 1 Warning 2 Fault stop mode after fault according to ID402 A warning or a fault action and message is generated if the 4 20 mA reference signal is used and the signal falls below 3 5 mA for 5 seconds or below 0 5 mA for 0 5 seconds The information can also be programmed into digital output DO 1 or relay outputs RO 1 and RO 2 Response to external fault 0 No response 1 Warning 2 Fault stop mode after fault according to ID402 A warning or a fault action and message is generated from the external fault signal applied to programmable digital input DI 3 The information can also be programmed into digital output DO 1 or relay outputs RO 1 and RO 2 Response to fieldbus fault This sets the response mode for the fieldbus fault when a fieldbus board is used For more information see the respective Fieldbus Board Manual Response to slot fault This sets the response mode for a boar
276. tart P1 4 2 Stop Mode 0 1 1 402 0 Coasting 1 Ramp P1 4 3 Brake Chopper 0 4 0 403 Brake Chopper Mode Selection 0 Brake NO Test NO 1 Brake YES Run Test YES Ready run 2 Brake chopper EXTERNAL Test NO 3 Brake YES Ready run Test YES Ready run 4 Brake YES Run Test NO P1 4 4 S curve Time 0 0 10 0 s 0 0 404 Smooth ratio for S curve 14 10 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com LIT 1201828 johnson JJ Controls November 2009 Prohibit Frequencies M1 G1 5 Table 14 6 Prohibit Frequencies M1 G1 5 Powered by Eaton Technology VSD Series Drives User Manual ID Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Number Description P1 5 1 SkipF1 Low Lim 0 0 100 0 96 0 0 501 Prohibit speed range 1 low limit P1 5 2 SkipF1 High Lim Range 1 100 0 0 0 502 Prohibit speed range 1 high limit Low_Lim 0 No prohibit frequency range P1 5 3 SkipF2 Low Lim 0 0 100 0 0 0 503 Prohibit speed range 2 low limit P1 5 4 SkipF2 High Lim Range_2_ 100 0 0 0 504 Prohibit speed range 2 high limit Low_Lim 0 No prohibit frequency range P155 SkipF3 Low Lim 0 0 100 0 0 0 505 Prohibit speed range 3 low limit P1 5 6 SkipF3 High Lim Range_3_ 100 0 0 0 506 Prohibit speed range 3 high limit Low_Lim 0 No prohibit frequency range P1 5 7 SkipF4 Low Lim 0 0 100 0 0 0 507 Prohibit speed range 4 low limit P1 5 8
277. ter 4 and Table 3 1 That control cable shields are connected to protective ground That no wires make contact with any electrical components in the VSD Series drive d Thatthe common input of digital input groups is connected to 24V DC or ground of the I O terminal supply or an external supply as detailed in Chapter 4 and Figure 4 3 Check the quality of the cooling air as detailed in Chapter 2 Check that moisture has not condensed inside the VSD Series drive Check that all START STOP switches connected to the I O terminals are in the STOP state Connect the VSD Series drive to the utility and switch the power on Use start up wizard It is active by default if not keep STOP RESET button pressed 5 seconds to activate it Start up wizard will guide you through correct application specific parameter settings like motor nameplate values etc 7 2 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com LIT 1201828 reson Ml November 2009 Powered by Eaton Technology VSD Series Drives User Manual 8 Perform either Test A or Test B without the motor connected to the VSD Series drive As a default these tests should be done with the Remote Input application Test A Control from the Control Panel Apply input power to the VSD Series drive Press HOA button until HAND LCD is flashing then press ENTER Press the START button Press up arrow or down arrow to get speed setpoint Check that the actual speed follows the
278. to 2xt6 If the drive is in stop stage the time constant is internally increased to three times the set parameter value Cooling in the stop stage is based on convection and the time constant is increased See Figure 15 17 Motor Thermal Protection Motor Duty Cycle Define how much of the nominal motor load is applied The value can be set to 096 10096 A Motor Temperature Trip Area l 105 S i tar Motor L didi Current PL Fault Warning Vly JU 1D707 a Time Constant O Ba Motor Temperature p x 1 eT Changes by Motor Size and Time Adjusted with ID710 Figure 15 17 Motor Temperature Calculation Stall Protection 0 No response 1 Warning 2 Fault stop mode after fault according to ID402 3 Fault stop mode after fault always by coasting Setting the parameter to O will deactivate the protection and reset the stall time counter 15 22 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com LIT 1201828 johnson JJ Controls Powered by Eaton Technology VSD Series Drives User Manual November 2009 713 Stall Current Limit The current can be set to 0 0 271p For a stall stage to occur the current must have exceeded this limit See Figure 15 18 The software does not allow entering a greater value than 2 Iy If ID107 nominal current limit of motor is changed this parameter is automatically calculated to 9096 of the current
279. ton Technology VSD Series Drives User Manual November 2009 DESI EXIT Chapter 15 Description of Parameters Parameters by ID Number On the following pages you will find the parameter descriptions arranged according to the individual ID number of the parameter 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 Minimum frequency Maximum frequency Defines the frequency limits of the drive The maximum value for these parameters is 320 Hz The software will automatically check the value of parameter ID314 Acceleration time 1 Deceleration time 1 These limits correspond to the time required for the output frequency to accelerate from the zero frequency to the set maximum frequency parameter ID102 Nominal voltage of the motor Find this value Vn on the motor nameplate This parameter sets the voltage at the field weakening point ID604 to 10096 Vnmotor Nominal frequency of the motor Find this value fn on the motor nameplate This parameter sets the field weakening point ID604 to the same value Current limit This parameter determines the maximum motor current from the drive The parameter value range differs for each power rating Nominal current of the motor Find this value In on the motor nameplate Motor Power Factor Find this value Power Factor on the motor nameplate Service Factor This will calculate motor current limit current limit Current Limit 2 Service Factor SF
280. transferred to Bypass 2 Reset drive only 3 Reset drive if fails transferred to Bypass P1 7 20 Fire Mode Speed 0 100 0 100 804 When fire mode input is triggered drive will run at fire mode speed Fieldbus Parameters M1 gt G1 8 Table 13 9 Fieldbus Parameters M1 gt G1 8 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default ID Number Description P1 8 1 FB Data Out1 Sel 10000 10 1001 Fieldbus process data output 1 selection Default Actual Speed P1 8 2 FB Data Out2 Sel 10000 1002 Fieldbus process data output 2 selection Default Motor Current P1 8 3 FB Data Out3 Sel 10000 1003 Fieldbus process data output 3 selection Default Motor Voltage P1 8 4 P1 8 5 FB Data Out4 Sel FB Data Out5 Sel 10000 10000 1004 1005 Fieldbus process data output 4 selection Default Motor Power Fieldbus process data output 5 selection Default DC Link Voltage ID number of parameter or variable to be sent over fieldbus ID 1 20 are Monitoring values Menu 7 M7 See Table 13 13 13 14 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com LIT 1201828 Johmsan JJ Controls November 2009 Table 13 9 Fieldbus Parameters M1 gt G1 8 continued Powered by Eaton Technology VSD Series Drives User Manual Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default
281. trol Application Default I O Configuration 14 2 Table 14 2 Quick Setup Parameters M1 gt G1 1 220 eee 14 3 Table 14 3 Input Signals M13 G1 2 llle 14 5 Table 14 4 Output Signals M1 gt G1 3 2 es 14 8 Table 14 5 Drive Control Parameters M13 G1 4 0 000 eee 14 10 Table 14 6 Prohibit Frequencies M1 gt G1 5 cece ee ees 14 11 Table 14 7 Motor Control Parameters M12 G1 6 ess 14 12 Table 14 8 Protections M1 gt G1 7 1 0 0 ccc eens 14 13 Table 14 9 Fieldbus Parameters M1 gt G1 8 1 1 0c cece eens 14 14 Table 14 10 Pl Control Parameters M12 G1 9 0 cee es 14 16 Table 14 11 Preset Speeds M13 G1 10 leeren 14 16 Table 14 12 Keypad Control Parameters M2 00 0c cece eee eee eee 14 17 Table 14 13 Monitoring Menu 000 ee eee 14 18 Table 15 1 Selections for IDs 112 113 114 and 115 ees 15 2 Table 15 2 Analog Output Scaling ees 15 8 Table 15 3 Output Signals Via DO 1 and Output Relays RO 1 and RO 2 15 9 Table 15 4 Size Dependent Switching Frequencies aaa 15 18 Table 15 5 Fieldbus Parameters 000 tenes 15 26 Table 15 6 Preset Speeds lle 15 28 Table A 1 VSD Series Drive Specifications cece eens A 1 Table A 2 230V VT Output Power Ratings cece eee eee eens A 3 Table A 3 480V
282. tual Speed P1 8 2 FB Data Out2 Sel 10000 5o 1002 Fieldbus process data output 2 selection Default Motor Current P1 8 3 FB Data Out3 Sel 10000 8o 1003 Fieldbus process data output 3 selection Default Motor Voltage P1 8 4 FB Data Out4 Sel 10000 1004 Fieldbus process data output 4 selection Default Motor Power P1 8 5 FB Data Out5 Sel 10000 1005 Fieldbus process data output 5 selection Default DC Link Voltage ID number of parameter or variable to be sent over fieldbus ID 1 20 are Monitoring values Menu 7 M7 See Table 12 13 12 14 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com LIT 1201828 Johmsan JJ Controls November 2009 Table 12 9 Fieldbus Parameters M1 gt G1 8 continued Powered by Eaton Technology VSD Series Drives User Manual Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default ID Number Description P1 8 6 FB Data Out6 Sel 0 10000 200 1006 Fieldbus process data output 6 selection Default Application Status Word Variable ApplStatusWord b0 Drive Ready b1 Run Enable b2 Drive Running b3 Drive Reversing b4 General Fault b5 General Warning b6 Preset Speed Active b7 Motor Regulator active b8 Output speed supervision indication b9 Setpoint speed supervision indication b10 HAND Control indication b11 AUTO Contro
283. uces S shaped acceleration deceleration The acceleration time is determined with ID1113 and ID1114 A Hz ID1113 ID1114 ID1115 7 7 ID1115 Figure 15 22 Auto Acceleration Deceleration S shaped LIT 1201828 15 27 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com VSD Series Drives User Manual johnson JM Controls Powered by Eaton Technology November 2009 Keypad Control Parameters Unlike the parameters listed above these parameters are located in the M2 menu of the control keypad The keypad reference and PI setpoint parameters do not have ID numbers 1009 Keypad direction 0 Forward The rotation of the motor is forward when the keypad is the active control place 1 Reverse The rotation of the motor is reverse when the keypad is the active control place For more information see Chapter 6 Keypad Control Menu M2 1010 STOP button activated To make the STOP button a hotspot which always stops the drive regardless of the selected control place set the value of this parameter to 1 R2 1 Keypad reference The frequency reference can be adjusted from the keypad with this parameter The output frequency can be copied as the keypad reference by pushing the STOP button for 3 seconds when you are on any of the pages of menu M2 For more information see Chapter 6 Keypad Control Menu M2 R2 4 PI Setpoint The PI controller keypad referen
284. ult stop mode after fault always by coasting P1 7 12 Stall Current 0 00 Motor A 1 00 713 CurrentMax P1 7 13 Stall Time Lim 1 00 120 00 S 15 00 714 P1 7 14 Stall Freq Lim 1 00 Max Freq Hz 25 00 715 LIT 1201828 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com 12 13 Johnson Ji VSD Series Drives User Manual Controls Powered by Eaton Technology November 2009 Tables 12 8 Protections M1 G1 7 continued ID Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Number Description P1 7 15 Underload 0 3 0 716 0 No response Protection 1 Warning 2 Fault stop mode after fault according to ID402 3 Fault stop mode after fault always by coasting P1 7 16 UP fnom Torque 10 0 150 00 50 0 717 Minimum torque allowed when above FWP P1 7 17 UP f0 Torque 5 0 150 00 96 10 0 718 Minimum torque allowed with zero frequency P1 7 18 UP Time Limit 2 00 600 00 S 20 00 719 P1 7 19 Autom Restart 0 3 0 706 Resets faults See Page 15 20 0 Disabled 1 Automatically transferred to Bypass 2 Reset drive only 3 Reset drive if fails transferred to Bypass P1 7 20 Fire Mode Speed 0 100 0 96 100 804 When fire mode input is triggered drive will run at fire mode speed Fieldbus Parameters M1 G1 8 Table 12 9 Fieldbus Parameters M1 G1 8 ID Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Number Description P1 8 1 FB Data Out1 Sel 0 10000 19 1001 Fieldbus process data output 1 selection Default Ac
285. ultimeter set to measure DC voltage Failure to follow the above precautions may cause death or severe injury A WARNING The VSD Series output terminals U V and W correspond to a phase rotation of ABC If the input terminals L1 L2 and L3 have not been wired for ABC the motor rotation will be different when powered from the bypass instead of the VSD Series drive which can result in personal injury and equipment damage In this situation the input line wiring must be changed to correspond to ABC rotation A CAUTION Do not perform any Megger or voltage withstand tests on any part of the VSD Series drive or its components Improper testing may result in damage A CAUTION Prior to any tests or measurements of the motor or the motor cable disconnect the motor cable at the VSD Series output terminals U V W to avoid damaging the VSD Series drive during the motor or cable testing A CAUTION Do not touch any components on the circuit boards Static voltage discharge may damage the components A CAUTION Any electrical or mechanical modification to this equipment without prior written consent of Johnson Controls will void all warranties and may result in a safety hazard in addition and voiding of the UL listing November 2009 xii For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com LIT 1201828 johnson JJ Controls November 2009 Powered by Eaton Technology A CAUTION Install the VSD Series driv
286. upv Fct 0 2 0 316 Torque Limit Supervision Function 0 Not used 1 Low limit 2 High limit P1 3 17 Torque Supv Lim 0 0 300 0 96 0 0 317 Torque Limit Supervision Value P1 3 18 TempLim Supv 0 2 0 318 Temperature Limit Supervision Fct Function 0 Not used 1 Low limit 2 High limit P1 3 19 TempLim Supv 50 170 SF 104 319 Temperature Limit Supervision Lim value P1 3 20 StartRlyON Del 0 0 100 0 s 0 0 320 Relay Digital output ON delay time after start command is given P1 3 21 StartRIyOFF Del 0 0 100 0 s 0 0 321 Relay Digital output OFF delay time after stop command is given Drive Control Parameters M1 gt G1 4 Table 13 5 Drive Control Parameters M1 gt G1 4 ID Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Number Description P1 4 1 Start Mode 0 1 0 401 0 Ramp 1 Flying start P1 4 2 Stop Mode 0 1 1 402 0 Coasting 1 Ramp P1 4 3 Brake Chopper 0 4 0 403 Brake Chopper Mode Selection 0 Brake NO Test NO 1 Brake YES Run Test YES Ready run 2 Brake chopper EXTERNAL Test NO 3 Brake YES Ready run Test YES Ready run 4 Brake YES Run Test NO P1 4 4 S curve Time 0 0 10 0 s 0 0 404 Smooth ratio for S curve 13 10 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com LIT 1201828 johnson JJ Controls November 2009 Prohibit Frequencies M1 G1 5 Table 13 6 Prohibit Frequencies M1 G1 5 Powered by Eaton Technology VSD Series Drives User Ma
287. ure 15 17 Motor Temperature Calculation ees 15 22 Figure 15 18 Stall Characteristics Settings eee 15 23 Figure 15 19 Stall Time Count hh 15 23 Figure 15 20 Setting of Minimum Load lees 15 24 Figure 15 21 Underload Time Counter Function 0 0 0c ee eee eee eee eens 15 25 Figure 15 22 Auto Acceleration Deceleration S shaped 15 27 Figure A 1 Power Loss as Function of Switching Frequency 1 3 hp 230V 1 1 2 7 1 2 hp 480V 1 nn A 5 Figure A 2 Power Loss as Function of Switching Frequency 5 10 hp 230V 10 20 hp 480V 1 hh A 5 Figure A 3 Power Loss as Function of Switching Frequency 15 20 hp 230V 25 40 hp 480V 1 teens A 6 Figure A 4 Power Loss as Function of Switching Frequency 25 40 hp 230V 50 75 AP 4BOV maa cere cd due LARA ie Lae Rae daha BN A 6 Figure A 5 Power Loss as Function of Switching Frequency 50 75 hp 230V 100 150 hp 480V 1 eee eee A 7 Figure A 6 Power Loss as Function of Switching Frequency 200 250 hp AB0V xe vedere DAD deeds eae Kale eal one AA poe BANG A 7 Figure A 7 TYPE 1 and TYPE 12 VSD Series Open Drive Dimensions FRA PRO aNGsIFRG sucus sexos Xon vat od Sextus us ciate AUR La ANG ee toa Robes A 8 Figure A 8 VSD Series Open Drive Dimensions TYPE 1 and TYPE 12 with Flange Kit FRA FR5 and FRO 000 eee es A 9 Figure A 9 VSD Series Open Drive Dimensions TYPE 1 and TYPE 12 FR7
288. ure of the unit If the latter function has been selected the fan is switched on automatically when the heatsink temperature reaches 60 C The fan receives a stop command when the heatsink temperature falls to 55 C The fan runs for about a minute after receiving the stop command or switching on the power as well as after changing the value from Continuous to Temperature Note The fan runs continuously regardless of this setting when the drive is in RUN state LIT 1201828 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com 6 15 VSD Series Drives User Manual P5 7 3 HMI Acknowledge Timeout P5 7 4 Number of Retries to Receive Keypad Acknowledge ment Johnson JJ Controls Powered by Eaton Technology November 2009 Range 200 5 000 Default 200 Units mseconds HIN ACK TIMEGUT This function allows the user to change the timeout of the Keypad acknowledgement time Note If the drive has been connected to a PC with a serial cable the default values of Keypad Acknowledge Timeout and Number of Retries to Receive Keypad Acknowledgement must not be changed If the drive has been connected to a PC via a modem and there is delay in transferring messages the value of Keypad Acknowledge Timeout must be set according to the delay as follows Example Transfer delay between the drive and the PC is found to be 600 ms The value of Keypad Acknowledge Timeout is set to 1200 ms 2 x 600 sending delay receiving
289. ut8 Sel 0 10000 190 1008 Fieldbus process data output 8 selection Default Active Warning Code ID number of parameter or variable to be sent over fieldbus ID 1 20 are Monitoring values Menu 7 M7 See Table 10 13 LIT 1201828 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com 10 15 Johnson JJ VSD Series Drives User Manual Controls Powered by Eaton Technology November 2009 PI Control Parameters M1 gt G1 9 Table 10 10 PI Control Parameters M1 3 G1 9 ID Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Number Description P1 9 1 Setpoint Min Sensor Min PI Setpoint 0 0 1102 Minimum limit for the Max PI Controller setpoint P1 9 2 Setpoint Max PI Setpoint Sensor Max 96 100 0 1103 Maximum limit for the Min PI Controller setpoint P1 9 3 Pl Input Source 0 5 0 1106 PI Controller Input Source Selection Default 0 A AI 1 0 A AI 1 1 A Al 2 2 Fieldbus ProcessData1 3 Min Both 4 Max Both 5 Ave Both P1 9 4 PI StPt Ramp 0 00 20 00 s 1 00 1104 Parameter for the PI Setpoint Time ramp time P1 9 5 PI Contr P Gain 0 00 10 00 0 10 1109 P Term Gain for the PI controller P1 9 6 PI Contr I Time 0 00 320 00 30 00 1110 I Term Integral Time for the PI controller P1 9 7 Deadband 0 0 100 0 0 0 1111 Deadband for the Pl controller P1 9 8 PI Acting
290. uto 7 Reverse 8 Speed Select 1 9 Fire Mode Closed Contact 10 Speed Select 2 11 Speed Select 3 12 Force Bypass 13 External interlock closed 14 External interlock open 15 Mot Pot UP 16 Mot Pot DOWN 17 Fire Mode Open Contact For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com LIT 1201828 johnson JJ Controls Powered by Eaton Technology November 2009 Table 11 3 Input Signals M1 gt G1 2 continued VSD Series Drives User Manual ID Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Number Description P1 2 8 A DI 5 Funct 0 17 9 207 Default 49 Fire Mode 0 Not Used 1 Ext fault closing contact 2 External fault opening contact 3 Fault reset 4 Run enable Closed Contact 5 Force ctrl place to Hand 6 Force ctrl place to Auto 7 Reverse 8 Speed Select 1 9 Fire Mode Closed Contact 10 Speed Select 2 11 Speed Select 3 12 Force Bypass 13 External interlock closed 14 External interlock open 15 Mot Pot UP 16 Mot Pot DOWN 17 Fire Mode Open Contact P1 2 9 A DI 6 Funct 0 17 0 208 Default 0 Overload Fault Relay input 0 Overload fault relay Used in Intellipass 1 Ext fault closing contact 2 External fault opening contact 3 Fault reset 4 Run enable Closed Contact 5 Force ctrl place to Hand 6 Force ctrl place to Auto 7 Reverse 8 Speed Sele
291. ve 2 The V Hz curve can be programmed with three different points A programmable V Hz curve can be used if the other settings do not satisfy the needs of the application tv Vn ID605 Default Nominal Voltage of the Motor Field Weakening Point 1D607 Default 1096 Default Nominal Frequency of the ID608 Meer f Hz gt Default 1 3 ID606 ID602 Default 5 Hz Figure 15 15 Programmable V Hz Curve Linear with flux optimization 3 The drive starts to search for the minimum motor current in order to save energy lower the disturbance level and the noise This function can be used in applications with constant motor load such as fans pumps etc 604 Field weakening point The field weakening point is the output frequency at which the output voltage reaches the set ID605 maximum value LIT 1201828 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com 15 17 johnson JM VSD Series Drives User Manual Controls Powered by Eaton Technology 605 606 607 608 609 November 2009 Voltage at field weakening point Above the frequency at the field weakening point the output voltage remains at the set maximum value Below the frequency at the field weakening point the output voltage depends on the setting of the V Hz curve parameters See ID109 ID108 ID606 and ID607 When ID105 and ID106 nominal voltage and nominal frequency of the motor are set ID604 and ID605
292. ve fault s 6 2 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com LIT 1201828 Johmsan JJ Controls Powered by Eaton Technology VSD Series Drives User Manual November 2009 Table 6 3 Navigation Buttons Button Description Start ray This button operates as START button for normal operation when the Keypad is selected as the active control lt enter J Enter confirmation of selections leave the operating mode if pressed 2 2 seconds leaving the operating menu can be password protected reset the Fault History menu if pressed 2 3 seconds while in the Fault History menu Stop Reset This button has four integrated functions reset motor STOP from the keypad used to reset the active fault reactivates Start Up Wizard if pressed gt 5 seconds Text Start Up Wizard Activated will appear on keypad display cancel Start Up Wizard setup Switches between the drive and bypass modes only when IntelliPass bypass is installed HOA Steps through Hand Off and Auto control modes Press Enter to select mode If Enter is not pressed within 5 seconds control mode will remain in previous control mode Left Arrow navigation button movement to left in programming mode exit parameter group mode in parameter edit mode exits mode backs up one step cancels edited parameter exit from a parameter edit mode Right Arrow navigation button move
293. ww johnsoncontrols com LIT 1201828 johnson JJ Controls Powered by Eaton Technology VSD Series Drives User Manual November 2009 Analog Output Current Scale 20096 Scale 20 mA 100 l l Scale ame 7777 50 10 mA z l ID304 1 Max Value 4mA of Signal Selected by ID301 ID304 0 0 mA 9 0 5 1 0 Figure 15 9 Analog Output Scaling 306 Digital output function 307 Relay output 1 function B 308 Relay output 2 function B 309 Relay output 1 function D 310 Relay output 2 function D 311 Relay output 3 function D Table 15 3 Output Signals Via DO 1 and Output Relays RO 1 and RO 2 Setting value Signal content 0 Not used Out of operation 1 Ready The drive is ready to operate 2 Run The drive is operating motor is running 3 Fault A fault trip has occurred 4 Fault inverted A fault trip not occurred 5 Overheat warning The heat sink temperature exceeds 70 C 158 F 6 External fault or warning Fault or warning depending on ID703 7 Reference fault or warning Fault or warning depending on par ID702 if analog reference is 4 20 mA and signal is 4 mA 8 Warning Always if a warning exists 9 Reversed The reverse command has been selected 10 Preset Speed Active Preset Speed Active digital input 11 At speed The output frequency has reached the set reference 12 Motor regulator activated Overvoltage or ove
294. x load 10 mA Analog Output 0 4 to 20 mA R max 500w Resolution 10 bit Accuracy 2 or 0 to 10V R 1 kw select with jumper Digital Outputs Open collector output 50 mA 48V Relay Outputs 2 programmable Form C relay outputs Switching capacity 24V DC 8A 250V AC 8A 125V DC 0 4A Minimum switching load 5V 10 mA Continuous capacity lt 2 Arms Protections Overcurrent Protection Yes Overvoltage Protection Yes Undervoltage Protection Yes Ground Earth Fault In case of a ground fault in motor or motor cables only the VSD Series is protected Input Phase Supervision Trips if any of the input phases are missing Motor Phase Supervision Trips if any of the output phases are missing 24V DC and 10V DC Reference Voltages Overtemperature Protection Yes Motor Overload Protection Yes Motor Stall Protection Yes Motor Underload Protection Yes Short Circuit Protection of the Yes Programmable Automatic Restart Options Yes Disable Automatically transferred to Bypass Reset drive only Reset drive if fails then transferred to Bypass For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com LIT 1201828 johnson JJ Controls November 2009 Powered by Eaton Technology Power Ratings Table A 2 230V VT Output Power Ratings Three Phase Input Catalog Number Frame Size Horsepower Current VS0012
295. x0A_ FR4 1 4 8 VSF152x0A 1 1 2 6 6 VS0022x0A 2 7 8 VS0032x0A 3 11 VS0052x0A FR5 5 17 5 VS0072x0A_ 7 1 2 25 VS0102x0A_ 10 31 VS0152x0A FR6 15 48 VS0202x0A 20 61 VS0252x0A FR7 25 75 VS0302x0A 30 88 VS0402x0A 40 114 VS0502x0A FR8 50 140 VS0602x0A 60 170 VS0752x0A 75 205 VS1002x0A FR9 100 261 Insert a 1 for TYPE 1 or a 2 for TYPE 12 in place of the x in the Catalog Number Table A 3 480V VT Output Power Ratings Three Phase Input Catalog Number Frame Size Horsepower Current VSF154x0A FR4 1 1 2 3 3 VS0024x0A 2 4 3 VS0034x0A 3 5 6 VS0054x0A 4 7 6 VS0074x0A 7 1 2 12 VS0104x0A FR5 10 16 VS0154x0A 15 23 VS0204x0A 20 31 VS0254x0A FR6 25 38 VS0304x0A 30 46 VS0404x0A 40 61 VS0504x0A FR7 50 72 VS0604x0A 60 87 VS0754x0A 75 105 VS1004x0A FR8 100 140 VS1254x0A 125 170 VS1504x0A 150 205 VS2004x0A FR9 200 261 VS2504x0A 250 300 Insert a 1 for TYPE 1 or a 2 for TYPE 12 in place of the x in the Catalog Number VSD Series Drives User Manual LIT 1201828 For more information visit www johnsoncontrols com A 3 johnson JM VSD Series Drives User Manual Controls Powered by Eaton Technology November 2009 Table A 4 575V VT Output Power Ratings Three Phase Input Catalog Number Frame Size Horsepower Current VS0035x0A_ FR6 3 4 5 VS0055x0A_ 5 7 5 VS0075x0A 7 1 2 10 VS0105x0A 10 13 5 VS0155x0A 15 18 VS0205x0A 20 22

VSD Series Drives User Manual - Johnson Controls

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents